75909 Catalog

2014-11-11

: Pdf 75909-Catalog 75909-Catalog 782051 Batch12 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 452 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Other Cooper B-Line Product Lines

Strut Systems (Bolted Framing)

Electrical Enclosures

Electronic Enclosures

Pipe Hanger & Support Systems

Spring Steel Fasteners

Cable Runway & Relay Racks (CommData)

Meter Mounting & Distribution Equipment

Anchors

SYSTEMS THAT MAKE SENSE

“B

B-

-V

“B

B-

-V

Questions, Comments, Suggestions?

with Cooper B-Line ”

Voice Of the Customer...Actively Listening

bvocal@cooperindustries.com

618-654-2184 ext. 456

“B

B-

-V

Cable Tray Systems

Aluminum, Steel, Stainless Steel & Fiberglass Cable Tray Systems

Redi-Rail™ & Cent-R-Rail®Tray Systems

Cable Channel & Wire Basket Systems

Cable Tray Systems

CT-09

Cooper B-Line

509 West Monroe Street

Highland, IL 62249

Phone: 800-851-7415

Fax: 618-654-1917

www.cooperbline.com

Cooper Industries, Ltd.

600 Travis, Ste. 5800

Houston, TX 77002-1001

Phone: 713-209-8400

www.cooperindustries.com

CT-09

MEMBER

B-Line Systems was formed in 1956 and

has over 30 years experience manufacturing

cable tray systems in which it has grown to

become the industry leader. This growth

was achieved by offering unmatched quality

in both service and products.

Today Cooper B-Line stands alone in its

customer service resources with cable tray

fabrication location at four locations

throughout the United States. Strategically

located facilities alone do not generate

unmatched service. The professional staff at

Cooper B-Line is knowledgeable, energetic,

and care about customer needs. The right

attitude coupled with the facilities does

generate unsurpassed customer service.

Cooper B-Line’s product offerings also

set new standards. Cooper B-Line

manufactures cable support product lines

that bridge both the electrical and telecom

markets. Each of those product lines are

engineered to provide top performance

while offering unique installation savings.

This catalog is dedicated to the metallic and

non-metallic, two side rail, cable tray

systems.

WIREWAY

Cooper B-Line offers commercial and industrial wireway

and wiring trough to handle almost any of your wire and

cable routing needs. Commercial Type 1 and 3R designs

are available with or without knockouts. Sizes range from

2.5" x 2.5" to 12" x 12" and lengths from 12" to 120".

Industrial NEMA 12 designs are available in both lay-in and

feed-through styles. Wireway is available in ANSI 61 gray

painted steel and Type 304 stainless steel. Cooper B-Line

can also provide special sizes, finishes, and other

modifications.

CHANNEL CABLE TRAY

Cooper B-Line’s channel cable tray is a compact,

adaptable, easy to install system that is available in steel,

aluminum, and fiberglass. System has fittings available

as well as connectors and a full line of accessories.

CABLE TRAY SYSTEMS

Cooper B-Line’s traditional two side rail cable tray.

Rugged two side rail construction protects cables and allows

for a wide range of sizes and strengths. Coupled with a

large selection of materials, finishes, and bottom types,

these engineered systems can satisfy your particular

requirements.

REDI-RAIL™ SYSTEMS

This new high tech design offers new freedom to the

installer. The mechanically assembled, pre-punched side rail

design provides unmatched job sight adaptability for a two

side rail system. Loading depths from 2" to 6", aluminum

construction.

Ask The Experts!

“B

B-

-V

“B

B-

-V

Questions, Comments, Suggestions?

with Cooper B-Line ”

Voice Of the Customer...Actively Listening

bvocal@cooperindustries.com

618-654-2184 ext. 456

“B

B-

-V

Ask The Experts!

Cooper B-Line

509 West Monroe Street Phone: 800-851-7415

Highland, IL 62249 Fax: 618-654-1917

www.cooperbline.com

1-800-851-7415 ext. 366

Cooper B-Line cable trays conform

to the requirements of IEC Standard

61537, 2001 Ed.

Cable Tray SystemsCable Tray Systems

Cabling Support OptionsIntroduction

449

Important notice: The information herein has been carefully checked for accuracy and is believed to be correct and current.

No warranty, either expressed or implied, is made as to either its applicability to or its compatibility with

specific requirements of this information, nor for damages consequential to its use. All design characteristics,

specifications, tolerances and similar information are subject to change without notice.

Table of Contents

(Pages: 1 thru 3)

Cable Tray Systems

B-Line Cable Tray Information

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

Tray Selection Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 11

Cable Tray System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

The B-Line Advantage

The Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

The Product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 - 15

The Extras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Cable Tray Selection

Selection Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Materials and Finishes

Material Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Finish Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Coatings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 - 23

Thermal Contraction & Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Installation Considerations (Electrical Grounding) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Strength

Environmental Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 - 27

Support Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Deflection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Load Capacity

(NEMA & CSA Load Classes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 - 30

Rung/Trough Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Cable Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Width and Depth Cable Fill Per 1999 NEC 318 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 - 38

Straight Section Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Loading Possibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Bottom Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Fitting Bend Radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Flextray

Finishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Load & Fill Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 - 47

Splicing Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 - 57

Ceiling Support Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 - 65

Wall Support Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 - 71

FAST System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 - 79

Raised Floor System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 - 85

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 - 95

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 - 103

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 - 105

Channel Type Cable Tray

Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 - 112

Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 - 120

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Cent-R-Rail

Technical & Sizing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 - 131

Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 - 139

Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 - 147

Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 - 150

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 - 164

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 - 168

Installation Suggestions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 - 176

Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 - 183

Redi-Rail®Cable Tray (Aluminum)

Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 - 187

Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 - 197

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 - 199

continued on page 2

Cable Tray

Information

B-Line Advantage

Cable Tray

Selection

Flextray

Cable

Channel

Cent-R-Rail

Redi-Rail

Series 1

Steel

Table of Contents

(Pages: 1 thru 3)

2Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Cable Tray (Steel)

Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 - 205

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 - 212

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 - 222

Series 2,3 & 4 Cable Tray - Aluminum

Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 - 235

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 - 246

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Series 2,3,4 & 5 Cable Tray - Steel

Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 - 257

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 - 268

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

Series 3, 4, & 5 Cable Tray - Stainless Steel

Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 - 274

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 - 282

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings - Aluminum, Steel, Stainless Steel

Horizontal Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 - 288

Tees & Crosses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Reducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Horizontal Reducing & Expanding Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 - 292

Horizontal Reducing & Expanding Crosses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Horizontal Wyes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Vertical Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 - 298

Vertical Tees - Up & Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Cable Support Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Fiberglass Cable Tray System

Technical Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 - 313

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 - 320

Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 - 325

Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 - 343

Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 - 347

Cable Channel

Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 - 349

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 - 350

Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

Cable Fixing

Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 - 355

Appendix

Special Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 - 359

Side Rails & Bottom Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 - 361

Cable Tray Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 - 363

Reference Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 - 365

Master Cable Tray Systems Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 - 369

Cable Tray Sizing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370

Installation Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

Support Channels & Channel Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372

Concrete Inserts & Channel Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

Cable Tray Manual

2005 Cable Tray Manual Based on 2005 National

Electrical Code® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 - 425

continued on page 3

Series

2, 3, 4, & 5

Aluminum

Series

2, 3, 4, & 5

Stainless Steel

Fiberglass

Cable Tray

Cable Fixing

Series

2, 3, 4, & 5

Fittings

Series

2, 3, 4, & 5

Steel

Appendix

Cable Tray Manual

Table of Contents

(Pages: 1 thru 3)

Cable Tray Systems

Index

Part Number Index

Straight Sections

Cable Tray

Redi-Rail™Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

Series 1 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

Cable Channel

Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427

Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427

Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427

Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427

Flextray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427

Cent-R-Rail® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428

Fittings

Cable Tray

Redi-Rail™Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429

Series 1 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429

Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430

Cable Channel

Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430

Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430

Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430

Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430

Covers

Cable Tray

Redi-Rail™Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431

Series 1 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431

Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431

Cable Channel

Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

Flextray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

Cent-R-Rail® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

Accessories

Cable Tray

Redi-Rail™Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 - 435

Series 1 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 - 436

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437 - 438

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 - 440

Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440

Cable Channel

Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441

Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 - 442

Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442

Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442

Flextray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443 - 444

Cent-R-Rail® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 - 447

Cable Cleats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448

Product Search & Construction Specifications

4Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Information

Searching for Cooper B-Line

Cable Tray Material?

Need a Cable Tray Materials Price Quote?

Get Fastray

Fastray On-Line.

http://www.cooperbline.com/product/CableTray/SearchProducts

• Search for Product Info!

• Create Submittal Package! (see page 6)

• View Bill of Materials!

• Even Receive a Quote Request!

All This ON-LINE

Cooper B-Line Gives Just the Facts on:

Construction Specifications

All specs are arranged as to their recommended CSI MasterFormat™ Divisions.

All Construction Specification Documents

On-Line or Downloaded

in Mircosoft Word format

http://www.cooperbline.com/engineer/specs.asp

If you need more information

about this or any other

great B-Line product just...

TrayCAD Information

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Information

By Just One Click of the Mouse

Button add Cooper B-Line Cable

Tray to your next set of Plans

To Download a Free copy of TrayCAD®

Go to: www .cooperbline.com

and click on Software & Specifications

Directly: http://www.cooperbline.com/engineer/Software.asp#TrayCAD

Call: (800) 851-7415

TrayCAD®4.0 is a cable tray layout design program that works with AutoCAD®R14

and 2000. TrayCAD®4.0 is a Windows®based program and installs as an add-on to

your AutoCAD®system. Use the TrayCAD®toolbar to add cable tray to your plans

by drawing a single line as the center line of the tray run, then, with the click of a

button, the program will build a 3-D wire-frame model of the cable tray and all of

the appropriate fittings. The program will also create a Bill of Material and contains

a library of details.

By Just One Click of the Mouse

Button add Cooper B-Line Cable

Runway, Cent-R-Rail®and Relay

Racks to your next set of Plans

To Download a Free copy of Runway Router™

Go to: www .cooperbline.com

and click on Software & Specifications

Directly: http://www.cooperbline.com/engineer/Software.asp#Runway

Call: (800) 851-7415

Runway Router™is a cable runway (ladder rack) layout design program that works

with AutoCAD®R14 and 2000. Runway Router™is a Windows®based program that

installs as an add-on to your AutoCAD®system. Use the commands from the

Runway Router®toolbar to layout cable runway, Cent-R-Rail®, relay racks and

electronic cabinets. Add cable runway or Cent-R-Rail®to your existing plans by

drawing a single line as the centerline path of the run. Then, with the click of a

button, the program will build a 3-D wire-frame model of the cable runway and all

of the appropriate connectors and fittings. The program will also create a Bill Of

Materials, and contains a library of details.

Cooper B-Line Cable Tray Systems

6Cable Tray Systems

Cable tray is a mechanical support system that can support cables and raceways. Cable tray is not a raceway.

Cable tray systems are required to be electrically continuous but not mechanically continuous.

Advantages of Cooper B-Line Cable T

Advantages of Cooper B-Line Cable Tray Systems

ray Systems

• Safety

• Dependability

• Space Savings

• Cost Savings

• Design Cost Savings

• Material Savings

• Installation Cost & Time Savings

• Maintenance Savings

For more information refer to Cooper B-Line’s Cable Tray Manual (Pages 375 thru 425)

or call Cooper B-Line engineering at 1-800-851-7415 extension 366

Quick List Selection Pr

Quick List Selection Process

ocess

See pages 36 & 37 for expanded selection process.

1. Support Span Issues are: Strength and Length

• Very important to first consider the support span as it affects the strength of the system and the length of

the straight sections required.

• Short Span, 6 to 8 foot support spacing - use 12 foot sections.

• Intermediate Span, 8 to 12 foot support spacing - use 12 foot sections.

• Long Span, 16 to 20 foot support spacing - use 20 foot sections.

• Extra Long Span, over 20 foot to 30 foot support spacing - use 24 or 30 foot sections.

2. Working Load Issues are: Size (Width, Loading Depth, and Strength)

Cable Load

• Types and numbers of cables to support - Total cable load in lbs. per linear foot (lbs/ft)

• Power - is single layer - issue width (refer to local electrical code)

• Low Voltage - is stacked - issue loading depth and width (refer to affecting code)

• See chart of listed cable load guidelines (refer to pages 36 and 37)

Additional Loads

200 lb. concentrated load - Industrial installations

Ice, Wind, Snow loads - Outdoor installations

Select a Cable Tray system that meets the working load for the support span required and a straight

section length that fits the installation. NEMA VE 2 - Straight sections equal to or larger than span.

www.cabletrays.com/technical.htm

3. Installation Environment Issues are: Material and Finish

• Indoor Dry - Institutional, Office, Commercial, Light Industrial

Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized Steel

• Indoor Industrial - Automotive, Pulp and Paper, Power Plants

Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized Steel, Possibly Hot-Dipped Galvanized After Fabrication (HDGAF)

• Outdoor Industrial - Petrochemical, Automotive, Power Plants

Aluminum, Hot-Dipped Galvanized After Fabrication (HDGAF)

• Outdoor Marine - Off Shore Platforms

Aluminum, Stainless Steel, Fiberglass

• Special - Petrochemical, Pulp and Paper, Environmental Air

Contact Cooper B-Line Engineering (1-800-851-7415 ext, 366)

Cable Tray Information

Cooper B-Line Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Systems

Important notice: The information herein has been carefully checked for accuracy and is believed to be

correct and current. No warranty, either expressed or implied, is made as to either its applicability to or its

compatibility with specific requirements of this information, nor for damages consequential to its use. All

design characteristics, specifications, tolerances and similar information are subject to change without

notice.

Cable Tray Information

Cooper B-Line Cable T

Cooper B-Line Cable Tray Pr

ray Product Of

oduct Offering

fering

• Two Side Rail Systems

Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized Steel, Hot Dip Galvanized After Fabrication Steel, 304 and

316L Stainless Steel, Fiberglass in Polyester Resin, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat

Redi-Rail Systems loaded with special installation and cable friendly features.

Systems tested to 173 lbs/ft on a 30 foot span

Special bottom options and splices

Highest quality fittings

Unmatched accessories supplied with attachment hardware

• Cable Channel (See Cent-R-Rail Section - pages 106-121)

3, 4, and 6 inch widths in Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized Steel, Hot Dip Galvanized After

Fabrication Steel and 304 or 316L Stainless Steel

3, 4, 6, and 8 inch widths in Fiberglass in Polyester Resin, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat

Unmatched fitting and accessory offering

Special bottom options and splices

Highest quality fittings

Unmatched accessories supplied with attachment hardware

• Cent-R-Rail®Systems (See Cent-R-Rail Section - pages 122-183)

Data Track®, Verti-Rack®, Half-Rack®, and Multi-Tier Half-Rack®

Each system targeted to installation needs

Each system is the fastest in the industry to install

Pre-assembled, boxed connectors, splices

Crated straight section shipments

• Wire Flextray Tray (See Flextray Section - pages 42-105)

Best finish in the industry, ASTM B633, SC2 (ZN)

Strong straight top wire design maximizes strength and minimizes weight

Unmatched accessory package

Advantage of Using Cooper B-Line Cable T

Advantage of Using Cooper B-Line Cable Tray?

ray?

Selection!

What kind of Cooper B-Line Cable Tray will work for your project?

First, answer three questions.

1. Location: Where will the project be located?

A. Is the installation inside or outside?

(decision dealing with thermal and weather conditions)

B. Any contact of corrosive materials?

(decision on cable tray material or finish)

C. Is the location for the cable tray confined or open?

(decision on the size and type of cable tray)

2. Span: What would be the longest and shortest spans between supporting locations for the

installation of cables? (decision on type or combination of types of cable tray design

needed to be the most efficient and economical)

3. Cables: How many and what type of cables are involved in the support installation?

(decision on the strength of the cable tray)

All these variables are important to the cost savings and safety

of your Cooper B-Line Cable Tray installation project.

It is your money, your decision.

Cent-R-Rail Flextray

Cable Tray Selection Charts

8Cable Tray Systems

Cooper B-Line cable trays

conform to the requirements

of IEC Standard 61537, 2001 Ed.

Cable Tray Information

FT2X2X10 2.380” 2.000” 28 20 2” S

46 & 49 - 98

FT2X4X10 2.380” 2.000” 43 27 4” S

46 & 49 - 98

FT2X6X10 2.380” 2.000” 47 27 6” S

46 & 49 - 98

FT2X8X10 2.380” 2.000” 47 27 8” S

46 & 49 - 98

FT2X12X10 2.380” 2.000” 47 27 12” S

46 & 49 - 98

FT2X18X10 2.380” 2.000” 47 27 18” S

46 & 49 - 98

FT2X20X10 2.380” 2.000” 47 27 20” S

46 & 49 - 98

FT2X24X10 2.380” 2.000” 47 27 24” S

46 & 49 - 98

FT4X4X10 4.380” 4.000” 49 36 4” S

47 & 49 - 98

FT4X8X10 4.380” 4.000” 77 46 8” S

47 & 49 - 98

FT4X12X10 4.380” 4.000” 83 47 12” S

47 & 49 - 98

FT4X18X10 4.380” 4.000” 83 47 18” S

47 & 49 - 98

FT4X20X10 4.380” 4.000” 83 47 20” S

47 & 49 - 98

FT4X24X10 4.380” 4.000” 89 50 24” S

47 & 49 - 98

FT6X12X10 6.380” 6.000” 86 48 12” S

47 & 49 - 98

FT6X18X10 6.380” 6.000” 89 50 18” S

47 & 49 - 98

FT6X20X10 6.380” 6.000” 98 55 20” S

47 & 49 - 98

FT6X24X10 6.380” 6.000” 107 60 24” S

47 & 49 - 98

ACC-03 1.250” 1.250” 15 10 3” A

108 & 109 - 112 113 - 120

ACC-04 1.750” 1.750” 33 20.5 4” A

108 & 109 - 112 113 - 120

ACC-06 1.750” 1.750” 36 22.5 6” A

108 & 109 - 112 113 - 120

†CC-03 1.250” 1.250” 17 11.5 3” S, SS_

108 & 109 - 112 113 - 120

†CC-04 1.750” 1.750” 36 24.5 4” S, SS_

108 & 109 - 112 113 - 120

†CC-06 1.750” 1.750” 41 28 6” S, SS_

108 & 109 - 112 113 - 120

FCC-03 1.000” 1.000” 8 -- 3” F

348 & 349 349 & 350

FCC-04 1.125” 1.125” 12 -- 4” F

348 & 349 349 & 350

FCC-06 1.625” 1.625” 58 -- 6” F

348 & 349 349 & 350

FCC-08 2.188” 2.188” 87 -- 8” F

348 & 349 349 & 350

C3ADB 3.700” 3.000” 100 100 6” - 24” A

132 & 140 - 164

C4ADB 4.700” 4.000” 100 100 6” - 24” A

132 & 140 - 164

C6ADB 6.700” 6.000” 100 100 6” - 24” A

132 & 140 - 164

C3A1H 3.700” 3.000” 50 50 3” - 12” A

136 & 140 - 164

C4A1H 4.700” 4.000” 50 50 3” - 12” A

136 & 140 - 164

C6A1H 6.700” 6.000” 50 50 3” - 12” A

136 & 140 - 164

C2A

①

V All 2.000” -- 225 3” - 12” A

134 & 140 - 164

C3A

➁

M All 3.000” 50 50 3” - 12” A

138 & 140 - 164

C4A

➁

M All 4.000” 50 50 3” - 12” A

138 & 140 - 164

H14AR 3.840” 3.000” 224 194 6” - 36” A

186 & 189 - 196 188

H15AR 4.840” 4.000” 224 224 6” - 36” A

186 & 189 - 196 188

H16AR 5.840” 5.000” 224 224 6” - 36” A

187 & 189 - 196 188

H17AR 6.840” 6.000” 224 224 6” - 36” A

187 & 189 - 196 188

148 3.625” 3.077” 204 115 6” - 36” S

202 & 206 - 212 214 - 222

156 4.188” 3.628” 304 171 6” - 36” S

203 & 206 - 212 214 - 222

166 5.188” 4.628” 308 173 6” - 36” S

204 & 206 - 212 214 - 222

176 6.188” 5.628” - 194 6” - 36” S

205 & 206 - 212 214 - 222

13F 3.000” 2.000” 257 145 6” - 24” F

322 & 326 - 343 344 - 347

Recommended Short Span

Cable Tray Selection

Use 10 ft or 12 ft Sections

Span Load Straight Sections

Catalog Rail Load lbs/ft Available & Accessories Fittings

Number Height Depth 6’ 8’ Widths Material* Pages Pages

Cable Channel

Redi-

Rail

Cable Tray

Fiber Steel

Short Span 6 - 8 Foot

(distance between the supports)

*Material A = Aluminum • S = Steel • SS_ = Stainless Steel Type 304 or 316 • F = Fiberglass

† = G for HDGAF • P for Pre-Galvanized • SS4 for 304 or SS6 for 316 Stainless Steel

①Insert 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 for number of tiers • ➁Insert 2, 3 or 4 for number of tiers

Redi-Rail

Cable Tray Selection Charts

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Information

Cooper B-Line cable trays

conform to the requirements

of IEC Standard 61537, 2001 Ed.

Cable Tray

Fiberglass Stainless Steel Steel Aluminum

C3ADB 3.700” 3.000” 100 100 6” - 24” A

132 & 140 - 164

C4ADB 4.700” 4.000” 100 100 6” - 24” A

132 & 140 - 164

C6ADB 6.700” 6.000” 100 100 6” - 24” A

132 & 140 - 164

C3A1H 3.700” 3.000” 100 100 3” - 12” A

136 & 140 - 164

C4A1H 4.700” 4.000” 100 100 3” - 12” A

136 & 140 - 164

C6A1H 6.700” 6.000” 100 100 3” - 12” A

136 & 140 - 164

H14AR 3.840” 3.000” 124 86 6” - 36” A

186 & 189 - 196 188

H15AR 4.840” 4.000” 147 102 6” - 36” A

186 & 189 - 196 188

H16AR 5.840” 5.000” 164 114 6” - 36” A

187 & 189 - 196 188

H17AR 6.840” 6.000” 144 100 6” - 36” A

187 & 189 - 196 188

24A 4.120” 3.050” 181 126 6” - 36” A

226 & 236 - 246 286 - 300

25A 5.000” 3.930” 200 139 6” - 36” A

228 & 236 - 246 286 - 300

26A 6.120” 5.040” 204 142 6” - 36” A

230 & 236 - 246 286 - 300

37A 7.140” 6.050” -- 222 6” - 36” A

232 & 236 - 246 286 - 300

148 3.625” 3.077” 73 51 6” - 36” S

202 & 206 - 212 214 - 222

156 4.188” 3.628” 109 76 6” - 36” S

203 & 206 - 212 214 - 222

166 5.188” 4.628” 111 77 6 ”- 36” S

204 & 206 - 212 214 - 222

176 6.188” 5.628” 124 86 6” - 36” S

204 & 206 - 212 214 - 222

248 4.188” 3.140” 148 103 6” - 36” S

250 & 258 - 268 286 - 300

258 5.188” 4.140” 157 109 6” - 36” S

252 & 258 - 268 286 - 300

268 6.188” 5.140” 158 110 6” - 36” S

254 & 258 - 268 286 - 300

378 7.188” 6.140” 204 142 6” - 36” S

256 & 258 - 268 286 - 300

348 4.188” 3.130” 180 125 6” - 36” SS_

272 & 275 - 282 286 - 300

358 5.188” 4.130” 248 172 6” - 36” SS_

273 & 275 - 282 286 - 300

368 6.188” 5.130” 236 164 6” - 36” SS_

274 & 275 - 282 286 - 300

13F 3.000” 2.000” 93 64 6” - 24” F

322 & 326 - 343 344 - 347

24F 4.000” 3.000” 226 157 6” - 36” F

323 & 326 - 343 344 - 347

Recommended Intermediate Span Cable Tray Selection

Use 12 ft Sections

Span Load Straight Sections

Catalog Rail Load lbs/ft Available & Accessories Fittings

Number Height Depth 10’ 12’ Widths Material* Pages Pages

Cent-R-Rail

Intermediate Span 10 - 12 Foot

(distance between the supports)xx

*Material A = Aluminum

S = Steel

SS_ = Stainless Steel

Type 304 or 316

F = Fiberglass

Cable Tray Selection Charts

10 Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Information

Cable Tray

Fiberglass Stainless Steel Steel Aluminum

25A 5.000” 3.930” 78 62 50 6” - 36” A

228 & 236 - 246 286 - 300

34A 4.200” 3.080” 125 99 80 6” - 36” A

226 & 236 - 246 286 - 300

35A 5.060” 3.960” 121 96 77 6” - 36” A

228 & 236 - 246 286 - 300

26A 6.120” 5.040” 80 63 51 6” - 36” A

230 & 236 - 246 286 - 300

36A 6.170” 5.060” 131 104 84 6” - 36” A

230 & 236 - 246 286 - 300

37A 7.140” 6.050” 125 99 80 6” - 36” A

232 & 236 - 246 286 - 300

46A 6.190” 5.080” 161 127 103 6” - 36” A

230 & 236 - 246 286 - 300

47A 7.240” 6.130” 156 123 100 6” - 36” A

232 & 236 - 246 286 - 300

H46A 6.240” 5.090” 261 206 167 6” - 36” A

230 & 236 - 246 286 - 300

H47A 7.240” 6.090” 233 184 149 6” - 36” A

232 & 236 - 246 286 - 300

346 4.188” 3.130” 98 78 63 6” - 36” S

250 & 258 - 268 286 - 300

356 5.188” 4.130” 108 85 69 6” - 36” S

252 & 258 - 268 286 - 300

366 6.188” 5.140” 117 93 75 6” - 36” S

254 & 258 - 268 286 - 300

378 7.188” 6.140” 80 63 51 6” - 36” S

256 & 258 - 268 286 - 300

444 4.188” 3.110” 142 112 91 6” - 36” S

250 & 258 - 268 286 - 300

454 5.188” 4.110” 166 131 106 6” - 36” S

252 & 258 - 268 286 - 300

464 6.188” 5.110” 192 152 51 6” - 36” S

254 & 258 - 268 286 - 300

476 7.188” 6.130” 120 95 77 6” - 36” S

256 & 258 - 268 286 - 300

574 7.188” 6.110” 203 160 130 6” - 36” S

256 & 258 - 268 286 - 300

348 4.188” 3.130” 70 56 45 6” - 36” SS_

272 & 275 - 282 286 - 300

358 5.188” 4.130” 97 77 62 6” - 36” SS_

273 & 275 - 282 286 - 300

368 6.188” 5.140” 92 73 59 6” - 36” SS_

274 & 275 - 282 286 - 300

464 6.188” 5.110” 192 152 123 6” - 36” SS_

274 & 275 - 282 286 - 300

36F 6.000” 5.000” 139 109 89 6” - 36” F

324 & 326 - 343 344 - 347

46F 6.000” 5.000” 221 174 141 6” - 36” F

324 & 326 - 343 344 - 347

H46F 6.000” 5.000” 239 188 153 6” - 36” F

324 & 326 - 343 344 - 347

Recommended Intermediate Span Cable Tray Selection

Use 20 ft Sections

Span Load Straight Sections

Catalog Rail Load lbs/ft Available & Accessories Fittings

Number Height Depth 16’ 18’ 20’ Widths Material* Pages Pages

Long 16 - 20 Foot

(distance between the supports)

Cooper B-Line cable trays

conform to the requirements

of IEC Standard 61537, 2001 Ed.

*Material A = Aluminum

S = Steel

SS_ = Stainless Steel

Type 304 or 316

F = Fiberglass

Cable Tray

Steel Aluminum

46A 6.190” 5.080” 72 - 6” - 36” A

230 & 236 - 246 286 - 300

47A 7.240” 6.130” 69 - 6” - 36” A

232 & 236 - 246 286 - 300

57A 7.400” 6.230” 161 75 12” - 36” A

232 & 236 - 246 286 - 300

H46A 6.240” 5.090” 116 - 6” - 36” A

230 & 236 - 246 286 - 300

H47A 7.240” 6.090” 103 - 6” - 36” A

232 & 236 - 246 286 - 300

S8A 8.000” 6.200” 252 161 12” - 36” A

234 & AT-12 235

444 4.188” 2.110” 63 - 6” - 36” S

250 & 258 - 268 286 - 300

454 5.188” 4.110” 74 - 6” - 36” S

252 & 258 - 268 286 - 300

464 6.188” 5.110” 85 - 6” - 36” S

254 & 258 - 268 286 - 300

476 7.188” 6.130” 53 - 6” - 36” S

256 & 258 - 268 286 - 300

574 7.188” 6.110” 90 - 6” - 36” S

256 & 258 - 268 286 - 300

464 6.188” 5.110” 85 - 6” - 36” SS_

274 & 275 - 282 286 - 300

Recommended Extra Long Span Cable Tray Selection

Use 24 ft or 30 ft Sections

Span Load Straight Sections

Catalog Rail Load lbs/ft Available & Accessories Fittings

Number Height Depth 24’ 30’ Widths Material* Pages Pages

Extra Long Span 24 - 30 Foot

(distance between the supports)xx

*Material A = Aluminum

S = Steel

SS_ = Stainless Steel

Type 304 or 316

Cable Tray Selection Charts

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Information

Cooper B-Line cable trays

conform to the requirements

of IEC Standard 61537, 2001 Ed.

Cable Tray Systems

B-Line Cable Trays -

Designed for Your Cable Support Requirements

Nomenclature

1. Ladder Type Cable Tray 10. 30° Vertical Inside Bend, Ladder Type Cable Tray

2. Ventilated Trough Type Cable Tray 11. Vertical Bend Segment (VBS)

3. Straight Splice Plate 12. Vertical Tee Down, Ventilated Trough Type Cable Tray

4. 90° Horizontal Bend, Ladder Type Cable Tray 13. Left Hand Reducer, Ladder Type Cable Tray

5. 45° Horizontal Bend, Ladder Type Cable Tray 14. Frame Type Box Connector

6. Horizontal Tee, Ladder Type Cable Tray 15. Barrier Strip Straight Section

7. Horizontal Cross, Ladder Type Cable Tray 16. Solid Flanged Tray Cover

8. 90° Vertical Outside Bend, Ladder Type Cable Tray 17. Ventilated Channel Straight Section

9. 45° Vertical Outside Bend, Ventilated Type Cable Tray 18. Channel Cable Tray, 90° Vertical Outside Bend

14 17

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Information

The B-Line Advantage - The Company

-- is Committed to the Success of its Customers through Manufacturing,

Engineering and Service.

-- is Positioned to Serve.

Four United States cable tray fabrication sites:

Troy, IL Ellaville, GA

Alum Bank, PA Reno, NV

Sixteen factory inventories

-- a Proven Industry Leader.

Over thirty years experience

-- offers Industry Involvement.

NEMA - 5VE Member -- Metallic Cable Tray Section

NEMA - 5FG Member -- Nonmetallic Cable Tray Section

Cable Tray Institute (CTI) -- A Founding Member

Cooper B-Line cable trays conform to the requirements of

IEC Standard 61537, 2001 Ed.

-- unmatched Cable Support Systems.

Cable Tray -- Two Side Rail (Metallic)

Cable Tray -- Two Side Rail (Metallic) Redi-Rail™ Design

Cable Tray -- Two Side Rail (Nonmetallic)

Cable Tray -- CENT-R-RAIL; DATA-TRACK, VERTI-RACK,

HALF-RACK, and MULTI-TIER HALF-RACK.

Cable Tray -- Flextray Cable Support Systems

Cable Runways -- B-Line Telecom

NEMA Wireways -- Circle AW Products Co., a B-Line Company

B-Line Advantage

Cable Tray Systems

Aluminum Cable Tray, Series 2, 3 & 4

-- the Side Rails

Our I-Beam -- the most

efficient structural shape

Using “Copper-free”

6063-T6 Aluminum Alloy

-- the Rungs -- provide system integrity

The rungs can represent 40% of your cable tray system.

Rung A Standard for widths through 24"

The 24" width supports 589 lbs. with safety factor 1.5

Rung B Standard for widths greater than 24"

The 36" width supports 487 lbs. with safety factor 1.5

• For industrial applications -- 200 lb. concentrated loads

• New P-Rung design allows P-Clamp cable fastening at

any location.

-- the Splices -- provide system integrity

With the unique Wedge Lock splice system:

• Channel-shaped for extra strength

• Snaps into the side rail

• Positions and holds for bolting, a labor-saving feature

• Four bolt patterns, a labor-saving feature

• 316 Stainless Steel hardware is available as an option

-- the Fittings -- provide system integrity

Surpasses NEMA VE 1 requirements

3" straight tangents for splice integrity

-- with a 200 lb. Concentrated Load -- providing system integrity

Side rails engineered to support a 200 lb. concentrated load + cable load

Rungs engineered to support a 200 lb. concentrated load + cable load

-- our reliable time-tested products. A system that works.

The B-Line Advantage - The Product

1. I-beam side rail design

- maximize strength-to-weight ratio

2. Added material to top flange to

increase cable tray stiffness

3. Welding bead

- positive rung lock

- added material disperses heat

4. Bottom flange inside

- positive rung support

5. Bottom flange outside

- strong lower flange for hold down

clamps and expansion guides

6. Top flange outside

- strong upper flange for securing

the tray cover or the conduit-to-

tray adapter

B-Line Advantage

Cable Tray Systems

The B-Line Advantage - The Product

Steel Cable Tray, Series 2, 3, 4 & 5

-- the Side Rails

Our I-Beam -- the most

efficient structural shape

-- the Rungs -- provide system integrity

The rungs can represent 40% of your cable tray system.

Rung A Standard for widths through 24"

The 24" width supports 581 lbs. with safety factor 1.5

Rung B Standard for widths greater than 24"

The 36" width supports 485 lbs. with safety factor 1.5

For industrial applications -- 200 lb. concentrated loads.

Both Rung A and Rung B are roll formed from traceable structural grade steel

-- the Splices -- provide system integrity

The Splices -- the engineered connection:

• Special high strength eleven gauge steel

• Eight bolt connection for required strength

• Finish and hardware options

-- Hot Dip Galvanized After Fabrication (HDGAF) -- providing system

integrity

• ASTM A123/CSA Type I

• In plant post-dip inspection and deburr

• ASTM F-1136-88 Grade 3 Splice hardware exceeds NEMA requirements.

• ASTM A123 Covers available - system compatibility

-- Pre-Galvanized- Hot Dip Mill Galvanized -- providing system integrity

• ASTM A653SS Gr.33 G90/ CSA Type II

• Anti-corrosive silicon bronze welds eliminate cosmetic painting

-- our reliable time-tested products. A system that works.

• 200 lb. Concentrated Load- side rail and rungs

• Splice integrity - 3" fitting tangents

1. Roll formed for extra strength

2. Enlarged top flange for stiffness

3. Structural grade traceable steel

4. Rung top lock

5. Rung bottom rest

Side rails and rungs are

stamped every 18" with:

• Company Name

• Part Number

• Material

• Heat Trace Number

B-Line Advantage

Cable Tray Systems

The B-Line Advantage - The Extras

-- Special Packaging

• For less than truckload (LTL) shipments

• Reduced freight claims over 50%

• A positive package for all

-- New Mid Span Aluminum Splice

• The standard splice for H46A, H47A and 57A systems

• Optional availability for other systems

• See appendix page 357 for details

-- Special Aluminum Long Span Systems

• 57A12-36-360 Tested to 102 lbs./ft. on 30' span - safety factor 1.5

(Page 364 & 365)

• S8A12-36-360 Tested to 161 lbs./ft. on 30' span - safety factor 1.5

(Page 366 & 367)

-- Redi-Rail Aluminum Cable Tray Systems (See Redi-Rail Section)

• 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 inch cable fill depths

• NEMA classes to 12C

• Unique fabrication method provides unmatched installation options

• Industry leading accessory package

-- Wire Basket Cable Support Systems (See Flextray Section)

• Field adaptable - no fittings to order

• Low profile in 2", 4” and 6" loading depths

• Rugged welded steel, wire mesh construction

-- Cent-R-Rail Cable Tray System (See Cent-R-Rail Section)

• Four unique product offerings

• Perfect for today’s high technology

• Fast to install in congested areas

• Request latest catalog

-- Non-Metallic Cable Tray (See Fiberglass Section)

• For corrosive environments

• For voltage isolation

• A complete line offering

• Request latest catalog

Cooper B-Line cable trays

conform to the requirements of

IEC Standard 61537, 2001 Ed.

MEMBER

B-Line Advantage

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection - Selection Process

The following factors should be considered when

determining the appropriate cable tray system.

1. Material & Finish

• Standards Available (Pages 18 - 20)

• Corrosion (Pages 21 - 23)

• Thermal Contraction and Expansion (Page 24)

• Installation Considerations and Electrical Grounding Capacity (Page 25)

2. Strength

• Environmental Loads (Pages 26 & 27)

• Concentrated Loads (Page 27)

• Support Span (Page 27)

• Deflection (Page 28)

• Load Capacity (NEMA & CSA Classes) (Page 29)

• Rung/Trough Data (Page 30)

• Cable Data (Page 31)

3. Width & Available Loading Depth

• Cable Diameter (Page 31)

• Allowable Cable Fill (Pages 32 - 37)

• Barrier Requirements (Page 38)

• Future Expansion Requirements (Page 38)

• Space Limitations (Page 38)

4. Length

• Lengths Available (Page 39)

• Support Spans (Not to exceed the length of straight sections) (Page 39)

• Space Limitations (Page 39)

• Installation (Page 39)

5. Loading Possibilities

• Power Application (Page 40)

• Data/Communication Cabling (Page 40)

• Other Factors to Consider (Page 40)

6. Bottom Type

• Type of Cable (Page 41)

• Cost vs. Strength (Page 41)

• Cable Exposure (Page 41)

• Cable Attachment (Page 41)

7. Fitting Radius

• Cable Flexibility (Page 41)

• Space Limitations (Page 41)

Cable Tray Selection

Cable Tray Systems

MATERIAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATION ADVANTAGES

6063-T6 (Side rails, Rungs and Splice Plates) • Corrosion Resistance

• Easy Field Fabrication & Installation

Aluminum 5052-H32 (Trough Bottoms, Covers and Accessories) • Excellent Strength to Weight Ratio

• Excellent Grounding Conductor

ASTM A1011 SS Gr. 33 (14 Gauge Plain Steel) • Electric Shielding

Steel ASTM A1008 Gr. 33 Type 2 • Finish Options

(16 & 18 Gauge Plain • Low Thermal Expansion

ASTM A653SS Gr. 33 G90 (Pre-Galvanized) • Limited Deflection

Stainless Steel AISI Type 304 or AISI Type 316 • Superior Corrosion Resistance

ASTM A240 • Withstands High Temperatures

Cable Tray Selection - Material & Finish

Steel

Steel cable trays are fabricated from

continuous roll-formed structural quality

steel. By roll-forming steel, the

mechanical properties are increased

allowing the use of a lighter gauge steel

to carry the required load. This reduces

the dead weight that must be carried by

the supports and the installers. Using

structural quality steel, Cooper B-Line

assures that the material will meet the

minimum yield and tensile strengths of

applicable ASTM standards. All cable

tray side rails, rungs and splice plates

are numbered for material traceability.

The corrosion resistance of steel varies

widely with coating and alloy.

Steel and Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Note:

For help choosing proper cable tray

material, see Cooper B-Line Technical

Paper Series.

(bline.com/engineer/Technical.asp)

Stainless Steel

Stainless Steel cable trays are

fabricated from continuous roll-formed

AISI Type 304 or AISI Type 316/316L

stainless steel. Both are non-magnetic

and belong to the group called austenitic

stainless steels. Like carbon steel, they

exhibit increased strength when cold

worked by roll-forming or bending.

Several important conditions could

make the use of stainless steel

imperative. These include long term

maintenance costs, corrosion resistance,

appearance and locations where product

contamination is undesirable. Stainless

steel exhibits stable structural properties

such as yield strength and high creep

strength at elevated temperatures.

Cooper B-Line’s stainless steel cable

trays are welded using stainless steel

welding wire to ensure each weldment

exhibits the same corrosion resistant

characteristic as the base metal.

Localized staining in the weld area or

heat affected zone may occur in severe

environments. Specialized shielding

gases and low carbon materials are used

to minimize carbon contamination

during welding and reduce staining and

stress corrosion. Specify passivation

after fabrication per ASTM A380 to

minimize staining, improve aesthetics

and further improve corrosion

resistance.

A detailed study of the corrosive

environment is recommended when

considering a stainless steel design

(see pages 22 & 23).

Aluminum

Aluminum cable trays are fabricated

from structural grade “copper free”

(marine grade) aluminum extrusions.

Aluminum’s excellent corrosion

resistance is due to its ability to form

an aluminum oxide film that when

scratched or cut reforms the original

protective film. Aluminum has

excellent resistance to "weathering” in

most outdoor applications. Aluminum

cable tray has excellent corrosion

resistance in many chemical environ-

ments and has been used for over thirty

years in petro-chemical plants and paper

mills along the gulf coast from Texas to

Florida. Typically, aluminum cable trays

can perform indefinitely, with little or no

degradation over time, making it ideal

for many chemical and marine

environments. The resistance to

chemicals, indoor and outdoor, can best

be determined by tests conducted by the

user with exposure to the specific

conditions for which it is intended. For

further information, contact Cooper

B-Line or the Aluminum Association.

Some common chemicals which

aluminum resists are shown on pages

22 & 23.

Aluminum Cable Tray

Standards Available

Cable Tray Selection

Cable Tray Systems

Note: Fiberglass available - see page 306

Cable Tray Selection - Material & Finish

FINISH SPECIFICATION RECOMMENDED USE

Electrogalvanized Zinc ASTM B633 Indoor

(For Cable Tray Hardware and Accessories, Alum. and Pre-Galv.)

(For Flextray Standard is B633 SC2)

Chromium Zinc ASTM F-1136-88 Indoor/Outdoor

(Hardware for Hot Dip Galvanized Cable Tray)

Pre-Galvanized Zinc ASTM A653SS Gr.33 G90 (CSA Type 2) Indoor

(Steel Cable Tray and Fittings)

Hot Dip Galvanized Zinc ASTM A123 (CSA Type 1) Indoor/Outdoor

after fabrication (Steel Cable Tray and Fittings)

Special Paint Per Customer Specification Indoor

(Aluminum or Steel Cable Tray & Fittings)

Zinc Coatings

Zinc protects steel in two ways. First it

protects the steel as a coating and

second as a sacrificial anode to repair

bare areas such as cut edges, scratches,

and gouges. The corrosion protection

of zinc is directly related to its thickness

and the environment. This means a .2

mil coating will last twice as long as a .1

mil coating in the same environment.

Galvanizing also protects cut and drilled edges.

Electrogalvanized Zinc

Electrogalvanized Zinc (also known as

zinc plated or electroplated) is the

process by which a coating of zinc is

deposited on the steel by electrolysis

from a bath of zinc salts. This finish is

standard for cable tray hardware and

some accessories for aluminum and

pre-galvanized systems.

A rating of SC3, B-Line’s standard,

provides a minimum zinc coating

thickness of .5 mils (excluding threaded

rod, which is SC1 = .2 mils)

When exposed to air and moisture,

zinc forms a tough, adherent, protective

film consisting of a mixture of zinc

oxides, hydroxides, and carbonates.

This film is in itself a barrier coating

which slows subsequent corrosive attack

on the zinc. This coating is usually

recommended for indoor use in

relatively dry areas, as it provides

ninety-six hours protection in salt spray

testing per ASTM B117.

allowing only a small heat affected zone

to be exposed. This small area quickly

repairs itself by the same process as cut

edges.

Hot Dip Galvanized After

Fabrication

(Hot dip galvanized or batch hot dip

galvanized)

Hot Dip Galvanized After Fabrication

cable tray products are fabricated from

steel and then completely immersed in a

bath of molten zinc. A metallic bond

occurs resulting in a zinc coating that

completely coats all surfaces, including

edges and welds.

Another advantage of this method is

coating thickness. Cable trays hot dip

galvanized after fabrication have a

minimum thickness of 1.50 ounces per

square foot on each side, or a total 3.0

ounces per square foot of steel,

according to ASTM A123.

The zinc thickness is controlled by the

amount of time each part is immersed in

the molten zinc bath as well as the

speed at which it is removed. The term

"double dipping" refers to parts too large

to fit into the galvanizing kettle and,

therefore, must be dipped one end at a

time. It does not refer to extra coating

thickness.

The layer of zinc which bonds to steel

provides a dual protection against

corrosion. It protects first as an overall

barrier coating. If this coating happens

to be scratched or gouged, zinc's

secondary defense is called upon to

protect the steel by galvanic action.

Hot dip galvanized after fabrication is

recommended for prolonged outdoor

exposure and will protect steel for many

years in most outdoor environments

and in many aggressive industrial

environments (see charts on page 20).

Chromium/ Zinc

Chromium/ Zinc is a corrosion

resistant composition, which was

developed to protect fasteners and

small bulk items for automotive use.

The coating applications have since

been extended to larger parts and other

markets.

Chromium/Zinc composition is an

aqueous coating dispersion containing

chromium, proprietary organics, and

zinc flake.

This finish provides 1000 hours

protection in salt spray testing per

ASTM B117, exceeding NEMA VE-1

requirements by 300%.

Pre-Galvanized Zinc

(Mill galvanized, hot dip mill galva-

nized or continuous hot dip galvanized)

Pre-Galvanized steel is produced by

coating coils of sheet steel with zinc by

continuously rolling the material through

molten zinc at the mills. This is also

known as mill galvanized or hot dip mill

galvanized. These coils are then slit to

size and fabricated by roll forming,

shearing, punching, or forming to

produce B-Line pre-galvanized cable

tray products.

The G90 specification calls for a

coating of .90 ounces of zinc per square

foot of steel. This results in a coating

of .45 ounces per square foot on each

side of the sheet. This is important

when comparing this finish to hot dip

galvanized after fabrication.

During fabrication, cut edges and

welded areas are not normally zinc

coated; however, the zinc near the

uncoated metal becomes a sacrificial

anode to protect the bare areas after a

short period of time.

To further insure a quality product,

B-Line welds all pre-galvanized cable

trays with a silicon bronze welding wire

ZnFe

ZnO

Standards Available

Hot Dip Galvanized Zinc

After Fabrication

Cable Tray Selection

Cable Tray Systems

Catalog Material

Number to be

Prefix Furnished

A Aluminum

P Pre-Galvanized

G Hot Dip Galvanized

ZN Zinc Plated

S Plain Steel

SS4 Type 304 Stainless Steel

SS6 Type 316 Stainless Steel

Cable Tray Selection - Material & Finish

PVC Coating

PVC coating aluminum or steel cable

tray is not recommended and has been

removed from Cooper B-Line’s cable

tray line.

The application of a 15 mil PVC

coating to aluminum or steel cable tray

was a somewhat popular finish option

15 or more years ago. The soft PVC

coating must be completely intact for

the finish to be effective. In a caustic

atmosphere, a pinhole in the coating

can render it useless and corrode the

cable tray. The shipment of the cable

tray consistently damages the coating,

as does installation. The splice

hardware, splice plates and ground

straps require field removal of the

coating to ensure connections. PVC

coated cable tray drastically increases

the product’s cost and delivery time.

Cooper B-Line recommends using

fiberglass - See Fiberglass section, or

stainless steel cable tray systems in

highly corrosive areas.

Painting Cable Tray

Cooper B-Line offers painted cable

tray to any color specified by the

customer. It is important to note

that there are key advantages and

disadvantages to ordering factory

painted cable tray. Cooper B-Line

typically does not recommend factory

painted cable tray for most applications.

Painted cable tray is often used in

“open ceiling” applications, where all

the overhead equipment and structure

is painted the same color. In this type

of application, additional painting is

often necessary in the field, after

installation, to ensure all of the

supporting components, such as hanger

rods, clamps and attaching hardware

have been painted uniformly. Pre-

painted cable tray interferes with

common grounding practices, requiring

the paint to be removed at splice

locations, and/or the addition of

bonding jumpers that were otherwise

unnecessary. This additional field

modification not only increases the

installation cost, but causes potential

damage to the special painted finish.

It is typically more cost effective to

use an Aluminum or Pre-Galvanized

Steel cable tray and paint it after

installation, along with the other

un-painted building components.

Consult painting contractor for proper

surface preparation.

Special Paint

B-Line cable tray and supports can

be painted or primed to meet the

customers requirements. Cooper B-Line

has several colors available, consult the

factory.

If a non-standard color is required the

following information needs to be

specified:

1. Type of material preparation

(primer, etc.)

2. Type of paint, manufacturer and

paint number or type of paint with

chip.

3. Dry film thickness.

Service Life is defined as the time to 5% rusting of the steel surface.

Anticipated Life of Zinc Coatings In Various Atmospheric Environments

= Zinc Coating 1.50 Oz./Ft.2(.0026" Thick)

Hot Dip

= Zinc Coating 0.45 Oz./Ft.2(.00075" Thick)

Pre-Galvanized

Life

Years

10 87653

Rural Tropical Temperate Suburban Urban Highly

Marine Marine Industrial

Environment

Material/Finish

Prefix Designation Chart

Standards Available

Cable Tray Selection

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection - Material & Finish

Magnesium

Magnesium Alloys

Zinc

Beryllium

Aluminum - Zinc Alloys (7000 series)

Aluminum - Magnesium Alloys (5000 series)

Aluminum (1000 series)

Aluminum - Magnesium Alloys (3000 series)

Aluminum - Magnesium - Silicon Alloys (6000 series)

Cadmium

Aluminum - Copper Alloys (2000 series)

Cast Iron, Wrought Iron, Mild Steel

Austenitic Nickel Cast Iron

Type 410 Stainless Steel (active)

Type 316 Stainless Steel (active)

Type 304 Stainless Steel (active)

Naval Brass, Yellow Brass, Red Brass

Tin

Copper

Lead-Tin Solders

Admiralty Brass, Aluminum Brass

Manganese Bronze

Silicon Bronze

Tin Bronze

Type 410 Stainless Steel (passive)

Nickel - Silver

Copper Nickel Alloys

Lead

Nickel - Aluminum Bronze

Silver Solder

Nickel 200

Silver

Type 316 Stainless Steel (passive)

Type 304 Stainless Steel (passive)

Incoloy 825

Hastelloy B

Titanium

Hastelloy C

Platinum

Graphite

Galvanic Series In Sea Water

More Anodic

Corrosion

Anodic End

Cathodic End

Cable Tray Selection

All metal surfaces are affected by corrosion. Depending on

the physical properties of the metal and the environment to

which it is exposed, chemical or electromechanical corrosion

may occur.

Atmospheric Corrosion

Atmospheric corrosion occurs when metal is exposed to

airborne liquids, solids or gases. Some sources of atmos-

pheric corrosion are moisture, salt, dirt and sulphuric acid.

This form of corrosion is typically worse outdoors, especially

near marine environments.

Chemical Corrosion

Chemical corrosion takes place when metal comes in direct

contact with a corrosive solution. Some factors which affect

the severity of chemical corrosion include: chemical concen-

tration level, duration of contact, frequency of washing, and

operating temperature.

Storage Corrosion

Wet storage stain (White rust) is caused by the entrapment of

moisture between surfaces of closely packed and poorly

ventilated material for an extended period. Wet storage

stain is usually superficial, having no affect on the properties

of the metal.

Light staining normally disappears with weathering.

Medium to heavy buildup should be removed, in order to

allow the formation of normal protective film.

Proper handling and storage will help to assure stain-free

material. If product arrives wet, it should be unpacked and

dried before storage. Dry material should be stored in a well

ventilated “low moisture” environment to avoid condensation

formation. Outdoor storage is undesirable, and should be

avoided whenever possible.

Galvanic Corrosion

Galvanic corrosion occurs when two or more dissimilar

metals are in contacts in the presence of an electrolyte (ie.

moisture). An electrolytic cell is created and the metals form

an anode or a cathode depending on their relative position

on the Galvanic Series Table. The anodic material will be

the one to corrode. Whether a material is anodic depends

on the relative position of the other material. For exam-

ple: If zinc and steel are in contact, the zinc acts as the

anode and will corrode; the steel acts as the cathode, and

will be protected. If steel and copper are in contact, the

steel is now the anode and will corrode.

The rate at which galvanic corrosion occurs depends on

several factors:

1. The amount and concentration of electrolyte present- An

indoor, dry environment will have little or no galvanic

corrosion compared to a wet atmosphere.

2. The relative size of the materials- A small amount of

anodic material in contact with a large cathodic material

will result in greater corrosion. Likewise, a large anode

in contact with a small cathode will decrease the rate of

attack.

3. The relative position on the Galvanic Series Table - The

further apart in the Galvanic Series Table, the greater the

potential for corrosion of the anodic material.

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection - Material & Finish

Cable Tray Material

Chemical Aluminum Stainless Type 304 Stainless Type 316

Cold Warm Hot Cold Warm Hot Cold Warm Hot

Acteone R R R R R R R R R

Aluminum Chloride Solution NR NR NR NR -- -- F -- --

Anhydrous Aluminum Chloride R R R NR -- -- F -- --

Aluminum Sulfate R R R R R R R R R

Ammonium Chloride 10% F F NR R R R R R R

Ammonium Hydroxide F F F R R R R R R

Ammonium Phosphate F F NR R -- -- R -- --

Ammonium Sulfate F -- -- R R R R R R

Ammonium Thiocyanate R R R R -- -- R R R

Amyl Acetate R R R R R R R R R

Amyl Alcohol R R R R -- -- R R R

Arsenic Acid F F F R R -- R R R

Barium Chloride F F NR R R R R R R

Barium Sulfate R R R R R -- R R --

Barium Sulfide NR NR NR R R -- R R --

Benzene RRRRRR RRR

Benzoic Acid F F NR R R R R R R

Boric Acid R R F R R R R R R

Bromine Liquid or Vapor NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR

Butyl Acetate R R R R -- -- R R R

Butyl Alcohol R R R R R R R R R

Butyric Acid F F F R R R R R R

Calcium Chloride 20% F F NR R -- -- R -- --

Calcium Hydroxide N -- -- R R F R R R

Calcium Hypochlorite 2 - 3% F -- -- R -- -- R -- --

Calcium Sulfate R R -- R R -- R R --

Carbon Monoxide Gas R R R R R R R R R

Carbon Tetrachloride F F NR F F F R R R

Chloroform Dry R NR NR R R -- R R --

Chloroform Solution R NR NR -- -- -- -- -- --

Chromic Acid 10% CP R R -- R R F R R R

Citric Acid F F F R R NR R R R

Copper Cyanide NR NR NR R R R R R R

Copper Sulfate 5% NR NR NR R R R R R R

Ethyl Alcohol R R R R R R R R R

Ethylene Glycol R R F R R -- R R R

Ferric Chloride NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR

Ferrous Sulfate 10% R NR NR R R -- R R --

Formaldehyde 37% R R R R R R R R R

Formic Acid 10% R R -- R R NR R R R

Gallic Acid 5% R R NR R R R R R R

Hydrochloride Acid 25% NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR

Hydrofluoric Acid 10% NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR

Hydrogen Peroxide 30% R R R R R R R R R

Hydrogen Sulfide Wet R -- -- NR NR NR R R R

R = Recommended

F = May be used under some conditions

NR = Not Recommended

-- = Information not available

The corrosion data given in this table is for general comparison only. (Reference Corrosion Resistance Tables, Second Edition)

The presence of contaminates in chemical environments can greatly affect the corrosion rate of any material.

B-Line strongly suggests that field service tests or simulated laboratory tests using actual environmental conditions be conducted in order to

determine the proper materials and finishes to be selected.

For questionable environments see Fiberglass Cable Tray Corrosion Guide (Pages 304 & 305).

Cold = 50 - 80°F Warm = 130 - 170°F Hot = 200 - 212°F

Corrosion Guide

Cable Tray Selection

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection - Material & Finish

Cable Tray Material

Chemical Aluminum Stainless Type 304 Stainless Type 316

Cold Warm Hot Cold Warm Hot Cold Warm Hot

Lactic Acid 10% R F NR R R F R R R

Lead Acetate 5% NR NR NR R R R R R R

Magnesium Chloride 1% NR NR NR R -- F R -- R

Magnesium Hydroxide R R R R R -- R R --

Magnesium Nitrate 5% R -- -- R R R R R R

Nickel Chloride NR NR NR R -- -- R -- --

Nitric Acid 15% NR NR NR R R R R R R

Oleic Acid R R F R R F R R R

Oxalic Acid 10% R F NR NR NR NR R R R

Phenol CP R R R R R R R R R

Phosphoric Acid 50% NR NR NR R R R R F NR

Potassium Bromide 100% R F NR R R -- R R R

Potassium Carbonate 100% F F -- R R R R R R

Potassium Chloride 5% R R R R R R R R R

Potassium Dichromate R R R R R R R R R

Potassium Hydroxide 50% NR NR NR R R R R R R

Potassium Nitrate 50% R R R R R R R R R

Potassium Sulfate 5% R R R R R R R R R

Propyl Alcohol R R R R R R R R R

Sodium Acetate 20% R F F R R R R R R

Sodium Bisulfate 10% R F F R R R R R R

Sodium Borate R F F R R R R R R

Sodium Carbonate 18% R F F R R R R R R

Sodium Chloride 5% R NR NR R R R R R R

Sodium Hydroxide 50% NR NR NR R R R R R R

Sodium Hypochlorite 5% R F F F -- -- R -- --

Sodium Nitrate 100% R R R R R R R R R

Sodium Nitrite 100% R R R R R R R R R

Sodium Sulfate 100% R R F R R R R R R

Sodium Thiosulfate R R R R R R R R R

Sulfur Dioxide (Dry) R R R R R R R R R

Sulfuric Acid 5% NR NR -- F NR NR R -- --

Sulfuric Acid 10% NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR

Sulfuric Acid 50% NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR

Sulfuric Acid 75 - 98% NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR

Sulfuric Acid 98 - 100% NR NR -- R -- -- R R F

Tannic Acid 10 & 50% NR NR NR R R R R R R

Tartaric Acid 10 & 50% F NR NR R R R R R R

Vinegar F F F R R R R R R

Zinc Chloride 5 & 20% F NR NR R F NR R R R

Zinc Nitrate F NR NR R R R R R R

Zinc Sulfate F NR NR R R R R R R

R = Recommended

F = May be used under some conditions

NR = Not Recommended

-- = Information not available

The corrosion data given in this table is for general comparison only. (Reference Corrosion Resistance Tables, Second Edition)

The presence of contaminates in chemical environments can greatly affect the corrosion rate of any material.

B-Line strongly suggests that field service tests or simulated laboratory tests using actual environmental conditions be conducted in order to

determine the proper materials and finishes to be selected.

For questionable environments see Fiberglass Cable Tray Corrosion Guide (Pages 304 & 305).

Cold = 50 - 80°F Warm = 130 - 170°F Hot = 200 - 212°F

Corrosion Guide

Cable Tray Selection

Cable Tray Systems

Maximum Spacing Between Expansion Joints For 1" Movement

Temperature Stainless Steel

Differential Steel Aluminum 304 316

˚F ˚C Feet m Feet m Feet m Feet m

25 13.9 512 156.0 260 79.2 347 105.7 379 115.5

50 27.8 256 78.0 130 39.6 174 53.0 189 57.6

75 41.7 171 52.1 87 26.5 116 35.4 126 38.4

100 55.6 128 39.0 65 19.8 87 26.5 95 29.0

125 69.4 102 31.1 52 15.8 69 21.0 76 23.2

150 83.3 85 25.9 43 13.1 58 17.7 63 19.2

175 97.2 73 22.2 37 11.3 50 15.2 54 16.4

Note: every pair of expansion splice plates requires two bonding jumpers for grounding continuity.

Cable Tray Selection - Material & Finish

It is important that thermal

contraction and expansion be

considered when installing cable tray

systems. The length of the straight

cable tray runs and the temperature

differential govern the number of

expansion splice plates required (see

Table 2 below).

The cable tray should be anchored at

the support nearest to its midpoint

between the expansion splice plates and

secured by expansion guides at all other

support locations (see Figure 1).

The cable tray should be permitted

longitudinal movement in both

directions from that fixed point. When

used, covers should be overlapped at

expansion splices.

Accurate gap settings at the time of

installation are necessary for the proper

operation of the expansion splice

plates. The following procedure should

assist the installer in determining the

correct gap: (see Figure 2)

Plot the highest expected metal

temperature on the maximum

temperature line.

Plot the lowest expected metal

temperature on the minimum

temperature line.

Draw a line between the maximum

and minimum points.

Plot the metal temperature at the

time of installation to determine

the gap setting.

Refer to page 309 for thermal

contraction and expansion of

fiberglass cable trays.

Thermal Contraction and Expansion

C°F°F° C°

Maximum Minimum

Temperature Temperature

130

-10

-30

110

130

110

-10

-30

-10

-20

-30

-40

-10

-20

-30

-40

1/8

(3.2)

1/4

(6.3)

3/8

(9.5)

1/2

(12.7)

5/8

(15.9)

3/4

(19.0)

7/8

(22.2)

(0.0)

(25.4)

GAP SETTING Inches (mm)

Metal Temperature At Time Of Installation

X -- -- -- -- X -- -- -- -- X

X :Denotes hold-down clamp

(anchor) at support.

_: Denotes expansion guide

clamp at support.

Expansion Splice Plates

(Bonding Jumpers Required

On Each Side of Tray)

Figure 2

Table 2

Figure 1

Typical Cable Tray Installation

24 Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

Weight

The weight of an aluminum cable tray is approximately half that of a comparable steel tray. Some factors to consider

include: shipping costs, material, handling, project weight restrictions and the strength of support members.

Field Modifications

Aluminum cable tray is easier to cut and drill than steel cable tray since it is a “softer” material. Similarly, galvanized

steel cable tray is easier to cut and drill than stainless steel cable tray. Cooper B-Line aluminum cable tray uses a four

bolt splice, resulting in half as much drilling and hardware installation as most steel cable tray, which uses an eight bolt

splice. Hot dip galvanized and painted steel cable tray finishes must be repaired when field cutting or drilling. Failure to

repair coatings will impair the cable tray’s corrosion resistance.

Availability

Aluminum, pre-galvanized, stainless steel and fiberglass cable tray can normally be shipped from the factory in a

short period of time. Hot dip galvanized and painted cable tray requires an additional coating process, adding several

days of preparation before final shipment. Typically, a coated cable tray will be sent to an outside source for coating,

requiring additional packing and shipping.

Electrical Grounding Capacity

The National Electrical Code, Article 392.7 allows

cable tray to be used as an equipment grounding

conductor. All Cooper B-Line standard steel and

aluminum cable trays are classified by Underwriter’s

Laboratories per NEC Table 392.7 based on their

cross-sectional area.

The corresponding cross-sectional area for each

side rail design (2 side rails) is listed on a fade

resistant UV stabilized label (see Figure 3). This cable

tray label is attached to each straight section and

fitting that is U.L. classified. U.L. assigned cross-

sectional area is also stated in the loading charts in

this catalog for each system.

NEMA Installation Guide

The new NEMA VE 2 is a cable tray installation

guideline and is available from NEMA, CTI or Cooper

B-Line. For free download see www.cabletrays.com.

Cable Tray Selection - Material & Finish

Table 392.7(B)(2)

Metal Area Requirements for Cable Trays

Used as Equipment Grounding Conductors

Maximum Fuse Ampere Rating,

Circuit Breaker Ampere Trip

Setting, or Circuit Breaker Minimum Cross-Sectional Area of

Protective Relay Ampere Trip Metal* In Square Inches

Setting for Ground Fault

Protection of any Cable Circuit Steel Aluminum

in the Cable Tray System Cable Trays Cable Trays

60 0.20 0.20

100 0.40 0.20

200 0.70 0.20

400 1.00 0.40

600 1.50** 0.40

1000 -- 0.60

1200 -- 1.00

1600 -- 1.50

2000 -- 2.00**

For SI units: one square inch = 645 square millimeters.

* Total cross-sectional area of both side rails for ladder or trough-type cable trays; or the

minimum cross-sectional area of metal in channel-type cable trays or cable trays of

one- piece construction.

** Steel cable trays shall not be used as equipment grounding conductors for circuits with

ground-fault protection above 600 amperes. Aluminum cable trays shall not be used as

equipment grounding conductors for circuits with ground-fault protection above 2000

amperes.

For larger ampere ratings an additional grounding conductor must be used.

Installation Considerations

Figure 3

Use Only As A Mechanical Support For Cables, Tubing and Raceways.

Do Not Use As A Walkway, Ladder,

Or Support For Personnel.

www.cooperbline.com

(618) 654-2184

Catalog Number: 24A09-12-144 STR SECTION

Shipping Ticket: 260203 00 001

Mark Number: 78101115400

Purchase Order: D798981

Minimum Area: 1.000 SQ. IN.

Load Class: D1 179 KG/M 3 METER SPAN

30781011154005

1 of 1

09/15/2005

000291745

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

WARNING!

This product is classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as

to its suitability as an equipment grounding conductor only. 556E

NON-VENTILATED

Reference File #LR36026

Cable Tray Selection - Strength

26 Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

Wind Loads

Wind loads need to be determined for all outdoor

cable tray installations. Most outdoor cable trays are

ladder type trays, therefore the most severe loading to

be considered is impact pressure normal to the cable

tray side rails (see detail 1).

The impact pressure corresponding to several wind

velocities are given below in Table 1.

Table 1

Impact Pressures

V(mph) P(lbs/ft2) V(mph) P(lbs/ft2)

15 0.58 85 18.5

20 1.02 90 20.7

25 1.60 95 23.1

30 2.30 100 25.6

35 3.13 105 28.2

40 4.09 110 30.9

45 5.18 115 33.8

50 6.39 120 36.8

55 7.73 125 40.0

60 9.21 130 43.3

65 10.80 135 46.6

70 12.50 140 50.1

75 14.40 145 53.8

80 16.40 150 57.6

V= Wind Velocity

P= Impact Pressure

Note: These values are for an air density of 0.07651 lbs/ft3

corresponding to a temperature of 60˚ F and barometric

pressure of 14.7 lbs/in2.

Example Calculation:

Side load for 6" side rail with 100 mph wind

25.6 x 6 = 12.8 lbs/ft

When covers are installed on outdoor cable trays,

another factor to be considered is the aerodynamic

effect which can produce a lift strong enough to

separate a cover from a tray. Wind moving across a

covered tray (see detail 2) creates a positive pressure

inside the tray and a negative pressure above the

cover. This pressure difference can lift the cover off

the tray.

B-Line recommends the use of heavy duty wrap-

around cover clamps when covered trays are installed

in an area where strong winds occur.

Special Notice:

Covers on wide cable tray and/or cable tray installed at

elevations high off the ground may require additional

heavy duty clamps or thicker cover material.

Ice Loads

Glaze ice is the most commonly seen form of ice

build-up. It is the result of rain or drizzle freezing on

impact with an exposed object. Generally, only the

top surface (or the cover) and the windward side of a

cable tray system is significantly coated with ice. The

maximum design load to be added due to ice should

be calculated as follows:

LI = (W xTI)x DIwhere;

144

LI= Ice Load (lbs/linear foot)

W= Cable Tray Width (inches)

TI= Maximum Ice Thickness (inches)

DI= Ice Density = 57 lbs/ft3

the maximum ice thickness will vary depending on

location. A thickness of 1/2" can be used as a

conservative standard.

Example Calculation:

Ice Loads for 24" wide tray with 1/2" thick ice;

24 x .5 x 57 = 4.75 lbs/ft

144

Detail 1

Detail 2

Environmental Loads

Cable Tray Selection - Strength

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

Environmental Loads

Snow Loads

Snow is measured by density and thickness. The

density of snow varies almost as much as its thickness.

The additional design load from snowfall should be

determined using the building codes which apply for

each installation.

Seismic Loads

A great deal of seismic testing and evaluation of

cable tray systems, and their supports, has been

performed. The conclusions reached from these

evaluations is that cable tray is stronger laterally than

vertically, since it acts as a truss in the lateral direction.

Other factors that contribute to the stability of cable

tray are the energy dissipating motion of the cables

within the tray, and the high degree of ductility of the

cable tray and the support material.

These factors, working in conjunction with a properly

designed cable tray system, should afford reasonable

assurance to withstand even strong motion

earthquakes.

When seismic bracing is required for a cable tray

system, it should be applied to the supports and not

the cable tray itself. Cooper B-Line’s “Seismic

Restraints” brochure provides OSHPD approved

methods of bracing cable tray supports using standard

Cooper B-Line products. Contact Cooper B-Line to

receive a copy of this brochure.

Concentrated Loads

A concentrated static load represents a static

weight applied at a single point between the side

rails. Tap boxes, conduit attachments and long cable

drops are just some of the many types of concentrat-

ed loads. When so specified, these concentrated static

loads may be converted to an equivalent, uniform

load (We) by using the following formula:

We= 2 x (concentrated Static Load)

span length

Cooper B-Line’s cable tray side rails, rungs and

bottoms will withstand a 200 lb. static load without

collapse (series 14 excluded)*. However, it should be

noted that per NEMA Standard Publication VE1 cable

tray is designed as a support for power or control

cables, or both, and is not intended or designed to be

a walkway for personnel. Each section of Cooper

B-Line Cable Tray has a label stating the following

message:

Warning! Not to be used as a walkway,

ladder or support for personnel. To be used

only as a mechanical support for cables and

raceway.

Support Span

The strength of a cable tray is largely determined by

the strength of its side rails. The strength of a cable

tray side rail is proportionate to the distance between

the supports on which it is installed, commonly

referred to as the “support span”. Therefore, the

strength of a cable tray system can be altered by

changing the support span. However, there is a limit

to how much the strength of a cable tray system can

be increased by reducing the support span, because

the strength of the cable tray bottom members could

become the determining factor of strength.

Once the load requirement of a cable tray system

has been established, the following factors should be

considered:

1. Sometimes the location of existing structural beams

will dictate the cable tray support span. This is

typical with outdoor installations where adding

intermediate supports could be financially

prohibitive. For this situation the appropriate cable

tray must be selected to accommodate the existing

span.

2. When cable tray supports are randomly located,

the added cost of a higher strength cable tray

system should be compared to the cost of

additional supports. Typically, adding supports is

more costly than installing a stronger series of cable

tray. The stronger cable tray series (e.g. from

75 lbs./ft. on 20’ span to 100 lbs./ft. on 20’ span)

will increase the price of the cable tray system

minimally, possibly less than $1/ft., with little or no

additional labor cost for installation. Alternately,

one extra support may cost $100.00 (material and

labor) for a simple trapeze. Future cable additions

or the capability of supporting equipment,

raceways for example, also favor stronger cable

tray systems. In summary, upgrading to a

stronger cable tray series is typically more cost-

effective than using the recommended additional

supports for a lighter duty cable tray series.

3. The support span lengths should be equal to or less

than unspliced straight section lengths, to ensure

that no more than one splice is placed between

supports as stated in the NEMA VE 2 Cable Tray

Installation Guideline.

Cable Tray Selection - Strength

28 Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

Deflection

Deflection in a cable tray system is primarily an

aesthetic consideration. When a cable tray system is

installed in a prominent location, a maximum simple

beam deflection of 1/200 of support span can be

used as a guideline to minimize visual deflection.

It is important at this point to mention that there are

two typical beam configurations, simple beam and

continuous beam, and to clarify the difference.

A good example of a simple beam is a single

straight section of cable tray supported, but not

fastened at either end. When the tray is loaded the

cable tray is allowed to flex. Simple beam analysis is

used almost universally for beam comparisons even

though it is seldom practical in the field installations.

The three most prominent reasons for using a simple

beam analysis are: calculations are simplified; it

represents the worst case loading; and testing is

simple and reliable. The published load data in the

Cooper B-Line cable tray catalog is based on the

simple beam analysis per NEMA & CSA Standards.

Continuous beam is the beam configuration most

commonly used in cable tray installations. An example

of this configuration is where cable trays are installed

across several supports to form a number of spans.

The continuous beam possesses traits of both the

simple and fixed beams. When equal loads are applied

to all spans simultaneously, the counterbalancing effect

of the loads on both sides of a support restricts the

movement of the cable tray at the support. The effect

is similar to that of a fixed beam. The end spans

behave substantially like simple beams. When cable

trays of identical design are compared, the continuous

beam installation will typically have approximately half

the deflection of a simple beam of the same span.

Therefore simple beam data should be used only as a

general comparison. The following factors should be

considered when addressing cable tray deflection:

1. Economic consideration must be considered when

addressing cable deflection criteria.

2. Deflection in a cable tray system can be reduced

by decreasing the support span, or by using a taller

or stronger cable tray.

3. When comparing cable trays of equivalent strength,

a steel cable tray will typically exhibit less deflection

than an aluminum cable tray since the modulus of

elasticity of steel is nearly three times that of

aluminum.

4. The location of splices in a continuous span will

affect the deflection of the cable tray system. The

splices should be located at points of minimum

stress whenever practical. NEMA Standards VE 1

limits the use of splice plates as follows:

Unspliced straight sections should be used on all

simple spans and on end spans of continuous span

runs. Straight section lengths should be equal to or

greater than the span length to ensure not more than

one splice between supports.

See the figures below for splicing configuration

samples.

Simple Beam

Continuous Beam

Typical Continuous

Span Configuration

Preferred Splice

Plate Locations

Undesirable Splice

Plate Locations

+ Maximum Positive Moment

- Maximum Negative Moment

Cable Tray Selection - Strength

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

Single Rung Uniform Load Capacity (in Lbs.) with safety factor of 1.5

Rung Design Material

Type Factors Type

Ix = .0361 in.4Aluminum 766 575

Sx = .0707 in.3

Ix = .0432 in.4Aluminum 594 495

Sx = .0877 in.3

Ix = .0249 in.4Steel 2912 1941 1456 971 728

Sx = .0528 in.3

Ix = .0312 in.4Steel 749 624

Sx = .0661 in.3

Ix = .0450 in.4Aluminum 3328 2219 1664 1109 832 666 555

Sx = .0787 in.3Strut Rung

Ix = .0445 in.4Steel 5172 3448 2586 1724 1293 1034 862

Sx = .0782 in.3Strut Rung

Ix = .0130 in.4Redi-Rail 1480 987 740 493 370 296 224

Sx = .0344 in.3

Ix = .0039 in.4Steel 981 654 491 327 245

Sx = .0134 in.3Series 1

Ix = .0047 in.4Steel 230 192

Sx = .0164 in.3Series 1

Ix = .0353 in.4Aluminum

Sx = .0708 in.3Marine Rung 2996 1997 1498 999 749 599 499

Ix = .0347 in.4Steel

Sx = .0685 in.3Marine Rung 4530 3020 2265 1510 1133 906 755

Corrugated Bottoms (Ventilated and Solid)

Load Capacity

Ix = .0455 in.4

Sx = .0898 in.3

Ix = .0348 in.4

Sx = .0667 in.3

Ix = .0185 in.4

Sx = .0503 in.3

1.5"

1/2"

1.5"

1/2"

1.5"

15/8"

B44AL

15/8"

B44

Ladder Type Rungs

6 9 12 18 24 30 36

Tray Width

6 9 12 18 24 30 36

Single Rung Load Capacity (in Lbs.) with safety factor of 1.5

Bottom Design Material Tray Width

Type Factors Type

Aluminum 3141 2029 1491 970 726 660 594

Steel 2973 1946 1445 955 711 650 590

Series

148 2645 1763 1323 881 661

Steel

3” 3”

1” 21/4”

Trough

3” 3”

1” 21/4”

Trough

27/8” 27/8”

3/4” 21/4”

Trough

1.5"

15/8"

3/4"

25/32"

Cable Tray Selection - Strength

30 Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

Load Capacity

Calculate each anticipated load factor, then add them to obtain a total load.

(Example: Working Load = Cable + Concentrated + Wind + Snow + Ice Loads).

The Working Load should be used, along with the maximum support spacing, to select a span/load

class designation from Table 3. Table 4 (page 31) contains the most common load/span class

designations per the US and Canadian metallic cable tray standard, CSA, C22.2 No. 126.1-98 First

Addition, NEMA VE 1-1998.

Class Designations for lengths of

lb/ft kg/m ft m ft m ft m ft m ft m

8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 16 (4.9) 20 (6.0)

25 37 –– A –– –– ––

45 67 –– –– –– –– D

50 74 8A –– 12A 16A 20A

65 97 –– C –– –– ––

75 112 8B –– 12B 16B E or 20B

100 149 8C –– 12C 16C 20C

120 179 –– D –– –– ––

200 299 –– E –– –– ––

Load

Class

Table 3 - These Loading Classes Are

Historical and Supplied For Reference Only

Note: 8A/B/C, 12A/B/C, 16A/B/C, and 20A/B/C were the traditional

NEMA designations. A, C, D, and E were the conventional CSA designations.

Actual tested loadings per span will be stated on the product labels.

Cable Tray Selection - Strength

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

Table 4 - B-Line Cable Tray Load Classes

Aluminum Steel

Copper free HDGAF/Pre-Galvanized

Series Load Load Span Former Classes Series Load Load Span Former Classes

Depth

lb/ft (kg/m)

ft (m) NEMA CSA Depth

lb/ft (kg/m)

ft (m) NEMA CSA

H14AR 3 86 (128) 12 (3.7) 12B D1(3m) 148* 3 51 (76) 12 (3.7) 12A C1(3m)

24A 3 126 (187) 12 (3.7) 12C D1(3m) 248* 3 103 (153) 12 (3.7) 12C D1(3m)

34A 3 80 (119) 20 (6.1) 20B E (6m) 346* 3 63 (94) 20 (6.1) 20A D1(6m)

H15AR 4 102 (152) 12 (3.7) 12C D1(3m) 444* 3 91 (135) 20 (6.1) 20B E (3m)

25A 4 50 (74) 20 (6.1) 16B D1(6m) 156* 4 76 (113) 12 (3.7) 12B C1(3m)

35A 4 121 (180) 16 (4.9) 20B E (3m) 258* 4 109 (162) 12 (3.7) 12C D1(3m)

H16AR 5 114 (170) 12 (3.7) 12C D1(3m) 356* 4 69 (103) 20 (6.1) 16C D1(6m)

26A 5 51 (76) 20 (6.1) 20A D1(6m) 358* 4 62 (92) 20 (6.1) 20A D1(6m)

36A 5 84 (125) 20 (6.1) 20B E (6m) 454* 4 106 (158) 20 (6.1) 20C E (6m)

46A 5 103 (153) 20 (6.1) 20C E (6m) 166* 5 77 (115) 12 (3.7) 12B C1(3m)

H46A 5 167 (248) 20 (6.1) 167# @ 20'

131 kg/m(7.6m)

268* 5 110 (164) 12 (3.7) 12C D1(3m)

H17AR 6 100 (149) 12 (3.7) 12B D1(3m) 368† 5 59 (88) 20 (6.1) 20A D1(3m)

37A 6 80 (119) 20 (6.1) 20B 366* 5 75 (112) 20 (6.1) 20B E (6m)

47A 6 100 (149) 20 (6.1) 20C 464* † 5 123 (183) 20 (6.1) 119# @ 20' E (6m)

H47A 6 149 (222) 20 (6.1) 149# @ 20' 176* 6 86 (128) 12 (3.7) 12B

137 kg/m(3.7m)

57A 6 102 (152) 30 (9.1) 102# @ 30'

152 kg/m(9.1m)

378* 6 51 (76) 20 (6.1) 20A D1(3m)

S8A 6 161 (240) 30 (9.1) 161# @ 30'

240 kg/m(9.1m)

476* 6 77 (115) 20 (6.1) 20B D1(6m)

Data-Track

All 120 (179) 9.8 (3.0) 574* 6 130 (193) 20 (6.1) 117# @ 20' E (6m)

Half Rack

All 25 (37) 9.8 (3.0) 348† 3 125 (186) 12 (3.7) 12C C1(3m)

Verti-Rack

All 100 (149) 12 (3.7) 358† 4 62 (92) 20 (6.1) 20A

89 kg/m(6.1m)

Multi-Tier

All 140 (208) 10 (3.1) WB212 2 25 (37) 9.8 (3.0)

WB218 2 28 (42) 9.8 (3.0)

WB224 2 28 (42) 9.8 (3.0)

WB412 4 30 (45) 9.8 (3.0)

WB418 4 31 (46) 9.8 (3.0)

Fiberglass WB424 4 31 (46) 9.8 (3.0)

13F

2 145 (216) 8 (2.4) 8C WB612 4 40 (60) 9.8 (3.0)

24F

3 156 (232) 12 (3.7) WB618 4 36 (54) 9.8 (3.0)

36F

5 88 (131) 20 (6.1) WB620 4 40 (60) 9.8 (3.0)

46F

5 141 (210) 20 (6.1) WB624 4 43 (64) 9.8 (3.0)

H46F

5 152 (226) 20 (6.1)

48F

7 125 (187) 20 (6.1)

*G denotes CSA Type 1 (HDGAF) or P denotes CSA Type 2 (Mill-Galvanized)

†SS4 (Type 304 Stainless) or SS6 (Type 316 Stainless)

32 Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

Cable Tray Selection - Strength

3 conductors with ground 4 conductors with ground

Diameter Area Weight Diameter Area Weight

Size in. in.2lbs/ft in. in.2lbs/ft

8 0.66 0.34 0.33 0.72 0.41 0.42

6 0.74 0.43 0.45 0.81 0.52 0.58

4 0.88 0.61 0.66 0.96 0.72 0.84

2 1.00 0.79 0.96 1.10 0.95 1.20

1 1.13 1.00 1.17 1.25 1.23 1.55

1/0 1.22 1.17 1.43 1.35 1.43 1.84

2/0 1.31 1.35 1.72 1.45 1.65 2.20

3/0 1.42 1.58 2.14 1.58 1.96 2.80

4/0 1.55 2.64 1.77 3.46

250 1.76 3.18 1.93 4.04

350 1.98 4.29 2.18 5.48

500 2.26 5.94 2.50 7.64

750 2.71 9.01 3.12 11.40

1000 3.10 11.70

XHHW THHN, THWN TW, THW USE, RHH, RHW

Diameter Area Weight Diameter Area Weight Diameter Area Weight Diameter Area Weight

Size in. in.2lbs/ft in. in.2lbs/ft in. in.2lbs/ft in. in.2lbs/ft

1/0 0.48 0.37 0.50 0.37 0.53 0.39 0.53 0.39

2/0 0.52 0.46 0.54 0.46 0.57 0.48 0.57 0.49

3/0 0.58 0.57 0.60 0.57 0.62 0.60 0.63 0.60

4/0 0.63 0.71 0.66 0.71 0.68 0.74 0.68 0.75

250 0.70 0.38 0.85 0.72 0.41 0.85 0.75 0.44 0.88 0.76 0.45 0.89

300 0.75 0.44 1.02 0.77 0.47 1.02 0.81 0.52 1.04 0.81 0.52 1.05

350 0.80 0.50 1.17 0.83 0.54 1.17 0.86 0.58 1.21 0.86 0.58 1.22

400 0.85 0.57 1.33 0.87 0.59 1.33 0.90 0.64 1.37 0.91 0.65 1.38

500 0.93 0.68 1.64 0.96 0.72 1.64 0.98 0.75 1.69 0.99 0.77 1.70

600 1.04 0.85 2.03 1.06 0.88 2.01 1.09 0.93 2.03 1.10 0.95 2.07

750 1.14 1.02 2.24 1.17 1.08 2.48 1.19 1.11 2.51 1.20 1.13 2.55

1000 1.29 2.52 1.32 3.30 1.34 3.31 1.35 3.33

3 conductors with ground 4 conductors with ground

Diameter (in.) Area (in.2) Weight (lbs/ft) Diameter (in.) Area (in.2) Weight (lbs/ft)

Without With Without With Alum. Steel Without With Without With Alum. Steel

Size Jacket Jacket Jacket Jacket Armor Armor Jacket Jacket Jacket Jacket Armor Armor

8 0.70 0.80 0.38 0.50 0.41 0.57 0.76 0.86 0.45 0.58 0.51 0.68

6 0.78 0.88 0.48 0.61 0.55 0.74 0.85 0.95 0.57 0.71 0.69 0.87

4 0.89 0.99 0.62 0.77 0.74 0.95 0.97 1.07 0.74 0.90 0.93 1.15

2 1.01 1.12 0.80 0.99 1.08 1.32 1.10 1.22 0.95 1.17 1.29 1.56

1 1.16 1.27 1.06 1.27 1.38 1.63 1.25 1.36 1.23 1.45 1.61 1.91

1/0 1.23 1.34 1.19 1.41 1.56 1.86 1.35 1.46 1.43 1.67 1.94 2.27

2/0 1.32 1.43 1.37 1.61 1.85 2.20 1.46 1.56 1.67 1.91 2.36 2.72

3/0 1.46 1.57 1.67 1.94 2.35 2.67 1.58 1.71 1.96 2.30 2.94 3.33

4/0 1.56 1.68 2.82 3.21 1.75 1.88 3.64 3.97

250 1.74 1.86 3.31 3.94 1.92 2.04 4.21 4.64

350 1.96 2.10 4.48 4.97 2.16 2.30 5.71 6.12

500 2.24 2.37 6.08 6.58 2.47 2.63 7.91 8.39

750 2.68 2.84 8.96 9.70 3.03 3.22 11.48 12.17

Multiconductor Cable Type MC, 600V with XHHW Conductors, Copper

Single Conductor Cable 600V

The cable load is simply the total

weight of all the cables to be placed in

the tray. This load should be expressed

in lbs/ft.

The data on this page provides

average weights for common cable sizes.

Cable Data Multiconductor Cable Type TC, 600V with

XHHW Conductors, Copper

Cable Tray Selection - Width and Available

Loading Depth

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

Allowable Cable Fill

For allowable cable types see the Appendix page 364.

The following guidelines are based on the 2002 National Electrical Code, Article 392.

I) Number of Multiconductor Cables rated 2000 volts or less in the Cable Tray

(1) 4/0 or Larger Cables

The ladder cable tray must have an inside available width equal to or greater than the sum of the

diameters (Sd) of the cables, which must be installed in a single layer. When using solid bottom cable

tray, the sum of the cable diameters is not to exceed 90% of the available cable tray width.

Example: Cable Tray width is obtained as follows:

List (D) (N) Multiply (D) x (N) = Subtotal

Cable Sizes List Cable List Number of the Sum of the

Outside Diameter of Cables Cable Diameters

3/C - #500 kcmil 2.26 inches 1 2.26 inches

3/C - #250 kcmil 1.76 inches 2 3.52 inches

3/C - #4/0 AWG 1.55 inches 4 6.20 inches

The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all cables = 2.26 + 3.52 + 6.20 = 11.98 inches; therefore

a cable tray with an available width of at least 12 inches is required.

(2) Cables Smaller Than 4/0

The total sum of the cross-sectional areas of all

the cables to be installed in the cable tray must be

equal to or less than the allowable cable area for

the tray width, as indicated in Table 5.

When using solid bottom cable tray, the allowable

cable area is reduced by 22%.

Example: The cable tray width is obtained as follows:

(A) (N) Multiply (A) x (N) + Total

List List Cable Cross List Number of the Cross-Sectional

Cable Sizes Sectional Areas of Cables Area for each Size

3/C - #12 AWG 0.167 sq. in. 10 1.67 sq. in.

4/C - #12 AWG 0.190 sq. in. 8 1.52 sq. in.

3/C - # 6 AWG 0.430 sq. in. 6 2.58 sq. in.

3/C - # 2 AWG 0.800 sq. in. 9 7.20 sq. in.

The sum of the total areas is 1.67 + 1.52 + 2.58 + 7.20 = 12.97 inches.

Using Table 4, a 12-inch wide tray with an allowable cable area of 14 sq. inches should be used.

Note: Increasing the cable tray loading depth does not permit an increase in allowable cable area

for power and lighting cables. The maximum allowable cable area for all cable tray with a 3

inch or greater loading depth is limited to the allowable cable area for a 3 inch loading depth.

(3) 4/0 or Larger Cables Installed with Cables Smaller than 4/0

The ladder cable tray needs to be divided into two zones (a barrier or divider is not required but

one can be used if desired) so that the No. 4/0 and larger cables have a dedicated zone, as they

are to be placed in a single layer. continued on 34

Inside Width Allowable

of Cable Tray Cable Area

inches square inches

6 7.0

9 10.5

12 14.0

18 21.0

24 28.0

Table 5

Allowable Cable Fill

Cable Tray Selection - Width and Available

Loading Depth

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

A direct method to determine the correct cable tray width is to figure the cable tray widths required

for each of the cable combinations per steps (2) & (3).

Then add the widths in order to select the proper cable tray width.

Example: The cable tray width is obtained as follows:

Part A- Width required for #4/0 AWG and larger multiconductor cables

(D) (N) Multiply (D) x (N) = Subtotal

List List Cable List Number of the Sum of the

Cable Size Outside Diameter of Cables Cable Diameters (Sd)

3/C - #500 kcmil 2.26 inches 1 2.26 inches

3/C - #4/0 AGW 1.55 inches 2 3.10 inches

Cable tray width (inches) required for large cables = 2.26 + 3.10 = 5.36 inches.

Part B- Width required for multiconductor cables smaller than #4/0 AWG

(A) (N) Multiply (A) x (N) = Total

List List Cable Cross List Number of the Cross-Sectional

Cable Sizes Sectional Areas of Cables Area for each Size

3/C - #12 AWG 0.167 sq. in. 10 1.67 sq. in.

3/C - #6 AWG 0.430 sq. in. 8 3.44 sq. in.

3/C - #2 AWG 0.800 sq. in. 2 1.60 sq. in.

The sum of the total areas (inches) = 1.67 + 3.44 + 1.60 = 6.71 sq. inches.

From Table 5 (page 33), the cable tray width required for small cables is 6 inches.

The total cable tray width (inches) = 5.36 + 6.00 = 11.36 inches. A 12-inch wide

cable tray is required.

(4) Multiconductor Control and/or Signal Cables Only

A ladder cable tray containing only control and/or signal cables, may have 50% of its total

available cable area filled with cable. When using solid bottom cable tray pans, the allowable

cable area is reduced from 50% to 40%.

Example: Cable tray width is obtained as follows:

2/C- #16 AWG instrumentation cable cross sectional area = 0.04 sq. in.

Total cross sectional area for 300 Cables = 12.00 sq. in.

Minimum available cable area needed = 12.00 x 2 = 24.00 sq. in.; therefore the cable tray

width required for 4 inch available loading depth tray = 24.00/4 = 6 inches.

II) Number of Single Conductor Cables Rated

2000 Volts or Less in the Cable Tray

All single conductor cables to be installed in the cable tray

must be 1/0 or larger, and are not to be installed with

continuous bottom pans.

(1) 1000 KCMIL or Larger Cables

The sum of the diameters (Sd) for all single conductor

cables to be installed shall not exceed the cable

tray width. See Table 6.

Inside Width Allowable

of Cable Tray Cable Area

inches square inches

6 6.50

9 9.50

12 13.00

18 19.50

24 26.00

30 32.50

36 39.00

Table 6

Allowable Cable Fill

Cable Tray Selection - Width and Available

Loading Depth

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

(2) 250 KCMIL to 1000 KCMIL Cables

The total sum of the cross-sectional areas of all the single conductor cables to be installed in the

cable tray must be equal to or less than the allowable cable area for the tray width, as indicated

in Table 6 (page 34). (Reference Table 8)

(3) 1000 KCMIL or Larger Cables Installed with

Cables Smaller Than 1000 KCMIL

The total sum of the cross-sectional areas of all

the single conductor cables to be installed in

the cable tray must be equal to or less than the

allowable cable area for the tray width, as

indicated in Table 7.

(4) Single Conductor Cables 1/0 through 4/0

These single conductors must be installed in a

single layer. See Table 8.

Note: It is the opinion of some that this practice may

cause problems with unbalanced voltages. To avoid

these potential problems, the individual conductors for this type of cable tray wiring system should

be bundled with ties. The bundle should contain all of the three-phase conductors for the circuit,

plus the neutral if used. The single conductor cables bundle should be firmly tied to the cable tray

assembly at least every 6 feet.

Table 8

Number of 600 Volt Single Conductor Cables

That May Be Installed in Ladder Cable Tray

Cable diameters used are those for Oknite-Okolon 600 volt single conductor power cables.

III) Number of Type MV and MC Cables

Rated 2001 Volts or Over in the Cable Tray

The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all cables, rated 2001 volts or over, is not to exceed the cable

tray width.

Inside Allowable

Width Cable

of Cable Area

Tray

inches square inches

6 6.50 - (1.1 Sd)

9 9.50 - (1.1 Sd)

12 13.00 - (1.1 Sd)

18 19.50 - (1.1 Sd)

24 26.00 - (1.1 Sd)

30 32.50 - (1.1 Sd)

36 39.00 - (1.1 Sd)

Table 7

Single Outside Area Cable Tray Width

Conductor Diameter 6 9 12 18 24

Size in. sq. in. in. in. in. in. in.

1/0 0.58 - 10 15 20 31 41

2/0 0.62 - 9 14 19 29 38

3/0 0.68 - 8 13 17 26 35

4/0 0.73 - 8 12 16 24 32

250 Kcmil 0.84 .55 11 18 24 35 47

350 Kcmil 0.94 .69 9 14 19 28 38

500 Kcmil 1.07 .90 7 11 14 22 29

750 Kcmil 1.28 1.29 5 8 10 15 20

1000 Kcmil 1.45 - 4 6 8 12 16

Sizing Cable Tray Per 2002 NEC 392

Cable Tray Selection - Width and Available

Loading Depth

392.12

W ≥ Sd

(single layer)

392.3(B)(1)

Not recognized

by the NEC®

See

Exception

392.11(B)(3)

392.10(B)

W ≥ Sd

392.10(A)(1)

W ≥ Sd

392.10(A)(2)

W ≥ A/1.1

Note: The value “A”

only applies to cables

250 up to 1000 kcmil.

The value “Sd” only

applies to 1000 kcmil

and larger cables.

Note: Use when mixing

250 thru 1000 kcmil

cables with cables larger

than 1000 kcmil.

392.10(A)(3)

392.10(A)(4)

W ≥ Sd

(9” max. RS)

2000V

or less

cables

Multi-

conductor

cables

S/C 1/0

or larger

Ladder

or Vented

Trough

Tray

S/C

1000

kcmil or

larger

S/C

250

kcmil up

to 1000

kcmil

S/C

250 kcmil

and

larger

S/C 1/0

thru 4/0

Vented

Channel

Tray

Solid

Bottom

Tray

W ≥ A/1.1 +Sd

No No No

Yes

YesYes Yes

Yes

Continued

on following

page

Yes

Legend

W = Cable Tray Width

D = Cable Tray Load Depth

Sd = Sum of Cable Diameters

A = Sum of Cable Areas

S/C = Single Conductor

M/C = Multiconductor Cables

RS = Ladder Rung Spacing

Start

Here

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

Note: See appendix on page 370 for additional information regarding cable

ampacity and hazardous (classified) location requirements which might

affect the cable tray sizing flow chart.

Cable Tray Selection - Width and Available

Loading Depth

392.9(E)(1)

W x D ≥ 1.6A

392.9(A)(1)

W ≥ Sd

(single layer)

392.9(C)(1)

W ≥ Sd/0.9

(single layer)

Note: The value “A”

only applies to cables

smaller than 4/0.

The value “Sd” only

applies to 4/0 and

larger cables, which

must be single layer.

Note: The value “A”

only applies to cables

smaller than 4/0.

The value “Sd” only

applies to 4/0 and

larger cables, which

must be single layer.

392.9(A)(3)

Vented

Channel

Tray

Solid

Channel

Tray

Solid

Bottom

Tray

Ladder

or Vented

Trough

Tray

One M/C

only

M/C 4/0

or larger

M/C 4/0

or larger

392.9(E)(2)

W x D ≥ 2.9A

392.9(F)(1)

W x D ≥ 1.9A

392.9(A)(2)

W ≥ A/1.2

392.9(C)(2)

W ≥ A/0.9

M/C

smaller

than 4/0

M/C

smaller

than 4/0

M/C

smaller than

4/0, with

4/0 or

larger

M/C

control

and/or

signal

W ≥ A/1.2 + Sd

No NoNo

NoNo

No No No

392.9(B)

W x D ≥ 2A

392.9(C)(3)

A + Sd

0.9

M/C

smaller than

4/0, with

4/0 or

larger

M/C

control

and/or

signal

W ≥

392.9(D)

W x D ≥ 2.5A

YesYes

Yes

Yes Yes Ye s

Yes

Legend

W = Cable Tray Width

D = Cable Tray Load Depth

Sd = Sum of Cable Diameters

A = Sum of Cable Areas

S/C = Single Conductor

M/C = Multiconductor Cables

RS = Ladder Rung Spacing

One M/C

only

392.9(F)(2)

W x D ≥ 3.2A

Yes

Continued

from previous

page

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

Barrier Requirements

Barrier strips are used to separate cable systems, such as when cables above

and below 600 volts

per NEC 392.6(F) are installed in the same cable tray.

However, when MC type cables rated

over 600 volts are installed in the same cable tray with cables rated 600 volts or less, no barriers

are required. The barriers should be made of the same material type as the cable tray.

When ordering the barrier, the height must match the loading depth of the cable tray into which

it is being installed.

Future Expansion Requirements

One of the many features of cable tray is the ease of adding cables to an existing system. Future

expansion should always be considered when selecting a cable tray, and allowance should be made

for additional fill area and load capacity. A minimum of 50% expansion allowance is recommended.

Space Limitations

Any obstacles which could interfere with a cable tray installation should be considered when selecting

a cable tray width and height. Adequate clearances should be allowed for installation of supports and

for cable accessibility.

Note: The overall cable tray dimensions typically exceed the nominal tray width and loading depth.

300 & 600

Volt Cables

Fixed Solid Barrier

Comparable Material

Cables Rated

Over 600 Volts

Cable Tray Selection - Width and Available

Loading Depth

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

Cable Tray Selection - Length

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

Lengths Available

The current Cable Tray Standard, NEMA VE 1 and C22.2 No. 126.1-98, lists typical lengths as

3000 mm (10 ft), 3660 mm (12 ft), 6000 mm (20 ft), and 7320 mm (24 ft). It is impractical to

manufacture either lighter systems in the longer lengths or heavier systems in the shorter lengths.

For that reason, Cooper B-Line has introduced a primary and secondary length for each system.

These straight section lengths were selected to direct the user to lengths that best suit support span

demands and practical loading requirements. The primary length is the one that is the most

appropriate for the strength of the system and that will provide the fastest service levels. The

secondary lengths will be made available to service additional requirements. Special lengths are

available with extended lead times.

For additional information please review the information contained on the Cooper B-Line website at

www.cooperbline.com/product/CableTray/LengthSelection.asp.

Support Span

Per the NEMA VE 2, the support span on which a cable tray is installed should not exceed the

length of the unspliced straight section. Thus installations with support spans greater than 12 feet

should use 240" (20 feet) or 288" (24 feet) cable tray lengths.

Space Limitations

Consideration should be given to the space available for moving the cable tray from delivery to it’s

final installation location. Obviously, shorter cable tray allows for more maneuverability in tight

spaces.

Installation

Shorter cable tray lengths are typically easier to maneuver on the job site during installation. Two

people may be needed to manipulate longer cable tray sections, while shorter sections might be

handled by one person. Although longer cable tray lengths are more difficult to maneuver, they

can reduce installation time due to the fact that there are fewer splice connections. This trade-off

should be evaluated for each set of job site restrictions.

36" Wide 30" Wide 24" Wide 18" Wide 12" Wide 9" Wide 6" Wide

6" Fill 81 64 52 41 27 20 14

5" Fill 68 53 43 34 23 17 12

4" Fill 54 43 35 27 18 13 9

3" Fill 41 32 26 21 14 10 7

Data/Communication Cabling:

Low voltage cables can be stacked as there is no heat generation problems. The NEC employs a calculation

of the total cross sectional area of the cables not exceeding 50% of the fill area of the cable tray. As the cable

fill area of the cable tray system affects the possible loading, both the loading depth and width of the systems

must be considered. For this example 4UTP category 5 cable (O.D. = .21, .026 lbs./ft.) were used.

Calculated Cable Weight in Lbs/Ft

Cable Tray Selection - Loading

Possibilities

The picture shows a 12" cable tray with a 3" load depth. The tray contains

520 4 UTP Category 5 cables with a .21" diameter.

The National Electrical Code allows for 50% fill of ventilated and ladder

cable tray for control or signal wiring (Article 392.9(B)). ANSI/EIA/TIA

569-A Section 4.5* also requires that the fill ratio of cable tray is not to

exceed 50%.

Calculation Tray Area = 12 in. x 3 in. = 36 sq. in.

Example: 50% Fill = 36 sq. in. x .5 = 18 sq. in.

Cable Area = (.21 in.)2x 3.14/4 = .0346 sq. in.

Number of Cables = 18 sq. in. / .0346 sq. in. = 520 cables

*Section 4.5 is currently under review.

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

Other Factors To Consider

• Support Span - The distance between the supports

affects the loading capabilities exponentially. To

calculate loading values not cataloged use:

• Other Loads - Ice, wind, snow for outdoor systems see page 26 and 27 for information.

A 200 lb. concentrated load for industrial systems. The affect of a concentrated load can be calculated

as follows 2 x (concentrated static load)

span in feet

When considering concentrated loads the rung strength should be considered.

• Length Of The Straight Sections:

The VE 2, Cable Tray Installation Guide, states that the

support span shall not be greater than the straight section

length. If a 20C system is manufactured in 12 foot sections

the greatest span for supports would be 12 feet. This

dramatically affects the loading of the system.

W1L12= W2L22

W1- tested loading

L1- span in feet, a tested span

W2- loading in question

L2- known span for new loading

W1L12= W2L22

100 (202) = W2(122)

40,000 = 144 W2

W2= 277 lbs. per foot

Power Application:

Power application can create the heaviest loading. The heaviest cable combination found was for large diameter

cables (i.e. steel armor, 600V, 4 conductor 750 kcmil). The cables weigh less than 3.8 lbs. per inch-width of

cable tray. As power cables are installed in a single layer, the width of the cable affects the possible loading.

36" Wide

140 lbs/ft

30" Wide

115 lbs/ft

24" Wide

90 lbs/ft

18" Wide

70 lbs/ft

12" Wide

45 lbs/ft

9" Wide

35 lbs/ft

6" Wide

23 lbs/ft

Cable Tray Selection - Bottom Type

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

Type of Cable

According to NEC Article 392, multiconductor tray cable may be installed in any standard cable tray

bottom type. According to the 2005 NEC Article 392.11(8)(3), single conductor tray cable may be

installed in any standard cable tray bottom type. Solid bottom cable trays are not allowed to be

installed in Class II, Division 2 locations (2002 NEC Section 502.4(B)). In general, small, highly

flexible cables should be installed in solid bottom, vented bottom or 6" rung spacing ladder type cable

trays. Sensitive cables (e.g. fiberoptic) are typically installed in flat, solid bottom cable trays, instead

of corrugated trough bottoms. Larger, less flexible cables are typically installed in ladder type cable

trays having 9" or 12" rung spacing. Ladder type cable trays having 18" rung spacing should be

used for large, stiff cables to reduce cost and facilitate cable drop-outs.

Cost vs Strength

Often more than one bottom type is acceptable. In this case the economic difference should

be considered. Ladder cable trays have a lower cost than either non-ventilated or ventilated bottom

configurations. Typically, the cost of ladder type cable tray decreases as rung spacing increases.

However, the effect of rung spacing on load capacity for ladder type cable trays with 18" rung

spacing should be evaluated, since NEMA published load capacities are based on 12" rung spacing.

Rung spacing can affect individual rung and side rail loading as well as system load capacity. Rung

loads applied during cable installation

should also be considered. (See page 29 for Cooper

B-Line rung load capacities)

Cable Exposure

Tray cables are manufactured to withstand the environment without additional protection, favoring

the use of the ladder type cable tray. Some areas may benefit from the limited exposure of solid or

vented bottom cable tray. Solid Bottom metal cable tray with solid metal covers can be utilized in

other spaces used for environmental air to support non plenum rated tray cables (2002 NEC®

300.22(C)(1))

Cable Attachment

The major advantage of ladder type cable tray is the freedom of entry and exit of the cables. Another

advantage of ladder type cable tray is the ability to secure cables in the cable tray. With standard

rungs the cables may be attached with either cable ties or cable clamps. The ladder type cable tray is

also available with special purpose, slotted marine or strut rungs to facilitate banding or clamping

cables. Cable attachment is particularly important on vertical runs or when the tray is installed on its

side. Ladder rung spacing should be chosen to provide adequate cable attachment points while

allowing the cables to exit the system.

Cable Flexibility

The proper bend radius for cable tray fittings is usually determined by the bend radius and stiffness of

the tray cables to be installed. Typically, the tray cable manufacturer will recommend a minimum

bend allowance for each cable. The fitting radius should be equal to or larger than the minimum

bend radius of the largest cable which may ever be installed in the system. When several cables are

to be installed in the same cable tray, a larger bend radius may be desirable to ease cable installation.

Space Limitations

The overall dimensions for a cable tray fitting will increase as the bend radius increases. Size and

cost make the smallest acceptable fitting radius most desirable. When large radius fittings are

required, the system layout must be designed to allow adequate space.

Cable Tray Selection - Fitting Radius

Flextray®

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

Flextray®

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

Flextray is a flexible, field-adaptable way to manage cables throughout your project. The tray itself can be cut

and bent to the needs of the installer on the jobsite, allowing cable runs to be adjusted as needed. The wide

range of sizes offered by Cooper B-Line makes Flextray a great choice for everything from a small cable drop

to a large trunk of cables. Our tray has the market-preferred "T" weld safety edge, protecting both the cable

and the installer during cable installation. Flextray is also UL Classified as an equipment grounding conductor.

The F.A.S.T. System is Foldable, Adjustable, Stackable, and Tool-less, providing many options to manage

cables inside your raised floor space. With only a few parts, you can create everything from a basic single

layer installation to a cantilevered, multiple-tier cable run. Make the most of your raised floor space and your

time with the F.A.S.T. System!

Flextray®- Technical Data

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

Finish & Grounding Information

Flextray Cable Tray and Accessories are available in a wide variety of finishes to meet the

environmental or aesthetic requirements of customer installations. Use the list below to

find the finish and suffix that will meet your needs.

Available product finishes will be listed on individual pages throughout the catalog.

Finish codes shown in bold type are the standard for that product.

EG Electroplated Zinc Galvanized Finish applied after fabrication

(ZN) Recommended applications: Controlled interior

UL/CSA Classified as an equipment ground conductor when spliced as recommended

ASTM B633 - Average thickness of 0.3 mils (8 microns)

GS Pre-Galvanized Zinc Finish applied before fabrication

(GLV) Recommended applications: Limited industrial & interior

UL/CSA Classified as an equipment ground conductor when spliced as recommended

ASTM A641

BLE Black Powder Coat Finish applied after fabrication

(FB) Recommended applications: Controlled interior

UL/CSA Classified as an equipment ground conductor when coating has been

removed at splice contact points

Average paint thickness of 1.2 mils (30 microns) to 3.0 mils (75 microns)

BLO Black Oxide Finish

Recommended applications: Controlled interior

ASTM D769

SPC Custom Powder Coat Finish applied after fabrication

Recommended applications: Controlled interior

UL/CSA Classified as an equipment ground conductor when coating has been

removed at splice contact points

No Specification

HD Hot Dip Galvanized Finish applied after fabrication

(HDG) Recommended applications: Exterior, corrosive

UL/CSA Classified as an equipment ground conductor when spliced as recommended

ASTM A123 - Average thickness of 2.4 mils (60 microns) to 3.2 mils (80 microns)

304S 304L Stainless Steel

(SS4) Recommended applications: Food preparation, wash-down areas

ASTM A580

316S 316L Stainless Steel

(SS6) Recommended applications: Highly corrosive applications & marine environments

ASTM A580

Statement for all UL Classified products:

This product is classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as to its

suitability as an equipment grounding conductor only. 556E

Flextray®- Technical Data

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

Flextray Series Support Span / Loading Capacity* Cable Fill (50% fill)**

Part Size Lbs/Ft (max) Actual Area Inside Number of CAT Number of

Number height x width 5'-0” 6'-0” 7'-0” 8'-0” Tray (in2) 5e Cables*** CAT 6 Cables***

FT1.5X12 11/2” x 12” 29 17 14 11 12.2 176 124

FT2X2 2” x 2” 34 28 24 20 4.3 61 43

FT2X4 2” x 4” 52 43 35 27 8.2 118 83

FT2X6 2” x 6” 66 47 35 27 12.1 175 123

FT2X8 2” x 8” 66 47 35 27 16.1 231 163

FT2X12 2” x 12” 68 47 35 27 23.9 345 243

FT2X16 2” x 16” 68 47 35 27 31.8 459 324

FT2X18 2” x 18” 68 47 35 27 35.8 516 364

FT2X20 2” x 20” 68 47 35 27 39.7 573 404

FT2X24 2” x 24” 68 47 35 27 47.5 686 484

FT2X30 2” x 30” 68 47 35 27 59.8 862 608

FT2X32 2” x 32” 77 53 39 30 63.3 914 645

FT4X4 4” x 4” 58 49 42 36 15.8 227 160

FT4X6 4” x 6” 93 77 60 46 23.6 341 240

FT4X8 4” x 8” 94 78 61 47 31.5 454 321

FT4X12 4” x 12” 119 83 61 47 47.5 686 484

FT4X16 4” x 16” 119 83 61 47 63.5 917 647

FT4X18 4” x 18” 119 83 61 47 71.5 1032 728

FT4X20 4” x 20” 119 83 61 47 79.5 1148 810

FT4X24 4” x 24” 128 89 65 50 95.5 1379 973

FT4X30 4” x 30” 128 89 65 50 119.5 1725 1217

FT6X8 6” x 8” 111 77 57 43 47.3 682 481

FT6X12 6” x 12” 124 86 63 48 71.6 1034 729

FT6X16 6” x 16” 128 89 65 50 95.3 1375 970

FT6X18 6” x 18” 128 89 65 50 107.3 1549 1092

FT6X20 6” x 20” 141 98 72 55 118.9 1716 1211

FT6X24 6” x 24” 154 107 78 60 143.3 2068 1459

Load & Fill Chart

*Published load chart has not been tested with Flexmate splice. Please consult the factory for load information when using the

Flexmate option.

** Flextray fill capacity is based on NEC allowable fill of 50%. The NEC rule requires that the cable cross-sectional areas together

may not exceed 50% of the tray area (width x depth = fill). Cables will nearly completely fill the cable tray when reaching the

50% cable fill, due to empty space between the surface of the cables. TIA recommends 40% fill ratio. Flextray loads shown in

the loading chart will not be exceeded at 50% fill.

*** CAT 5e 4-pr non-plenum approximated at .21 in. diameter, CAT 6 4-pr non-plenum approximated at .25 in. diameter. Actual

diameters vary by cable manufacturer.

Flextray®- Straight Sections

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

See page - 44 for finish information

Part Width Wt. Per Pc.

Number in. mm lbs. kg

FT2X2X10 250 6.6 2.99

FT2X4X10 4100 8.2 3.72

FT2X6X10 6150 9.7 4.40

FT2X8X10 8200 11.2 5.08

FT2X12X10 12 300 14.3 6.48

FT2X16X10 16 400 17.4 7.89

FT2X18X10 18 450 18.9 8.57

FT2X20X10 20 500 20.4 9.25

FT2X24X10 24 600 23.5 10.66

FT2X30X10 30 750 28.1 12.74

FT2X32X10 32 800 29.7 13.47

2” Deep Flextray

Height: 2.38" (60 mm)

Length: 118.312" (3 meter)

Wire Dia. Minimum: .196" (5.0 mm)

Finishes:

EG, GS, BLE, SPC,

HD, 304S, 316S

2.38" (60 mm)

Part Width Wt. Per Pc.

Number in. mm lbs. kg

FT1.5X4X10 4 100 5.8 2.63

FT1.5X6X10 6 150 7.4 3.35

FT1.5X8X10 8 200 9.0 4.08

FT1.5X12X10 12 300 12.1 5.49

1.5” Deep Flextray

Width

Height: 1.38" (35 mm)

Length: 118.312" (3 meter)

Wire Dia. Minimum: .196" (5.0 mm)

Finishes:

EG, GS, BLE, SPC,

HD, 304S, 316S

1.38" (48 mm)

Width

Only FT1.5X12 (12” wide) is UL Classified

FT2X6 (6” wide) through FT2X32 (32” wide) are UL Classified

Flextray®- Straight Sections

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

See page 44 for finish information

6” Deep Flextray

6.38"

(162 mm)

4” Deep Flextray

Height: 4.38" (111 mm)

Length: 118.312" (3 meter)

Wire Diameter Minimum:

.196" (5.0 mm)

Finishes:

EG, GS, BLE, SPC,

HD, 304S, 316S

Part Width Wt. Per Pc.

Number in. mm lbs. kg

FT4X4X10 4 100 11.25 5.10

FT4X6X10 6 150 12.79 5.80

FT4X8X10 8 200 14.32 6.49

FT4X12X10 12 300 17.39 7.89

FT4X16X10 16 400 20.45 9.27

FT4X18X10 18 450 21.99 9.97

FT4X20X10 20 500 23.52 10.67

FT4X24X10 24 600 26.59 12.06

FT4X30X10 30 750 31.19 14.15

4.38"

(111 mm)

Width

Height: 6.38" (162 mm)

Length: 118.312" (3 meter)

Wire Diameter Minimum:

.196" (5.0 mm)

Finishes:

EG, GS, BLE, SPC,

HD, 304S, 316S

Part Width Wt. Per Pc.

Number in. mm lbs. kg

FT6X8X10 8 200 17.39 7.89

FT6X12X10 12 300 20.45 9.27

FT6X16X10 16 400 23.52 10.67

FT6X18X10 18 450 25.06 11.37

FT6X20X10 20 500 26.59 12.06

FT6X24X10 24 600 29.66 13.45

Width

All 6” deep Flextrays are UL Classified

All 4” deep Flextrays are UL Classified

Flextray®- Splicing Accessories

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

Flextray®- Splicing Accessories

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

Splice Hardware Components

Washer Splice Kit

See page 44 for finish and grounding information

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

WASHER SPL KIT__ Assembly of 50 4.5 2.04

Staked Washer

Stud/Washer

& Finned Nut

• Washer is staked to bolt, holding part stationary

during installation

• Fewer parts to handle

• For use with all tray widths and sizes

• Finishes __: EG, BLE

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

1/4” x 1”

FTHDWE 1/4__ Carriage Bolt & 50 1.2 0.54

Finned nut

1” Square

TOP WASHER__ Splice Washer 50 1.4 0.63

13/16” Square

BTM WASHER __ Splice Washer 50 2.0 0.91

• Works with all splicing needs

• For use with all tray widths and sizes

• Components are sold separately

• Finishes __: EG, BLE-BLO, SPC, 304S, 316S

Tray Height Tray Width - number of splices

2” 4” 6” 8” 12” 16” 18” 20” 24”

(50mm) (100mm) (150mm) (200mm) (300mm) (400mm) (450mm) (500mm) (600mm)

2” NC NC 4 4 4 4 4 5 5

4” NM 4 5 6 6 7 7 7 8

6” NM NM NM 6 6 7 7 7 8

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)

FTHDWE1/4

BTM WASHER TOP WASHER

BLE suffix indicates black

zinc finish for this part only

FTHDWE 1/4 not available in BLE.

TOP WASHER & BTM WASHER

not available in BLO.

Tray Height Tray Width - number of splices

2” 4” 6” 8” 12” 16” 18” 20” 24”

(50mm) (100mm) (150mm) (200mm) (300mm) (400mm) (450mm) (500mm) (600mm)

2” NC NC 4 4 4 4 4 5 5

4” NM 4 5 6 6 7 7 7 8

6” NM NM NM 6 6 7 7 7 8

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)

NC = Not UL Classified in this size NM = Flextray is not manufactured in this size

Flextray®- Splicing Accessories

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

Wing Splice

Connecting Hardware • Adaptable and designed for use with

splice plate (FTS3SP), SPLICE BAR, and

long splice bar (FTS36SB).

• Finishes __: EG, BLE-BLO, SPC, 304S, 316S

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

FTSWN__ Wing Splice 50 3.0 1.38

• Two piece design for easy handling

• Tool-less installation

• Reduces installation time, especially when used on

fittings and bends

• Finish__: ZN

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

FTSCH__ Connecting Hardware 50 2.0 0.91

Tray Height Tray Width - number of splices

2” 4” 6” 8” 12” 16” 18” 20” 24”

(50mm) (100mm) (150mm) (200mm) (300mm) (400mm) (450mm) (500mm) (600mm)

2” NC NC 4 4 4 4 4 5 5

4” NM 4 5 6 6 7 7 7 8

6” NM NM NM 6 6 7 7 7 8

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)

NC = Not UL Classified in this size NM = Flextray is not manufactured in this size

Tray Height Tray Width - number of splices

2” 4” 6” 8” 12” 16” 18” 20” 24”

(50mm) (100mm) (150mm) (200mm) (300mm) (400mm) (450mm) (500mm) (600mm)

2” NC NC 4 4 4 4 4 5 5

4” NM 4 5 6 6 7 7 7 8

6” NM NM NM 6 6 7 7 7 8

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)

NC = Not UL Classified in this size NM = Flextray is not manufactured in this size

See page 44 for finish and grounding information

Flextray®- Splicing Accessories

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

Splice Plate (only)

Flexmate Splice System

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

FLEXMATE2__ Flexmate 50 1.0 0.45

Splice Clips

FLEXMATE TOOL Flexmate 1 0.7 0.32

Splice Tool

Tray Height Tray Width - number of splices

2” 4” 6” 8” 12”

(50mm) (100mm) (150mm) (200mm) (300mm)

2” NC NC 5 5 5

4” NM 5 6 7 7

6” NM NM NM 7 7

• Fastest splice connection method available

in the industry

• For use with 4” (100mm) to 12” (300mm) wide tray

• Flexmate clips and tool sold separately

• Finishes __: GS, BLE

Note: Please contact Cooper B-Line when using

Flexmates on tray widths larger than 12” (300mm)

for specific requirements.

Cooper B-Line recommends that splice/supports

comply with NEMA VE-2 installation requirements

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)

Flexmate Tool is used to

install splices quickly.

Position clip inside

tool, pointing to

outside of tray.

Squeeze to

secure splice.

FLEXMATE2

FLEXMATE TOOL

NC = Not UL Classified in this size

NM = Flextray is not manufactured in this size

Part Description Length Height Hole Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number Diameter lbs. kg

FTS3SP__ Splice Plate 2.7” 1.6” 0.27” 50 6.1 2.76

• Splice plate is designed for use with connecting

hardware (FTSCH) to provide added stability of

splice connections

• Hardware sold separately

• Finish__: ZN, SS6

See page 44 for finish and grounding information

Flextray®- Splicing Accessories

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

Tab-Loc Connector

Part Description Length Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

FTSTLC__ Tab-Loc 9.29” 50 7.2 3.26

Connectors

• Fast splice for straight runs of tray

• For use with 2” (50mm) to 32” (800mm) wide tray

to connect straight sections only

• Finishes __: ZN, SS6

Application Requirements

Tab-Loc security without

special tools.

Step 1 Step 3

Step 2

Step 4

The recommendations listed are equal for all depths

(except as noted).

Installation

Screwdriver can also be used to

bend tab-locs (hold connector ends

while bending).

Tray Height Tray Width - number of splices

2” 4” 6” 8” 12” 16” 18” 20” 24”

(50mm) (100mm) (150mm) (200mm) (300mm) (400mm) (450mm) (500mm) (600mm)

2” NC NC 4 4 4 4 4 5 5

4” NM 4 5 6 6 7 7 7 8

6” NM NM NM 6 6 7 7 7 8

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)

NC = Not UL Classified in this size NM = Flextray is not manufactured in this size

See page 44 for finish and grounding information

Flextray®- Splicing Accessories

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

See page 44 for finish and grounding information

Splice Bar

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

SPLICE BAR__ 1013/16” Long Bar 50 14.0 6.35

• Adds rigidity to washer splice methods

• Used on side rails only (not for use in tray bottom)

• For use on trays when using splice hardware FTSCH

• Hardware sold separately

• Finishes __: EG, BLE, HD, 304S, 316S, SPC

Each splice bar requires three (3) each of Hardware Splice Components -

TOP WASHER, and FTHDWE 1/4 to complete connection.

These items must be ordered separately.

Washer Splice Kits (WASHER SPL KIT) are required for connections on bottom of tray.

Hardware is not sold with

splice bar.

Tray Height Tray Width - number of splices

2” 4” 6” 8” 12” 16” 18” 20” 24”

(50mm) (100mm) (150mm) (200mm) (300mm) (400mm) (450mm) (500mm) (600mm)

2” NC NC 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

4” NM 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

6” NM NM NM 4 4 4 4 4 4

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)

NC = Not UL Classified in this size NM = Flextray is not manufactured in this size

Flextray®- Splicing Accessories

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

Long Splice Bar (only)

See page 44 for finish and grounding information

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

FTS36SB__ 36” Long 1 0.40 0.18

Splice Bar Only

• FTS36SB long splice bar is used for assembly of

large radius horizontal bends or field cut into short

splice bars

• Splice Bars are designed for use with connecting

hardware (FTSCH)

• Hardware sold separately

• Finishes __: ZN, FB, SS6

Splice Bar Kit

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

FTSBK__ 12” Long 5 Sets 6.4 2.90

Splice Bar Kit

• Adds rigidity

• Includes two (2) SPLICE BAR and hardware

• Finishes __: ZN, FB, SS6

Tray Height Tray Width - number of splices

2” 4” 6” 8” 12” 16” 18” 20” 24”

(50mm) (100mm) (150mm) (200mm) (300mm) (400mm) (450mm) (500mm) (600mm)

2” NC NC 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

4” NM 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

6” NM NM NM 4 4 4 4 4 4

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)

NC = Not UL Classified in this size NM = Flextray is not manufactured in this size

Flextray®- Splicing Accessories

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

Hold Down Plate

See page 44 for finish and grounding information

Horizontal Adjustable Kit

• Horizontal adjustable kit can be used to create

horizontal angles from prepared Flextray straight

sections

• Conveniently poly-bagged

• Finishes __: EG, BLE, 316S, SPC

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

FTSHAK__ Horizontal 10 2.4 1.09

Adjustable Kit

90 Degree Kit

• For fast assembly of 90° turns and tee fittings

• For use with all tray widths and sizes

• One kit will make two 90° turns or one tee fitting

• 90 DEGREE KIT: includes: two (2) 90° splice bars

and eight (8) FTSCH

• Finishes __: EG, BLE, SPC, 316S

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

90 degree splice

90 DEGREE KIT__ bar & hardware 1 1.3 0.59

Part Slot Size Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

SUPT WASHER__ .28” x .70” 50 4.7 2.13

FTA6HD__ .40” x .70” 50 3.5 1.59

• Easy way to mount 4" (100mm) wide tray for

raceway run.

• Use 1/4" screws to attach SUPT WASHER to your

specific wall/stud application (hardware sold

separately).

• FTA6HD can be used in pairs to create a center-hung

support using 3/8" rod.

• To protect cables use threaded

rod protector (page 61).

• To complete 3/8" center hanger

assembly use:

2 - FTA6HD

2 - HN 3/8"-16 hex nuts

• Finish: ZN, SS6

Flextray®- Splicing Accessories

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

FT2X2 2” 50 2 - - -

FT2X4 4” 100 2 - - -

FT2X6 6” 150 42-- -

FT2X8 8” 200 42-- -

FT2X12 12” 300 42-- -

FT2X16 16” 400 42-- -

FT2X18 18” 450 42-- -

FT2X20 20” 500 53-- -

FT2X24 24” 600 53-- -

FT2X30 30” 750 75-- -

FT2X32 32” 800 75-- -

FT4X4 4” 100 42-- -

FT4X6 6” 150 66-- -

FT4X8 8” 200 66-- -

FT(*)X12 12” 300 66-- -

FT(*)X16 16” 400 77-- -

FT(*)X18 18” 450 77-- -

FT(*)X20 20” 500 77-- -

FT(*)X24 24” 600 77-- -

FT(*)X30 30” 750 88-- -

FT2X2 2” 50 - 2 2 -

FT2X4 4” 100 - 2 2 -

FT2X6 6” 150 1122 -

FT2X8 8” 200 1122 -

FT2X12 12” 300 2222 -

FT2X16 16” 400 2222 -

FT2X18 18” 450 2222 -

FT2X20 20” 500 2222 -

FT2X24 24” 600 2222 -

FT2X30 30” 750 4422 -

FT2X32 32” 800 4422 -

FT4X4 4” 100 1122 -

FT4X6 6” 150 2222 -

FT4X8 8” 200 2222 -

FT(*)X12 12” 300 3322 -

FT(*)X16 16” 400 4422 -

FT(*)X18 18” 450 4422 -

FT(*)X20 20” 500 4422 -

FT(*)X24 24” 600 4422 -

FT(*)X30 30” 750 5522 -

FT2X2 2” 50 - 2 - 2

FT2X4 4” 100 - 2 - 2

FT2X6 6” 150 112- 2

FT2X8 8” 200 112- 2

FT2X12 12” 300 222- 2

FT2X16 16” 400 222- 2

FT2X18 18” 450 222- 2

FT2X20 21” 500 222- 2

FT2X24 24” 600 222- 2

FT2X30 30” 750 336- 2

FT2X32 32” 800 336- 2

FT4X4 4” 100 112- 2

FT4X6 6” 150 222- 2

FT4X8 8” 200 226- 2

FT(*)X12 12” 300 226- 2

FT(*)X16 16” 400 336- 2

FT(*)X18 18” 450 336- 2

FT(*)X20 20” 500 336- 2

FT(*)X24 24” 600 336- 2

FT(*)X30 30” 750 446- 2

Install one connector on the bottom.

Install two connectors on the bottom.

Install three connectors on the bottom.

Install four connectors on the bottom.

Install five connectors on the bottom.

Install two connectors on the bottom and two on each side.

Install three connectors on the bottom and two on each side.

Install four connectors on the bottom and two on each side.

Washer Splice Kits

Splice Plates

Splice Bars

System System Connector Connecting Splice Splice

Part Width Assembly Hardware Plate Bar

Number in. mm WASHER SPL KIT FTSCH FTS3SP SPLICE BAR

(*) 4 for 4” Deep Flextray

6 for 6” Deep Flextray

Components Required to Connect Two Sections of Flextray

Flextray®- Splicing Accessories

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

Part System Weight Box

Number Width Per 100 Quantity

in. mm lbs. kg

FTS20SK 2” 50 2.91 1.32 10

4” 100

FTS21SK 6” 150 3.63 1.64 10

8” 200

12” 300

FTS22SK 18” 450 4.35 1.97 10

20” 500

24” 600

Conveniently poly-bagged for use with

2" Deep Flextray

Conveniently poly-bagged for use with

4" & 6” Deep Flextray

Part System Weight Box

Number Width Per 100 Quantity

in. mm lbs. kg

4” 100

6” 150

FTS23SK 8” 200 5.07 2.30 10

12” 300

18” 450

FTS24SK 20” 500 5.79 2.62 10

24” 600

Splice Plate Kits for 2" Deep Flextray

Splice Plate Kits for 4" & 6” Deep Flextray

Flextray®- Ceiling Support Methods

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

Flextray®- Ceiling Support Methods

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

2” Center Hanger

Flip Clip™

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

WB46H__ Flip Clip 50 5.2 2.36

• Accommodates 1/4" and 3/8" rod sizes

• Installs quickly with a screwdriver or pliers thus

reducing installation time

• Requires only one hex nut (not included) to hang

and level the Flextray

• Retainer tabs can be bent over to lock-in the

threaded rod and wire basket

• Finishes __: ZN, FB, SS6

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

2 IN CTR SUPT__ Center Support 50 5.0 2.27

Hanger for FT2x2

• For use with 2” (50mm) tray widths only

• Accepts 1/4” threaded rod

• Hardware sold separately

• Finishes __: GS, BLE, SPC

See page 44 for finish information

Snap retainer stops

in place after cable is

loaded.

Trapeze Support

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

TRAPEZE SUPT2__ Trapeze 50 trapeze clips 7.0 3.17

Support Clip 100 retainer stops

• Trapeze Clip installs fast

• For use with trays up to 4” (100mm) deep,

12” (300mm) wide, and spans up to 8’-0” (2.44m)

• Tray can be released from support to allow side

cable loading

• Accepts 1/4” and 3/8” threaded rod sizes

• Finishes __: GS, BLE, SPC

Snap retainer stops

in place after cable is

loaded.

Assemble with

ATTACHMENT CLP

& FTHDWE 1/4

hardware.

Flextray®- Ceiling Support Methods

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

Hold Down Plate

Part Slot Size Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

SUPT WASHER__ .28” x .70” 50 4.7 2.13

FTA6HD__ .40” x .70” 50 3.5 1.59

• Easy way to mount 4" (100mm) wide tray for raceway

run.

• Use 1/4" screws to attach SUPT WASHER to your

specific wall/stud application (hardware sold separately).

• FTA6HD can be used in pairs to create a center-hung

support using 3/8" rod.

• To protect cables use threaded rod protector (page 61).

• To complete 3/8" center hanger assembly use:

2 - FTA6HD

2 - HN 3/8"-16 hex nuts

• Finish: ZN, SS6

See page 44 for finish information

Center Hung Clip

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

Light Duty

CTR HUNG CLP__ Center Hanger 50 4.0 1.81

• Use for light duty cabling applications

• For use with 11/2” (38mm) & 2” (51mm) deep tray with

4” (100mm) and 6” (150mm) widths

• Built-in hold down tab

• Accepts 1/4” threaded rod

• Threaded rod and nuts sold separately

• Finishes __: GS, BLE, SPC

Assemble with 1/4” threaded

rod and finned nut

Mounting Bracket

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

Light Duty

FTB2UB__ Wall/Rack Bracket 10 2.1 0.95

• Designed to support FT2X2X10 Flextray

• Click tabs for Flextray attachment

• Use 1/4” hardware and washer (not included) to

mount bracket

• Finishes __: SS6

.26" typ.

(6.6 mm)

1" typ.

(25 mm)

Flextray®- Ceiling Support Methods

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

Threaded Rod Protector

Center Hanger

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

SB301-1/2x8__ Rod Protector 1 0.01 0.004

• Use to protect cables from 1/4” to 1/2”

threaded rod

• PVC UL94V-O material

• Color: Gray

See page 44 for finish information

Part Use With Actual Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number Tray Width Width lbs. kg

4 CTR HGR__ 4” (100mm) 47/16” (112mm) 1 1.6 0.72

6 CTR HGR__ 6” (150mm) 517/32” (140mm) 1 1.7 0.77

8 CTR HGR__ 8” (200mm) 819/32” (218mm) 1 1.9 0.86

12 CTR HGR__ 12” (300mm) 121/2” (317mm) 1 2.7 1.22

16 CTR HGR__ 16” (400mm) 163/8” (416mm) 1 3.2 1.45

18 CTR HGR__ 18” (450mm) 17” (432mm) 1 3.3 1.49

20 CTR HGR__ 20” (500mm) 209/32” (515mm) 1 3.6 1.63

24 CTR HGR__ 24” (600mm) 243/16” (640mm) 1 4.3 1.95

• Center hangers install with only one

threaded rod and hardware

• Tabs for easy hold down

(not available in stainless steel)

• For use with 4” (100mm) to

24” (600mm) wide tray

• Tubing protects cable

• 6” (150mm) and 18” (450mm) width

hangers have slightly offset center

tubing to allow the tube to fit properly

between wire grid

• Accepts 1/4”, 3/8” & 1/2” threaded rod

• Finishes __: EG, BLE, HD, SPC

Position hanger

below tray.

Tabs can be bent

over for hold down.

8”

Flextray®- Ceiling Support Methods

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

Heavy Duty Center Hung Support Kit

Trapeze Support Kits

Part Use With Overall Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number Tray Width Width lbs. kg

WB5506__ 6” (150mm) 10” (254mm) 1 1.6 0.73

WB5508__ 8” (200mm) 12” (305mm) 1 1.7 0.77

WB5512 __ 12” (300mm) 16” (406mm) 1 2.0 0.91

WB5518 __ 18” (450mm) 22” (559mm) 1 2.5 1.13

WB5524__ † 28” (711mm) 1 2.9 1.32

• Trapeze Support Kit includes all

components required for single trapeze

support in one package.

• Designed for use with 1/4" ATR.

• Also available for 3/8" ATR, add -3/8 suffix

to part number.

• Order threaded rod separately.

• Finish: Channel - GLV

Other components - ZN, SPC

Available in SS6

Part Channel Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number Length lbs. kg

WB5518CH__ 18” 1 2.2 1.00

See page 44 for finish information

• Designed for 1/2" ATR. Channel length of 18"

supports 12", 18" and 20" Flextray

Systems.

• Protection sleeve for ATR to prevent damage

to cables.

•1/2" ATR attachment hardware provided.

• Flextray mounting attachment hardware provided.

• Heavy Duty Center Hung Support

assembly includes:

(1) - SB3011/2x8 Threaded Rod Protector

(2) - B202 Square Washers

(2) - HN 1/2"-13 Hex Nuts

(2) - N224WO, 1/4"-20 Channel Nuts (no spring)

(2) - SRHMS 1/4"-20 x 1” Machine Screws

(2) - SUPT WASHER Hold Down Plates

(1) - B54SH Channel, 18" long

• Finishes __: ZN, SS6, SPC

Trapeze Kit for 1/4" ATR includes:

(4) - B450-1/4" U-Washers

(4) - HN 1/4"-20 Hex Nuts

(1) - SUPT WASHER

(1) - TN224 1/4"-20 EZ Twirl Nut

(1) - SRHMS 1/4"-20 x 1"

Machine Screw

(1) - B54SH Channel

Trapeze Kit for 3/8" ATR

add -3/8" suffix, includes:

(4) - B450-3/8" U-Washers

(4) - HN 3/8"-16 Hex Nuts

(1) - SUPT WASHER

(1) - TN224 1/4"-20 EZ Twirl Nut

(1) - SRHMS 1/4"-20 x 1"

Machine Screw

(1) - B54SH Channel

Overall Width

† For 20” (500 mm) and 24” (600 mm) wide Flextray

Kit supplied with

attachment hardware.

Kits supplied with

attachment hardware.

Flextray®- Ceiling Support Methods

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

Profile Supports

See page 44 for finish information

Part Use With Actual Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number Tray Width Width lbs. kg

12 PROFILE SUPT__ up to 8” (200mm) 12.49” (317mm) 1 0.80 0.36

16 PROFILE SUPT__ 12” (300mm) 16.39” (416mm) 1 1.07 0.48

24 PROFILE SUPT__ 16” (400mm) to 20” (500mm) 24.19” (614mm) 1 1.60 0.72

28 PROFILE SUPT__ 24” (600mm) to 26” (650mm) 28.05” (712mm) 1 1.87 0.85

• Use profile for full tray bottom support

• Accepts 1/4”, 3/8” & 1/2” threaded rod - (rod and nuts not included)

• For use with 4” (100mm) to 24” (600mm) wide trays

• Items included: one (1) Profile Support

two (2) SUPT WASHER

two (2) FTHDWE 1/4

• Finishes __: GS, EG, BLE, HD, SPC

Position hanger

below tray.

Install and tighten

hardware.

Profile Length

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

10’ nominal length

10 LFT PROFILE__ 117” (2971mm) actual length 1 7.8 3.54

Profile Tray Support

• 10’ section to allow field cutting to length

• For use with 4” (100mm) to

32” (800mm) wide trays

• Can support multiple runs at same time

• Accepts 1/4” threaded rod

• Use FTHDWE 1/4 and TOP WASHER

for hold down (sold separately)

• Finishes __: GS, BLE, HD, SPC

Flextray®- Ceiling Support Methods

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

KwikWire™ Clamps & Wire Rope

See page 44 for finish information

Part Clamp Description Qty./Box

Number For Use With Rope Diameter

BKC100 1/16” & 3/32” 100

BKC150 3/32” & 1/8” 100

BKC200 1/8” & 3/16”50

• KwikWire system replaces jack chain or ATR to support lighting, ductwork, and

Flextray.

• Can be quickly installed around beams - No drilling required.

• Ideal for sloped ceilings - can hang objects at up to 60° angles.

• Simple height adjustments are made by releasing locking tab, no tools required.

• Spools of wire can be cut to length in field, reducing waste and up front planning.

(1) 7 x 7

Wire Rope Construction

(2) 7 x 19

Part Rope Diameter Qty./Spool

Number - Working Load

BKW063 (1) 1/16” - 96 lbs. 500 ft.

BKW094 (1) 3/32” - 184 lbs. 500 ft.

BKW125 (1) 1/8” - 340 lbs. 500 ft.

BKW188 (2) 3/16” - 840 lbs. 250 ft.

BKCC Wire Rope Cutter 1

KwikWire™ Cable Assemblies

• New KwikWire “Y” Cable Assemblies will simplify the installation

of light fixtures and cable tray.

• “Y” Cables enable a single suspension point to provide two

securement points.

• “Y” legs are 18” in length.

• “Y” Cable Assembly Kits include two (2) 10’-0” long cable

assemblies and two (2) KwikWire clamps.

• Add-on cable assemblies can be field installed on KwikWire

systems.

Part Description Qty./Box

Number

BKYC-094 Carabiner 20

BKYC-094-120K Carabiner 10

KwikWire™ Clamp

Working Loads*

Clamp Wire Lbs.

Part No. Rope Safety

Dia. Factor 5

BKC100 1/16” 0-75

BKC100 3/32” 25-150

BKC150 3/32” 25-150

BKC150 1/8” 25-250

BKC200 1/8” 25-250

BKC200 3/16” 50-640

* Working loads shown

are for hanging vertically.

For suspending at

15°, 30°, 45° or 60°

angles from vertical, use

the following percentage

of the working loads from

the chart:

15° = 96%

30° = 86%

45° = 70%

60° = 50%

BKYC-094

BKYC-094-120K

New

Flextray®- Ceiling Support Methods

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

KwikWire™ Starter Kit

• Starter Kit includes everything you need to get the job done.

• Kits are packaged in a 5-gallon bucket for easy transportation. The lid includes a built-in cable

counter to simplify measuring and cutting the wire rope to length.

• Starter Kit includes KwikWire clamps, a spool of wire rope, and a cable cutter.

See page 44 for finish information

Part Kit Includes Qty./Box

Number - Working Load

BKS10063 BKC100 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter 1

1/16”ØWire Rope (500 ft.)

BKS10094 BKC100 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter 1

3/32”ØWire Rope (500 ft.)

BKS15094 BKC150 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter 1

3/32”ØWire Rope (500 ft.)

BKS15125 BKC150 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter 1

1/8”ØWire Rope (500 ft.)

BKS20125 BKC200 (50 pcs.), Cable Cutter 1

1/8”ØWire Rope (500 ft.)

BKS20188 BKC200 (50 pcs.), Cable Cutter 1

3/16”ØWire Rope (250 ft.)

New

KwikPak™ Wire Rope & Clamps

KwikPak™ makes handling KwikWire™ a breeze!

• Refill your starter kit with a B-Line KwikPak™.

• KwikPaks include KwikWire clamps and a spool of wire rope.

• KwikPaks are shipped in a specially designed dispenser box to ease field cutting of wire.

Part Kit Includes Qty./Box

Number - Working Load

BKP10063 BKC100 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter 1

1/16”ØWire Rope (500 ft.)

BKP10094 BKC100 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter 1

3/32”ØWire Rope (500 ft.)

BKP15094 BKC150 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter 1

3/32”ØWire Rope (500 ft.)

BKP15125 BKC150 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter 1

1/8”ØWire Rope (500 ft.)

BKP20125 BKC200 (50 pcs.), Cable Cutter 1

1/8”ØWire Rope (500 ft.)

BKP20188 BKC200 (50 pcs.), Cable Cutter 1

3/16”ØWire Rope (250 ft.)

Flextray®- Wall Support Methods

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Flextray®- Wall Support Methods

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

Shelf Brackets

L Brackets

Part Use With Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number Tray Width lbs. kg

FTB06CS__ 6” (150mm) 1 0.5 0.22

FTB08CS__ 8” (200mm) 1 0.6 0.27

FTB12CS__ 12” (300mm) 1 1.2 0.54

FTB16CS __ 16” (400mm) 1 1.7 0.77

FTB18CS __ 18” (450mm) 1 1.9 0.86

FTB20CS __ 20” (500mm) 1 2.6 1.18

FTB24CS __ 24” (600mm) 1 3.2 1.45

• Heavy-duty support bracket

• For use with 6” (150mm) to

24” (600mm) wide trays

• Built-in tab for hold down

• Accepts 1/4” through 11/2” conduit sizes

for additional support options

• Optional hardware sold separately

• Finishes __: GLV, HDG, SS6

See page 44 for finish information

FTB24CS shown

• Installs tray to wall cleanly

• Built-in tab for hold down

(not available in stainless steel)

• For use with 4” (100mm) to 24” (600mm)

wide trays

• Use with pedestal clamp in raised

floor applications

• Hardware sold separately

• Finishes __: EG, HD, BLE, 316S, SPC

Part Use With Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number Tray Width lbs. kg

4 L BRKT__ 4” (150mm) 1 0.6 0.27

8 L BRKT__ 6” (150mm) &1 0.8 0.36

8” (200mm)

12 L BRKT__ 12” (300mm) 1 1.3 0.59

16 L BRKT__ 16” (400mm) 1 1.4 0.63

20 L BRKT__ 20” (500mm) 1 2.0 0.91

24 L BRKT__ 24” (600mm) 1 2.3 1.04

12 L BRKT

Tab can be bent over

for hold down.

Flextray®- Wall Support Methods

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

Z Brackets

See page 44 for finish information

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

Z BRKT__ Z Bracket 1 0.6 0.27

• Used for horizontal and/or vertical mounting

• For use with 4” (100mm) to 32” (800mm) wide trays

• Can be used to offset trays from floor

• Can be used to terminate tray run at wall

• Multiple brackets can be used for wider tray widths

• Finishes __: GS, BLE, SPC

Use with two (2) FTSCH

(sold separately)

Hold Down Plate

Part Slot Size Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

SUPT WASHER__ .28” x .70” 50 4.7 2.13

FTA6HD__ .40” x .70” 50 3.5 1.59

• Easy way to mount 4" (100mm) wide tray for raceway

run.

• Use 1/4" screws to attach SUPT WASHER to your

specific wall/stud application (hardware sold separately).

• FTA6HD can be used in pairs to create a center-hung

support using 3/8" rod.

• To protect cables use threaded rod protector (page 61).

• To complete 3/8" center hanger assembly use:

2 - FTA6HD

2 - HN 3/8"-16 hex nuts

• Finish: ZN, SS6

Flextray®- Wall Support Methods

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

Wall Supports

See page 44 for finish information

Attachment Clips

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

ATTACHMENT CLP__ Attachment Clip 50 3.4 1.54

Support for FT2x2x10

• Wall attachment for 2” (50mm) wide

tray only (FT2X2X10)

• Low-profile appearance

• Built-in tab to hold down tray

• Can also be used with 2” (50mm) Center

Support (see page 59)

• Hardware sold separately

• Finishes __: GS, BLE, SPC

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

Wall Support

WALL SUPT__ Bracket 1 0.6 0.27

• Use to attach 2” (50mm) or 4” (100mm) trays

to walls, struts or cabinets

• Use for raceway mounting

• Mount to metal framing for vertical support

• Tabs are built in for tray hold down

• Mount to side rail for electrical box connection

• Finishes __: GS, BLE, SPC

Mounting Bracket

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

Light Duty

FTB2UB__ Wall/Rack Bracket 10 2.1 0.95

• Designed to support FT2X2X10 Flextray

• Click tabs for Flextray attachment

• Use 1/4” hardware and washer (not included) to

mount bracket

• Finishes __: SS6

.26" typ.

(6.6 mm)

1" typ.

(25 mm)

Flextray®- Wall Support Methods

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

Wall Termination Kit

Part Length Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

WBWTK__ 9” 1 1.3 0.59

• Kit includes all hardware necessary to support

Flextray when terminated at a wall

• Mount slotted angle to wall with up to 3/8"

hardware (not included)

• Finishes __: ZN, FB, SS6

See page 44 for finish information

Vertically Mounted

Horizontally Mounted

Wall Termination Kit includes:

1 - SA276-9 Slotted Angle

1 - FTA6HD - Hold Down

1 - 3/8"

-16

x 1" Slotted Head Screw

1 - 3/8"

-16

Hex Nut

Wall Mount Kit

Part Length Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

WB48WMK__ 8” 1 0.76 0.35

WB1224WMK__ 12” 1 1.22 0.55

• Kit includes all components necessary to mount

Flextray to a wall horizontally or vertically

• Mount strut to wall with up to 1/2" hardware

(not included)

• Finish: Channel - GLV

Hardware - ZN

Available in SS6

Wall Mount Kit includes:

WB48WMK WB1224WMK

1 1 B54SH Strut

1 2 SUPT WASHER Hold Downs

1/4"

-20

x 1" Slotted Head Screw

1 2 N224WO Channel Nut

WB1224WMK shown

Flextray®- Wall Support Methods

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

C Brackets

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

4 C BRKT__ 4” (100mm) C Bracket 1 1.2 0.54

8 C BRKT__ 8” (200mm) C Bracket 1 1.4 0.63

12 C BRKT__ 12” (300mm) C Bracket 1 1.9 0.86

• Tab can be used for hold down

(stainless steel will not have these tabs)

• For use with 4” (100mm) to 12” (300mm) wide trays

• C Bracket attaches to hard ceiling types

• All brackets are 77/8” (200mm) tall

• Cables can be side loaded

• L Brackets (page 67) and C Brackets can be

combined for layered tray runs

• Finishes __: EG, BLE, HD, SPC

See page 44 for finish information

Hold down tab.

Assemble with

SUPT WASHER &

FTHDWE 1/4.

Flextray®- F.A.S.T. Underfloor System

72 Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

The F.A.S.T. System is an innovative and flexible way to support and manage cables in raised floor applications. This Foldable,

Adjustable, Stackable, Tool-less System uses Flextray, stands, and accessories to provide a variety of options for your project and

the fastest installation time on the market. Best of all, it does not attach to the raised floor structure and can be installed either

before or after floor is in place.

Flextray®- F.A.S.T. Underfloor System

Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

See page 44 for finish information

6” (150 mm)

2” deep 4” deep 6” deep

12” (300 mm)

20” (500 mm)

Widths

Depths

LD H

Part Width Length LD H Wt. Per Pc.

Number in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lbs. kg

FTU2X6X2 6150 23.9 603 1.63 41 2.02 51 2.03 0.92

FTU2X6X4 6150 47.5 1206 1.63 41 2.02 51 3.95 1.79

FTU2X6X10 6150 118.4 3008 1.63 41 2.02 51 9.72 4.41

FTU2X12X2 12 300 23.9 603 1.63 41 2.02 51 2.99 1.36

FTU2X12X4 12 300 47.5 1206 1.63 41 2.02 51 5.82 2.64

FTU2X12X10 12 300 118.4 3008 1.63 41 2.02 51 14.32 6.50

FTU2X20X2 20 500 23.9 603 1.63 41 2.02 51 4.28 1.94

FTU2X20X4 20 500 47.5 1206 1.63 41 2.02 51 8.33 3.78

FTU2X20X10 20 500 118.4 3008 1.63 41 2.02 51 20.45 9.28

FTU4X6X2 6150 23.9 603 4.38 111 4.77 121 2.67 1.21

FTU4X6X4 6150 47.5 1206 4.38 111 4.77 121 5.20 2.36

FTU4X6X10 6150 118.4 3008 4.38 111 4.77 121 12.79 5.80

FTU4X12X2 12 300 23.9 603 4.38 111 4.77 121 3.64 1.65

FTU4X12X4 12 300 47.5 1206 4.38 111 4.77 121 7.08 3.21

FTU4X12X10 12 300 118.4 3008 4.38 111 4.77 121 17.39 7.89

FTU4X20X2 20 500 23.9 603 4.38 111 4.77 121 4.93 2.24

FTU4X20X4 20 500 47.5 1206 4.38 111 4.77 121 9.58 4.35

FTU4X20X10 20 500 118.4 3008 4.38 111 4.77 121 23.52 10.67

FTU6X6X2 6150 23.9 603 6.38 162 6.77 172 3.32 1.51

FTU6X6X4 6150 47.5 1206 6.38 162 6.77 172 6.45 2.93

FTU6X6X10 6150 118.4 3008 6.38 162 6.77 172 15.85 7.19

FTU6X12X2 12 300 23.9 603 6.38 162 6.77 172 4.28 1.94

FTU6X12X4 12 300 47.5 1206 6.38 162 6.77 172 8.33 3.78

FTU6X12X10 12 300 118.4 3008 6.38 162 6.77 172 20.45 9.28

FTU6X20X2 20 500 23.9 603 6.38 162 6.77 172 5.57 2.53

FTU6X20X4 20 500 47.5 1206 6.38 162 6.77 172 10.83 4.91

FTU6X20X10 20 500 118.4 3008 6.38 162 6.77 172 26.59 12.06

WBUFLT 20 500 24 604 ----2.96 1.34

WBUFLT-12 12 250 24 604 ----1.50 0.68

WBUFLT-06 6150 24 604 ----1.00 0.45

LD H

2” (50mm) deep

4” (100mm) deep

6” (150mm) deepFlats

Flat Fitting

• Rounded ends on all wires

• UL Classified (see technical data for details)

• Depths: 2”, 4”, & 6” nominal

• Lengths: 24”, 48”, & 118”

• Use flat fitting (WBUFLT) for turns

• Wire Diameter: 0.191” (4.9mm)

• Standard finishes: GS

Consult customer service for other

available finishes

F.A.S.T. System Flextray

Flextray®- F.A.S.T. Underfloor System

74 Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

See page 44 for finish information

Part Max. Basket Width Height Adjustment Stands Wt. Per Box

Number in. mm in. mm Per Box lbs. kg

WBU1216 12 300 10-16 254-406 27.44 3.37

WBU1224 * 12 300 18-24 457-609 29.06 4.11

WBU1231 * 12 300 25-31 635-787 210.52 4.77

WBU2016 20 500 10-16 254-406 28.56 3.88

WBU2024 20 500 18-24 457-609 210.20 4.62

WBU2031 * 20 500 25-31 635-787 211.64 5.28

WBU2016

WBU2016 shown

WBU1216

WBU2024

WBU2031

* Legs are packed separately in box and not inserted in stand.

WBU2016 stands shown in double tier application.

Feet and adhesive pads not required for second tier assembly.

Height

Adjustment

Max. Basket

Width

• No tools required for installation

• Formed top surface free of protrusions or

sharp edges

• 6” height adjustment

• Inside and outside leg positioning

• Folded and boxed for ease in shipping

• Patent Pending

• Stand part number includes:

one (1) stand

two (2) feet

two (2) adhesive pads

two (2) hold down clips

• Standard finish: Pre-Galvanized

Stands

Flextray®- F.A.S.T. Underfloor System

Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

See page 44 for finish information

WBUCK12 - Single Tier

Cantilever Kit

Includes

(1) WBUCB12

(1) WBUL16

(1) WBUCF

(2) WBUHD

WBUCB8 WBUCB12

WBUCK812 - Double Tier

Cantilever Kit

Includes

(1) WBUCB8

(1) WBUCB12

(1) WBUL24

(1) WBUCF

(3) WBUHD

Part Item # Description Max Height †Box Qty. Wt. Per Box

Number in. mm lbs. kg

WBUCK12 * 1 ∆Cantilever Kit - Single Tier 7.30 185 10 15.62 7.08

with 12” Bracket

WBUCK812 2 ∆Cantilever Kit - Double Tier 15.25 387 10 25.40 11.52

with 8” & 12” Brackets

WBUCB8 38” Cantilever Bracket --10 5.51 2.50

for 6” Flextray

WBUCB12 412” Cantilever Bracket --10 9.16 4.15

for up to 12” Flextray

WBUL16 5Short Vertical Support 7.30 185 10 4.37 1.98

WBUL24 6Medium Vertical Support 15.25 387 10 8.45 3.83

WBUL31 7Tall Vertical Support 22.25 565 10 12.07 5.47

*For use with 2” and 4” deep Flextray on the lower level. †Height - from top of stand ∆Stand not included

WBUCK812 Double Tier Cantilever Kit Shown with WBU2016 Stand

Flextray

(See pg. 73)

Adjustability of shelf brackets

Stand

(Sold Separately

See pg. 74)

Flooring Post

5, 6 or 7

8 (See pg. 76)

(See pg. 76)

• No tools required for installation

• Simple design for tiered applications

• Available in kits or individual parts

• Adjustable shelf height

• Formed top surface has no sharp edges

• Can be installed independent of raised floor

• Standard finish: Pre-Galvanized

Cantilever Kits & Accessories

Flextray®- F.A.S.T. Underfloor System

76 Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

See page 44 for finish information

Part Overall Height Wt. Per Each

Number in. mm lbs. kg

WBU1203 376 1.32 0.60

WBU1204 4101 1.60 0.72

WBU1205 5127 1.88 0.85

WBU1206 6152 2.17 0.98

Part Item # Description Box Qty. Wt. Per Box

Number lbs. kg

WBUHD 8Basket Clip 50 1.10 0.50

Part Item # Description Box Qty. Wt. Per Box

Number lbs. kg

WBUPC 9Pedestal Clip 50 1.65 0.75

Part Item # Description Box Qty. Wt. Per Box

Number lbs. kg

WBUCF 10 Cantilever Foot 50 8.65 3.92

• Heights of 3”, 4”, 5” or 6”

• Leg cutout allows for airflow

• No tools required to mount Flextray to stand

• Use WBUHD hold down clips to secure basket

• Stand width is 12”

• Fasten to floor for maximum stability

• Floor mounting slot size: .313” (7.9mm) x .813” (20.6mm) for 1/4” hardware

• Secures vertical support into stand top

• Only required when stand legs are in the

inner position

• Optional spring steel clip to give added rigidity

to system

• Works with stands and cantilever brackets

• Spring steel clip to attach Flextray to stands

• No tools required for installation

• Holds both continuous and spliced wire sections securely

• Works with stands and cantilever brackets

Hold Down Clip

Pedestal Clip

Cantilever Foot

Under Floor Stand

Flextray®- F.A.S.T. Underfloor System

Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

See page 44 for finish information

Part System Width Length Box Qty. Wt. Per Box

Number in. mm in. mm lbs. kg

8 L BRKT 6-8 150-200 8200 1 0.80 0.36

12 L BRKT 12 300 12 300 1 1.30 0.59

Part Description Qty. Wt. Per Box

Number lbs. kg

TOOLLESS CLIP Tool-less Hold-Down Clip 50/Box 1.00 0.45

• For use when access to ground floor is limited

• Use with round post sizes 0.9” (25mm) through 1.2” (30mm)

• Use with square posts

• Order clamps and brackets separately

• Built-in tab for hold down

• Tool-less Clip (plenum-rated material) - Snap-in locking pin

securely holds basket to bracket

Brackets (Zinc Plated)

12 L BRKT

shown

PEDESTAL CLAMP

TOOLLESS CLIP

L Bracket & Toolless Clip

Pedestal Clamp & Kit

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

Pedestal

PEDESTAL CLAMP__ Clamp 1 0.6 0.27

Pedestal

PEDESTAL KIT__ Clamp Kit 1* 3.3 1.49

• Clamps to existing raised-access floor

stanchion

• Use L BRKT (see page 24) or full pedestal

kit to support trays under the raised access

floor (sold separately)

• For tray widths 2” (50mm) to 20” (500mm)

• *Pedestal Clamp Kit includes two (2)

pedestal clamps, 28” (711mm) profile

section, bolts & nuts

• Kits include hardware

• Finishes __: EG

Pedestal kits are recommended

for tray widths of 16” (400mm)

or greater

Flextray®- F.A.S.T. Underfloor System

78 Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

See page 44 for finish information

• Under Floor Support Bracket provides rugged support for

Flextray System from access floor post.

• To complete the installation, the following hardware

must be ordered separately.

(2) - B501 U-Bolts

(1) - SUPT WASHER Hold Down

(1) - 1/4"

-20

x 1" Slotted Head Screw

(1) - N224WO Channel Nut

• Finish: ZN

• Designed for attachment of Under Floor Support Brackets to

access floor post. Each U-Bolt includes two (2) hex nuts.

• Finish: ZN

Part ‘A’ Thread Box Wt. Per Box

Number in. mm Size Quantity lbs. kg

B501-1 13/8”30 5/16”-18 50 7.0 3.17

B501-11/22” 50 5/16”-18 50 8.0 3.63

B501-2 27/16”62 3/8”-16 20 5.4 2.45

B501-21/2215/16”75 3/8”-16 25 8.0 3.63

‘A’

Part ‘A’ Thread Box Wt. Per Box

Number in. mm in. mm Quantity lbs. kg

B409UF-12 12” 300 12” 300 1 3.6 1.63

B409UF-18 18” 450 18” 450 1 4.5 2.04

B409UF-21 21” 533 21” 533 1 5.4 2.45

Under Floor Support Bracket

U-Bolts

Flextray®- F.A.S.T. Underfloor System

Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

See page 44 for finish information

Part Description Box Qty. Wt. Per Box

Number lbs. kg

WBUF Stand Foot 10 2.36 1.07

WBUTAPE Double-Sided Tape 50 2.50 1.13

WBUFA Floor Adhesive 1 Gallon 10.78 4.89

WBUF

WBUTAPE

WBUFA

• WBUTAPE - Double-sided adhesive pads

for temporary positioning of floor stands

Pad Size: 2” (50mm) x 4” (100mm)

• WBUFA - Adhesive to secure stand to floor

Ground Bolt

Adhesive & Feet

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

GROUND BOLT Ground Bolt 1 0.11 0.05

• Attaches up to #1 ground wire to each tray

section when separate ground wire is required

• Used for UL grounding compliance.

• When using color powder coated finish or

paint, coating must be removed at the points

of contact.

• Finish: Copper Plated

Floor Stand

• Non-metallic snap lock floor stand is

designed for use under access floors.

• Floor stand elevates Flextray System

15/8" (41.3mm) above the floor.

• To attach floor stand, use Liquid Nails™

or anchors.

• Elevation increments of 13/8" (35mm)

can be obtained by stacking floor

stands.

• Sized for 1/4" hardware

(order separately).

• Material: Black Plenum-rated Plastic

Part Wt. Per Pc. Box

Number lbs. kg Quantity

FTA2FS 0.44 0.20 10

Flextray®- Raised Floor System

80 Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

Flextray®- Raised Floor System

Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

Raised Floor Tray Sections

Part Description Qty./ Wt./Box Fill Area Max

Number depth x width x length Box lbs. kg sq. in. Cables

FTRF2X6X2__ 2” (50mm) x6”(150mm) x 24” (600mm) 1 2.11 0.96 12.1 171

FTRF2X6X4__ 2” (50mm) x6”(150mm) x 48” (1200mm) 1 4.21 1.91 12.1 171

FTRF4X6X2__ 4” (100mm) x6”(150mm) x 24” (600mm) 1 2.76 1.25 23.6 334

FTRF4X6X4__ 4” (100mm) x6”(150mm) x 48” (1200mm) 1 5.53 2.51 23.6 334

FTRF6X6X2__ 6” (150mm) x6”(150mm) x 24” (600mm) 1 3.42 1.55 35.8 507

FTRF6X6X4__ 6” (150mm) x6”(150mm) x 48” (1200mm) 1 6.85 3.11 35.8 507

FTRF2X12X2__ 2” (50mm) x 12” (300mm) x 24” (600mm) 1 3.10 1.40 23.9 339

FTRF2X12X4__ 2” (50mm) x 12” (300mm) x 48” (1200mm) 1 6.20 2.81 23.9 339

FTRF4X12X2__ 4” (100mm) x 12” (300mm) x 24” (600mm) 1 3.75 1.70 47.5 673

FTRF4X12X4__ 4” (100mm) x 12” (300mm) x 48” (1200mm) 1 7.50 3.40 47.5 673

FTRF6X12X2__ 6” (150mm) x 12” (300mm) x 24” (600mm) 1 4.42 2.00 71.6 1014

FTRF6X12X4__ 6” (150mm) x 12” (300mm) x 48” (1200mm) 1 8.85 4.01 71.6 1014

FTRF2X24X2__ 2” (50mm) x 24” (600mm) x 24” (600mm) 1 4.76 2.16 43.8 620

FTRF2X24X4__ 2” (50mm) x 24” (600mm) x 48” (1200mm) 1 9.50 4.31 43.8 620

FTRF4X24X2__ 4” (100mm) x 24” (600mm) x 24” (600mm) 1 5.42 2.46 87.5 1239

FTRF4X24X4__ 4” (100mm) x 24” (600mm) x 48” (1200mm) 1 10.84 4.92 87.5 1239

FTRF6X24X2__ 6” (150mm) x 24” (600mm) x 24” (600mm) 1 6.06 2.75 131.3 1859

FTRF6X24X4__ 6” (150mm) x 24” (600mm) x 48” (1200mm) 1 12.12 5.50 131.3 1859

• Provides maximum flexibility

• Self-supporting

• Works with any raised access floor

• Easy drop-in design

• UL classified system (when used with grounding clips)

• Pre-galvanized finish eliminates the risk of zinc whiskers

• Horizontal transitions are made easy with flat fittings

• Finishes __: GS, BLE, SPC

Part Description Qty./ Wt./Box Fill Area Max

Number depth x width x length Box lbs. kg sq. in. Cables

FTRF0X24X2__ Flat Fitting 1 3.8 1.72 -- --

0” (0mm) x 24” (600mm) x 24” (600mm)

See page 44 for finish information

Max. Cable calculations based on cable diameter of 0.1852”

Flextray®- Raised Floor System

82 Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

Horizontal Supports

Vertical Supports

• Patented vertical supports hold tray independent of

the raised access floor

• Vertical support will fit around 11/4” (31.7mm) diameter

floor support

• Custom sizes are available for different height

requirements and seismic supports

• Finishes __: GS

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

6” (150mm) Horizontal

FTRFHS06__ Support Bar 1 0.34 0.15

12” (300mm) Horizontal

FTRFHS12__ Support Bar 1 0.70 0.32

24” (600mm) Horizontal

FTRFHS24__ Support Bar 1 1.20 0.54

• Simple lock-in design

• No fasteners required

• Finishes __: GS

See page 44 for finish information

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

2” (50mm) Vertical

FTRFVS02__ Support 1 0.12 0.05

4” (100mm) Vertical

FTRFVS04__ Support 1 0.26 0.12

6” (150mm) Vertical

FTRFVS06__ Support 1 0.38 0.17

10” (250mm) Vertical

FTRFVS10__ Support 1 0.62 0.28

12” (300mm) Vertical

FTRFVS12__ Support 1 0.74 0.33

16” (400mm) Vertical

FTRFVS16__ Support 1 1.00 0.45

18” (450mm) Vertical

FTRFVS18__ Support 1 1.12 0.51

20” (500mm) Vertical

FTRFVS20__ Support 1 1.94 0.89

6”

12”

24”

Flextray®- Raised Floor System

Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

Multi-Level Brackets & Accessories

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

FTRF6CBRKT__ Multi-Level Bracket 1 2.0 0.91

6” (150mm) Wide

• Use brackets to achieve multi-level pathways

• Bridges give horizontal support when tray width changes at a fitting

• Finishes __: GS

See page 44 for finish information

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

FTRF12CBRKT__ Multi-Level Bracket 1 3.3 1.49

12” (300mm) Wide

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

FTRFLBRKT__ Multi-Level Bracket 1 1.8 0.81

3-Tier

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

FTRFBRIDGE__ Horizontal 1 0.98 0.44

Bridge Support

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

FTRFVERTEX04__ 4” (100m) Vertical Extension 1 0.52 0.23

FTRFVERTEX06__ 6” (150m) Vertical Extension 1 0.68 0.31

FTRFVERTEX08__ 8” (200m) Vertical Extension 1 0.80 0.36

Flextray®- Raised Floor System

84 Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

RF Accessories

Ground Clip

• UL Classified connector

• Finishes __: EG

Vertical Clip

• Locks vertical support around stanchion

• Finishes __: BLO

Ground Clip Vertical Clip

See page 44 for finish information

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

Support Washer

FTRFGROUND CLIP__ & Ground Bolt 50 5.0 2.27

Vertical Support

FTRFVERT CLIP__ Locking Clip 50 1.0 0.45

RF Office

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

FTRFOFFICE__ RF Office 1 0.25 0.11

• In lighter cabling applications, allows for

Flextray straight sections to easily be

supported with RF Verticals.

• Works with RF installations for a tiered

tray system

• For use with tray widths of 2” (50mm) to

6” (150mm)

• Finishes __: BLO

Flextray®- Raised Floor System

Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

Pedestal Clamps

See page 44 for finish information

Floor Pans

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

4” (100mm) High

FLOOR PAN 4__ Floor Pan 1 2.6 1.18

6” (150mm) High

FLOOR PAN 6__ Floor Pan 1 3.3 1.49

• Raises trays off the floor

• For use with 4” (100mm) to 20” (500mm)

wide trays

• Use toolless clip to hold down tray to

support

• Multiple pans may be needed for wider trays

• Finishes __: GS, BLE, SPC

FLOOR PAN 4

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

Pedestal

PEDESTAL CLAMP__ Clamp 1 0.6 0.27

Pedestal

PEDESTAL KIT__ Clamp Kit 1* 3.3 1.49

• Clamps to existing raised-access floor stanchion

• Use L BRKT (see page 24) or full pedestal kit to

support trays under the raised access floor (sold

separately)

• For tray widths 2” (50mm) to 20” (500mm)

• *Pedestal Clamp Kit includes two (2) pedestal clamps,

28” (711mm) profile section, bolts & nuts

• Kits include hardware

• Finishes __: EG

Pedestal kits are recommended

for tray widths of 16” (400mm)

or greater

Flextray®- Accessories

86 Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

Flextray®- Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

Covers

Dividers

Part Use With Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number Tray Width lbs. kg

2 IN COVER__ 2” (50mm) 1 3.8 1.72

4 IN COVER__ 4” (100mm) 1 5.7 2.58

6 IN COVER__ 6” (150mm) 1 6.7 3.04

8 IN COVER__ 8” (200mm) 1 8.7 3.94

12 IN COVER__ 12” (300mm) 1 11.6 5.26

16 IN COVER__ 16” (400mm) 1 15.6 7.07

18 IN COVER__ 18” (450mm) 1 17.0 7.71

20 IN COVER__ 20” (500mm) 1 18.5 8.39

24 IN COVER__ 24” (600mm) 1 22.0 9.98

• Protects cable from debris and dust

• Adds security to cable installation

• Easy bend-over tabs secure cover to trays

• Available for 2” (50mm) to 24” (600mm) wide

trays

• Comes in 118” (2997mm) length

• Finishes __: GS, BLE, 316S, SPC

See page 44 for finish information

• Allows cable separation within a single tray

• Hemmed/rounded edge provides cable

jacket safety

• Hardware included

• Field miter for bends and turns

• Dual slots every 24” (609mm) for field cutting

• Available in 2” (50mm), 4” (100mm) and

6” (150mm) heights

• Comes in 118.125” (3000mm) length

• Finishes __: GS, BLE, 316S, SPC

Part Use With Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number Tray Depth lbs. kg

2 IN DIVIDER__ 2” (50mm) Deep 1 3.5 1.59

4 IN DIVIDER __ 4” (100mm) Deep 1 9.6 4.35

6 IN DIVIDER __ 6” (150mm) Deep 1 14.5 6.58

2” 4”

6”

Dividers include

hardware shown

below

Flextray®- Accessories

88 Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

Blind Ends

Solid Bottom Inserts • Continuous support for sensitive cables

• Security of cable in high-traffic areas

• Hardware included

• Available for 2” (50mm) to 24” (600mm) wide

trays

• Comes in 118” (2997mm) length

• Finishes __: GS, BLE, 316S, SPC

See page 44 for finish information

Attach with

FTHDWE 1/4 &

Top Washer

Part Use With Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number Tray Width lbs. kg

INSERT 4X118__ 4” (100mm) 1 6.8 3.08

INSERT 6X118__ 6” (150mm) 1 9.8 4.44

INSERT 8X118__ 8” (200mm) 1 13.3 6.03

INSERT 12X118__ 12” (300mm) 1 21.6 9.80

INSERT 16X118__ 16” (400mm) 1 26.4 11.97

INSERT 18X118__ 18” (450mm) 1 32.4 14.69

INSERT 20X118__ 20” (500mm) 1 32.9 14.92

INSERT 24X118__ 24” (600mm) 1 39.3 17.82

‘A’

Height

• Forms a closure for a dead-end Flextray

• Hardware included

• Finish: GS, 316S

(*) Insert: 2 = 2" (50 mm), 4 = 4" (100 mm) for height

(**) Insert: 2 = 2" (50 mm), 4 = 4" (100 mm),

6 = 6" (150 mm) for height

Part ‘A’ Height Box

Number in. mm in. mm Quantity

FT BE 2X2 2” 50 2” 50 1

FT BE (*)X4 4” 100 (*) (*) 1

FT BE (*)X6 6” 150 (*) (*) 1

FT BE (**)X8 8” 200 (*) (*) 1

FT BE (**)X12 12” 300 (**) (**) 1

FT BE (**)X16 16” 400 (**) (**) 1

FT BE (**)X18 18” 450 (**) (**) 1

FT BE (**)X20 20” 500 (**) (**) 1

FT BE (**)X24 24” 600 (**) (**) 1

Flextray®- Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

Cable Roller

Toolless Clip

See page 44 for finish information

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

CABLE ROLLER Cable Roller 1 1.0 0.45

• Protects and maintains recommended cable radii

for Cat 5, Cat 5E, Cat 6, Cat 6A, Fiber, etc.

• Height of roller can be adjusted to tray depth

• Installs in seconds with no tools

• Reduces cable installation time

• Prevents migration of cables

• For use with 4” (100mm) to 32” (800mm) tray widths

• Finish: Cast Aluminum

Quick, snap-together design

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

TOOLLESS CLIP Toolless 50 1.0 0.45

Hold-Down Clip

• Securely holds tray to support

• Snap-in locking pin

• No tools or fastening required

• Fastest hold-down method available

• For use with the following:

FTB__CS (see pg. 67)

L BRKT (see pg. 67)

C BRKT (see pg. 71)

FLOOR PAN (see pg. 85)

PROFILE SUPPORTS (see pg. 63)

• Finish: Plenum rated resin (black)

Strut Mounting Clip

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

BW4 Strut Mounting Clip 100 0.9 0.41

• Use to secure Flextray to horizontal strut

support

• Designed for use as shown in drawing

(no load rating)

• Finish: Black Zinc Phosphate

Flextray®- Accessories

90 Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

Cable Drop Out

Drop Out Fitting

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

FTA2DO Cable Drop Out 10 0.17 0.08

• Non-metallic 2" (50mm) radius Cable Drop-Out

snap locks into mesh bottom and protects cables

from sharp bend

• Material: Black Plenum-rated Plastic

See page 44 for finish information

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

DROP OUT__ Drop Out Fitting 1 0.5 0.22

• Keeps cable radius secure at drop point

• For use with 4” (100mm) to 32” (800mm) wide trays

• Attaches to tray without hardware

• Drop outs can be attached at bottom, side or

ends of tray

• Hold down tabs on bottom of drop out to secure

tray (tabs not available on stainless steel drop out)

• Finishes __: EG, BLE, SPC

Flextray®- Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

Rack Clamp

Conduit Connector

See page 44 for finish information

• Conduit connector is designed to connect

conduit to the side or bottom of Flextray

• Conduit bushing will remain outside of tray

to keep cable pathway clear

• Bend tabs to secure connector to tray

• No hardware included

• Finishes __: GLV

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

FTA050CC__ 1/2” (15mm) Conduit Clip 4 0.8 0.36

FTA075CC __ 3/4” (20mm) Conduit Clip 4 1.0 0.45

FTA100CC __ 1” (25mm) Conduit Clip 4 1.9 0.86

FTA125CC __ 11/4” (32mm) Conduit Clip 4 2.6 1.18

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

RACK CLAMP__ Rack Clamp 4 4.7 2.13

• Securely holds tray down to rack

• Installs without drilling

• Black-painted finish to match rack

• Finish__: BLE

Adaptor Kit

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

SB2204__ Adaptor Kit 1 0.37 0.17

• Adaptor kit includes all hardware necessary to

connect Flextray system to top of relay rack at

right angle or parallel position

• Finish__: YZN (Yellow Zinc Chromate)

Adaptor Kit includes:

(1) - Mounting Plate

(2) - 5/16"

-18

x 2" “J”-Bolts

(2) - HN 5/16"

-18

Hex Nuts

(2) - LW 5/16" Lock Washers

Flextray®- Accessories

92 Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

Rubber Cap

Radius Shield

See page 44 for finish information

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number in. mm lbs. kg

FTA2RS 2.5 63 20 7.2 3.2

FTA4RS 4.3 110 20 12.3 5.5

FTA6RS 5.9 150 20 21.6 9.8

• Provides a smooth inside radius surface.

• No tools or fasteners needed to install.

• Sizes for 2", 4" & 6" deep Flextray; 90°

horizontal bends, tees, and crosses.

• Installs in seconds. Simply hold in place and

bend back tabs.

• Slick surface to reduce cable friction.

• Material: Black Polycarbonate

‘A’

11"

(279 mm)

Part Color Box Wt. Per Pc.

Number Quantity lbs. kg

SB420ATG

Gray Lacquer 1 0.9 0.41

SB420AFB

Flat Black Lacquer 1 0.9 0.41

SB420ACW Computer White Lacquer

1 0.9 0.41

B999

Silver Zinc-Rich Paint 1 0.9 0.41

• Install on wire ends if required. Fits all wire diameters

Part Box Wt. Per 100

Number Quantity lbs. kg

B719EB 100 0.20 0.10

Touch-Up Paint

• Size: 12 ounce aerosol can

• Cannot ship air freight

Flextray®- Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

Ground Bolt

Label Clip

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

LABEL CLIP 101/2” (267mm) Long 10 0.6 0.27

• Clips easily into trays

• Use for identifying your cable pathways

• Can be used on all tray sizes

• Will not fit on side of 11/2” deep Flextray

• Finish: Non-plenum-rated resins

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

GROUND BOLT Ground Bolt 1 0.11 0.05

• Attaches up to #1 ground wire to each tray

section when separate ground wire is required

• Used for UL grounding compliance.

• When using color powder coated finish or paint,

coating must be removed at the points of

contact.

• Finish: Copper Plated

Ground Wire Supports

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

GROUND SUPT GL Ground Wire Support 100 0.6 0.27

• Supports ground wire along side of tray

• Can be used on all trays

• Finish __: Zinc Plated

See page 44 for finish information

Flextray®- Accessories

94 Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

• Complete source of hardware for ceiling connections

• Available in stock

• Strut can be purchased in pre-cut lengths and various colors

• All hardware is zinc plated

See page 44 for finish information

Threaded Rod

Part Size Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number lbs. kg

ATR1/4x72 1/4” x 72” (1828mm) 1 0.7 0.31

ATR1/4x120 1/4” x 120” (3048mm) 1 1.2 0.54

ATR1/4x144 1/4” x 144” (3657mm) 1 1.4 0.63

ATR3/8x72 3/8” x 72” (1828mm) 1 1.7 0.77

ATR3/8x120 3/8” x 120” (3048mm) 1 2.9 1.31

ATR3/8x144 3/8” x 144” (3657mm) 1 3.5 1.58

ATR1/2x72 1/2” x 72” (1828mm) 1 3.2 1.45

ATR1/2x120 1/2” x 120” (3048mm) 1 5.4 2.45

ATR1/2x144 1/2” x 144” (3657mm) 1 6.5 2.95

Rod Couplings

Part Size Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number lbs. kg

B655-1/4 1/4”-20 50 2.0 0.91

B655-3/8 3/8”-16 50 5.5 2.49

B655-1/2 1/2”-13 50 6.0 2.72

Hex Nuts

Part Size Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number lbs. kg

1/4HN 1/4”-20 100 0.6 0.27

3/8HN 3/8”-16 100 1.6 0.72

1/2HN 1/2”-13 100 4.3 1.95

Lock Washers

Part Size Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number lbs. kg

1/4LW 1/4” 200 0.6 0.27

3/8LW 3/8” 200 1.6 0.72

1/2LW 1/2” 200 2.0 0.91

Flat Washers

Part Size Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number lbs. kg

1/4FW 1/4” 200 1.2 0.54

3/8FW 3/8” 200 3.0 1.36

1/2FW 1/2” 200 6.6 2.99

Square Washers

Part Hole Size Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number lbs. kg

B201 7/16 50 6.0 2.72

B202 9/16 50 7.0 3.17

Beam Clamps

Part Size Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number lbs. kg

B3036L-3/8 3/8”-16 100 60.0 27.2

B3036L-1/2 1/2”-13 100 140.0 63.5

Flextray®- Accessories

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

Spring Nuts

Part Thread Size Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number lbs. kg

N224 1/4”-20 100 6.5 2.95

N228 3/8”-16 100 9.3 4.22

N225 1/2”-13 100 11.3 5.12

Bolted Framing

Part Channel Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number Size lbs. kg

B22SGALV120 15/8” x 120” - 12 ga. 1 6.0 2.72

B22SHGALV120 15/8” x 120” - 12 ga. 1 6.0 2.72

B56SGALV120 13/16” x 120” - 15 ga. 1 7.0 3.17

B56SHGALV120 13/16” x 120” - 15 ga. 1 6.0 2.72

Concrete

Rapid Rod Hanger

Part Rod Shank Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number Size Size lbs. kg

ARC-37-150 3/8”1/4” x 11/2” 100 3.4 1.54

Wood

Rapid Rod Hanger

Part Rod Shank Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number Size Size lbs. kg

ARW-37-200 3/8”1/4” x 2” 100 3.4 1.54

ARW-37-200SW 3/8”1/4” x 2” 100 3.4 1.54

Steel

Rapid Rod Hanger

Part Rod Shank Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number Size Size lbs. kg

ARS-37-150 3/8”1/4” x 11/2” 100 3.4 1.54

ARS-37-150SW 3/8”1/4” x 1” 100 3.4 1.54

Sockets for

Rapid Rod Hangers

Part Hole Size Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number lbs. kg

7187 Universal Steel & Wood 1 4.5 2.04

Socket

7197 3/8” Concrete Socket 1 4.5 2.04

Beam Clamps

Part Size Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number lbs. kg

B444-1/4 1/4”-20 100 160 72.5

B444-3/8 3/8”-16 100 430 195.0

B444-1/2 1/2”-13 100 430 195.0

U-Bolt Clamps

Part Size Qty. Wt./Qty.

Number lbs. kg

B441-22 3/8”-16 x 33/8” long 100 160 72.5

B22 B56

SSSH SH

ARW-SW

ARW

ARS-SW

ARS

SW = Side Mount

Flextray®- Installation

96 Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

Flextray®- Installation

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

Flextray Bender

Airshear Cutter

Flextray Cutters

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

CLEANSHEAR Cleanshear®1 4.3 1.95

Cutting Tool

• Exclusive, patented Cleanshear®cuts tray fast

• No sharp edges

• Designed specifically for cutting Flextray

• Safely cut and bend Flextray into any configuration

1Face tray up. Slide

cutter next to vertical

wire and cut.

2Turn tray to the side

with open side facing

you. Repeat step 1 to

cut wire.

Patented

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

AIRSHEAR Pneumatic Cleanshear 1 9.0 4.08

Cutting Tool

• Fastest wire mesh cutter available

• 57% time savings over regular Cleanshear®

• Airshear is available when you have a large project

to install. Call us for details.

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

CLEANSHEAR BEND Cleanshear Cutting Tool 1 5.4 2.45

With Bender Attachment

• Cleanshear®Bender has our exclusive

bending attachment

• Makes bending larger trays easy

• Recommended for bending tray widths of

16” (400mm) or greater

Patented

3Finish cutting all side

wires.

4Turn tray open-side

down and cut wires

from bottom of tray.

5Finish cutting by

moving to other side

of tray to cut

remaining wires,

Flextray®- Installation

98 Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

Completely adaptable, Cooper B-Line’s Flextray is

designed to accommodate jobsite changes. Cut wires

with Cooper B-Line’s Angular Bolt Cutter, bend to create

a bend, tee, or reducer.

For the best results, use a WB30BC Angular Blade Offset

Bolt Cutter with 24" (600 mm) long handles. The Offset

Blade Cutter produces a clean cut. Position bolt cutter

blades near the cross wire and perpendicular to wire to

be cut (see illustration above). Proper cut will make the

assembly faster, easier and safer while minimizing

grinding.

Cut and remove each wire as illustrated below. Follow

cutting pattern and blade positioning. Placing Flextray

open side down provides the optimum cutting angle.

Cutting Order

The Greenlee cable wire cutter makes flush cuts without

burrs. Will cut .191" diameter wire in 2 seconds. Cutting head

rotates 330° for ease of positioning and the tool automatically

retracts when cut is complete.

Comes with 2 batteries, charger, and carrying case.

Approximately 250 cuts per charge.

WB30RB

Replacement Blade

WB30BC

Angular Bolt Cutter

②

③④

⑤⑥

⑦ ⑧

Offset Cut

Do not use center

cut blades.

Part Length Wt. Per Cutter Box

Number in. mm lbs. kg Quantity

WB50WC 123/4”325 3.0 1.3 1

Part Number Description Box Quantity

WB50RB Replacement Blade 1

WB50BA Replacement Battery 1

See page 44 for finish information

Angular Bolt Cutter

Part Description Qty./Box Wt./Box

Number lbs. kg

WB30BC Bolt Cutter 1 6.8 3.1

WB30RB Replacement Blade 1 1.3 0.6

Flextray®- Installation

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

90° Horizontal Bends (Short Radius)

2” (50mm) Tray Width

• Make your own field cut horizontal bends using Clearshear®to make safe, smooth cuts

• Can be made from any tray width and depth with any available finish

• SUPT WASHER & FTHDWE 1/4 hardware may be used on bottom of tray instead of WASHER SPL KIT

where desired

Tray Required Hardware Quantity

Depth Description

2” (50mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

4” (100mm) Tray Width

Tray Required Hardware Quantity

Depth Description

11/2” (38mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

2” (50mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

4” (100mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

6” (150mm) Tray Width

Tray Required Hardware Quantity

Depth Description

11/2” (38mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

2” (50mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

4” (100mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

8” (200mm) Tray Width

Tray Required Hardware Quantity

Depth Description

11/2” (38mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

2” (50mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

4” (100mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

6” (150mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

12” (300mm) Tray Width

Tray Required Hardware Quantity

Depth Description

11/2” (38mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

2” (50mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

4” (100mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

6” (150mm) WASHER SPL KIT 1

Flextray®- Installation

100 Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

90° Horizontal Bends (Short Radius)

• Make your own field cut horizontal bends using Clearshear®to make safe, smooth cuts

• Can be made from any tray width and depth with any available finish

• SUPT WASHER & FTHDWE 1/4 hardware may be used on bottom of tray instead of WASHER SPL KIT

where desired

16” (400mm) Tray Width

Tray Required Hardware Quantity

Depth Description

2” (50mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3

4” (100mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3

6” (150mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3

18” (450mm) Tray Width

Tray Required Hardware Quantity

Depth Description

2” (50mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3

4” (100mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3

6” (150mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3

20” (500mm) Tray Width

Tray Required Hardware Quantity

Depth Description

2” (50mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3

4” (100mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3

6” (150mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3

24” (600mm) Tray Width

Tray Required Hardware Quantity

Depth Description

2” (50mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3

4” (100mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3

6” (150mm) WASHER SPL KIT 3

101

Flextray®- Installation

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

90° Horizontal Bends (Long Radius)

90° Horizontal Bend From (2) Straight Sections

• Make your own field cut horizontal sweeps using Clearshear®to make safe, smooth cuts

• Can be made from any tray width and depth with any available finish

• Cut as many Segments as required to control sweep radius (use chart for recommendations)

• One (1) WASHER SPL KIT is required to connect each cut segment minus one, this segment

uses one (1) SPLICE BAR, two (2) FTHDWE 1/4 and two (2) BTM WASHER

Flextray Side Sections WASHER SPL KIT

Width To Be Removed Qty.

4” (100mm) 12

6” (150mm) 22

8” (200mm) 22

12” (300mm) 32

16” (400mm) 43

18” (450mm) 53

20” (500mm) 53

24” (600mm) 64

30” (750mm) 84

32” (800mm) 84

• Cut required number of wire side sections listed in

chart per the illustration below

(Illustration is for a 8” (200mm) width)

• 1.5” deep Flextray has only one (1) side wire

2” deep Flextray has two (2) side wires - shown

4” deep Flextray has three (3) side wires

6” deep Flextray has four (4) side wires

• Illustration shown below is for a 8” (200mm) width

• 1.5” deep Flextray has only one (1) side wire

2” deep Flextray has two (2) side wires - shown

4” deep Flextray has three (3) side wires

6” deep Flextray has four (4) side wires

Component Qty.

Segments FTHDWE 1/4

Tray To Be WASHER & SPLICE

Width Removed SPL KIT BTM WASHER BAR

4” (100mm) 21 2 1

6” (150mm) 32 2 1

8” (200mm) 43 2 1

12” (300mm) 65 2 1

16” (400mm) 76 2 1

18” (450mm) 87 2 1

20” (500mm) 10 9 2 1

24” (600mm) 11 10 2 1

30” (750mm) 13 12 2 1

32” (800mm) 13 12 2 1

Flextray®- Installation

102 Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

Reducers

Vertical Inside & Outside Bends

Component Qty.

WASHER FTHDWE 1/4 SPLICE

Large SPL KIT & BTM WASHER BAR

Tray Width (SR) (LRR) (SR) (LRR) (SR) (LRR)

4” (100mm) -1 - 2 -1

6” (150mm) -2 - 2 -1

8” (200mm) 12 4 2 21

12” (300mm) 23 4 2 21

16” (400mm) 23 4 2 21

18” (450mm) 23 4 2 21

20” (500mm) 33 4 2 21

24” (600mm) 33 4 2 21

30” (750mm) 33 4 2 21

32” (800mm) 33 4 2 21

• 1.5” deep Flextray has only one (1) side wire

2” deep Flextray has two (2) side wires - shown

4” deep Flextray has three (3) side wires

6” deep Flextray has four (4) side wires

Straight Reducers

(SR)

Left & Right

Reducers

(LRR)

• Cut wire section as shown and bend to desired angle

• 1.5” deep Flextray has only one (1) side wire

2” deep Flextray has two (2) side wires - shown

4” deep Flextray has three (3) side wires

6” deep Flextray has four (4) side wires

103

Flextray®- Accessories

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

Horizontal Tees (and crosses)

Flextray WASHER SPL KIT

Width Qty.

2” (50mm) 2

4” (100mm) 2

6” (150mm) 3

8” (200mm) 3

12” (300mm) 4

16” (400mm) 4

18” (450mm) 4

20” (500mm) 4

24” (600mm) 4

30” (750mm) 5

32” (800mm) 5

• Cut wire side sections as shown in the illustration below

(Illustration is for a 8” (200mm) width)

• 1.5” deep Flextray has only one (1) side wire

2” deep Flextray has two (2) side wires - shown

4” deep Flextray has three (3) side wires

6” deep Flextray has four (4) side wires

• For crosses, duplicate process on opposite side

Flextray®- Accessories

104 Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

SECTION 2X XX XX - WIRE BASKET CABLE SUPPORT SYSTEM

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. Work Included in This Section: Materials, equipment, fabrication, installation and tests in conformity with applicable codes and authorities having

jurisdiction for the following:

1. Wire mesh cable tray support systems

B. Related Work in Other Sections:

1. Conduit and wiring - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Section.

1.02 INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS

A. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not limited to, Conditions of the Contract and Sections in Division 01 of these Specifications.

B. Professionally recognized published specifications, standards, tests or recommended methods of trade, industry or governmental organizations apply

to work in this Section where cited below but not limited to:

1. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.

2. ASTM B 633 - Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel.

3. ASTM A 653 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot Dip Process.

4. ASTM A 123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel.

5. ASTM A 510 - Specification for General Requirements for Wire Rods and Coarse Round Wire, Carbon Steel.

6. NEMA VE 1-2002 - Metal Cable Tray Systems.

7. NEMA VE 2-2002 - Cable Tray Installation Guidelines.

8. ASTM A 641 - Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire

9. ASTM A 580 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Wire

10. ASTM D 769 - Standard Specification for Black Oxide Coatings

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. All equipment and accessories to be the product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in its manufacture.

B. Supply all equipment and accessories new and free from defects.

C. Supply all equipment and accessories in compliance with the applicable standards listed in Article 1.02 of this Section and with all applicable national,

state and local codes.

D. All items of a given type shall be the products of the same manufacturer.

E. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC, as applicable to construction and installation of cable tray and cable channel systems (Article 318, NEC).

F. NFPA Compliance Comply with NFPA 70B, “Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment Maintenance” pertaining to installation of cable tray systems.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals shall be complete, bound under cover and indicating project title, specification section and/or drawings references. Contractor shall

review submittals for conformance with Contract Documents, make necessary revisions and submit to Architect, indicating the following:

1. Manufacturer's name, brand name and catalog sheet(s) reference of all equipment and materials specified under this Section.

2. Submit drawings of wire mesh cable tray and accessories including connector assemblies, clamp assemblies, brackets, splice plates, splice bars,

grounding clamps and hold down plates showing accurately scaled components.

3. Submit manufacturer's data on wire mesh cable tray support system including, but not limited to, types, materials, finishes and inside depths.

4. The drawings, which constitute a part of these specifications, indicate the general route of the wire mesh cable tray support systems. Data presented

on these drawings is as accurate as preliminary surveys and planning can determine until final equipment selection is made. Accuracy is not guaranteed

and field verification of all dimensions, routing, etc., is required.

5. Specifications and drawings are for assistance and guidance, but exact routing, locations, distances and levels will be governed by actual field conditions.

Contractor is directed to make field surveys as part of his work prior to submitting system layout drawings.

1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Ship equipment in its original packages to prevent damaging or entrance of foreign matter. All handling performed in accordance with manufacturer's

recommendations. Provide protective coverings during construction.

B. Replace at no expense to Owner, equipment or material damaged during storage or installation as directed by the Architect.

C. Deliver wire mesh cable tray support systems and components carefully to avoid breakage, bending and scoring finishes. Do not install damaged

equipment.

D. Store wire mesh cable tray and accessories in original cartons and in clean dry space; protect from weather and construction traffic.

105

Flextray®- Accessories

Flextray

Cable Tray Systems

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

A. Subject to compliance with these specifications, wire mesh cable tray support systems to be installed shall be as manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc.

[or engineer-approved equal].

2.02 WIRE MESH CABLE TRAY SECTIONS AND COMPONENTS

A. Provide wire mesh cable tray of types and sizes indicated; with connector assemblies, clamp assemblies, connector plates, splice plates and splice

bars. Construct units with rounded edges and smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction

features.

B. Materials and Finishes: Material and finish specifications for [Carbon Steel Wire]

[Pre-Galvanized Steel Wire][Stainless Steel Wire] are as follows:

1. Electro-Plated Zinc Galvanizing: Straight sections shall be made from steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A 510,

Grade 1008 and shall be electro-plated zinc in accordance with ASTM B633, Type III, SC-1.

2. Stainless Steel: Straight sections and accessories shall be made from AISI Type [304L][316L] Stainless Steel meeting the minimum mechanical

properties of ASTM A 580.

3. Black Powder Coat: Straight sections shall be powder coated black with an average paint thickness of 1.2mils (30microns) to 3.0mils (75microns).

4. Pre-Galvanized Zinc: Straight section shall be made from pre-galvanized steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A 641.

5. Hot Dipped Galvanizing: Straight sections shall be made from steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A 510, Grade 1008

and shall be hot dipped galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A 123.

6. Black Oxide: Certain support accessories and miscellaneous hardware shall be manufactured with a black oxide finish in accordance with

ASTM D 769.

2.03 TYPE OF WIRE MESH CABLE TRAY SUPPORT SYSTEM

A. All straight section longitudinal wires shall be constructed with a continuous top wire safety edge. Safety edge must be kinked and T-welded on all tray sizes.

B. Wire mesh cable tray shall be made of high strength steel wires and formed into a standard 2 inch by 4 inch wire mesh pattern with intersecting wires

welded together. All mesh sections must have at least one bottom longitudinal wire along entire length of straight section.

C. Wire mesh cable tray sizes shall conform to the following nominal criteria:

1. Straight sections shall be furnished in standard 118 inch lengths

2. Wire diameter shall be 0.196” (5mm) minimum on all mesh sections (minimum size of 4.5mm on stainless steel)

3. Wire mesh cable tray shall have a 1 inch usable loading depth by [4][6][8][12] inches wide.

4. Wire mesh cable tray shall have a 2 inch usable loading depth by [2][4][6][8][12][16][18][20][24][30][32] inches wide.

5. Wire mesh cable tray shall have a 4 inch usable loading depth by [4][6][8][12][16][18][20][24][30] inches wide.

6. Wire mesh cable tray shall have a 6 inch usable loading depth by [8][12][16][18][20][24] inches wide.

D. All fittings shall be field formed, from straight sections, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

E. In order for system to be approved as an Equipment Ground Conductor (EGC), all splicing assemblies shall be UL/CSA approved as an EGC.

When using powder coated wire mesh cable tray as an EGC, the paint must be completely removed at all contact points of splice/ground bolt attachment.

F. Wire mesh cable tray supports shall be center support hangers, trapeze hangers or wall brackets as manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc. [or engineer

approved equal].

G. Trapeze hangers or center support hangers shall be supported by 1/4inch or 3/8inch diameter rods.

H. Special accessories shall be furnished as required to protect, support and install a wire mesh cable tray support system.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION OF WIRE MESH CABLE TRAY

A. Install wire mesh cable tray as indicated; in accordance with recognized industry practices (NEMA VE-2 2000), to ensure that the cable tray equipment

complies with requirements of NEC, and applicable portions of NFPA 70B and NECA's “Standards of Installation” pertaining to general electrical

installation practices.

B. Coordinate wire mesh cable tray with other electrical work as necessary to properly interface installation of wire mesh cable tray runway with other work.

C. Provide sufficient space encompassing wire mesh cable tray to permit access for installing and maintaining cables.

END OF SECTION

Channel Cable Tray - Straight Sections

106

Cable Channel

Cable Tray Systems

107

Channel Cable Tray - Accessories

Cable Channel

Cable Tray Systems

How The Service Advisor Works

B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you

select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50

pieces or less.

Customer: How do I select my cable channel product so that I get the quickest turnaround?

Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different

color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Example: A CC 03 - 144 Part will typically ship in 5-10 days,

(from page 108) because of the 03 width.

Lead time(days) 3-5 3-5 5-10 3-5

Changing the part number to 04 width instead of 03 will change the coding to green for all sections

of the straight section, therefore, the lead time will typically be 3-5 working days, instead of the original 5-10.

Material Width Depth UL Area Load Data * Support Span (Ft) Load Data * Support Span (m)

Type in. in. in.2Safety Factor = 1.5 5 6 10 12 Safety Factor = 1.5 1.5 1.8 3.0 3.7

31.25 0.6 Load (lbs/ft) 22 15 5 4 Load (kg/m) 33 22 7 6

(75) (32) Deflection Multiplier 0.025 0.051 0.395 0.820 Deflection Multiplier .427 0.871 6.743 13.997

Aluminum 41.75 0.6 Load (lbs/ft) 48 33 12 8 Load (kg/m) 71 49 18 12

(100) (44) Deflection Multiplier 0.0071 0.015 0.114 0.236 Deflection Multiplier 0.121 0.256 1.946 4.028

61.75 1.00 Load (lbs/ft) 52 36 13 9 Load (kg/m) 77 54 19 13

(150) (44) Deflection Multiplier 0.0055 0.011 0.088 0.183 Deflection Multiplier 0.094 0.188 1.502 3.124

31.25 0.20 Load (lbs/ft) 24 17 6 4 Load (kg/m) 36 25 9 6

(75) (32) Deflection Multiplier 0.013 0.028 0.216 0.447 Deflection Multiplier 0.222 0.478 3.687 7.630

Steel 41.75 0.40 Load (lbs/ft) 52 36 13 9 Load (kg/m) 77 54 19 13

14 Gauge (100) (44) Deflection Multiplier 0.0039 0.0082 0.063 0.130 Deflection Multiplier 0.067 0.140 1.075 2.219

61.75 0.40 Load (lbs/ft) 59 41 15 10 Load (kg/m) 88 61 22 15

(150) (44) Deflection Multiplier 0.003 0.0063 0.049 0.101 Deflection Multiplier 0.051 0.108 0.836 1.724

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: A CC - 04 - 120

Channel Cable Tray - Straight Sections

108

Material

A= Aluminum 6063-T4

G= Type 1 - HDGAF

P= Type 2 - Pre-Galvanized

SS4 = 304 Stainless Steel

SS6 = 316 Stainless Steel

Type

CC = Ventilated Cable

Channel

CCN = Non-Ventilated

Cable Channel

Width

03 = 3"

04 = 4"

06 = 6"

To calculate simple Beam Deflection in inches, multiply the design load (lbs/ft) by the Deflection Multiplier shown for the span.

To calculate simple Beam Deflection in millimeters, multiply the design load (kg/m) by the Deflection Multiplier shown for the span.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

* Load data is determined by realistic deflection, not by failure.

Ventilated straight sections contain 21/4" diameter holes and 3/16" x 7/8" slots for cable

attachment. Ventilated straight sections also have splice holes repeating every 12" to simplify

field modifications.

Ventilated Non-Ventilated

See page 39 for

explanation of lengths.

Length

¬144 = 12 ft.

Á120 = 10 ft.

¬Primary Length.

ÁSecondary Length.

Cable Channel

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

9(*)-1843 4 to 3 101 to 76

9(*)-1863 6 to 3 152 to 76

9(*)-1864 6 to 4 152 to 101

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

9(*)-1543 376

9(*)-1544 4 101

9(*)-1546 6 152

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

9(*)-1743 376

9(*)-1744 4 101

9(*)-1746 6 152

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

9(*)-1043 376

9(*)-1044 4 101

9(*)-1044-6 6 152

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

9(*)-1583 376

9(*)-1584 4 101

9(*)-1586 6 152

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

9(*)-1643 376

9(*)-1644 4 101

9(*)-1646 6 152

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

9(*)-1261-3 376

9(*)-1261-4 4 101

9(*)-1261-6 6 152

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

9(*)-1237-3 376

9(*)-1237-4 4 101

9(*)-1237-6 6 152

Channel To Tray or Channel To Channel Connector

Channel Reducer Plate

The Channel Reducer Plate is used to join cable channel

sections of different widths.

• Furnished as one plate with hardware.

• (*) Insert

Box Connector

The Box Connector is used to attach the

end of a cable channel run to a distribution

box or a control center.

• Furnished as one connector with

hardware.

• (*) Insert

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plate

The Adjustable Splice Plate allows

changes in elevation where standard

vertical fittings are not applicable.

• Furnished as one plate with hardware.

• (*) Insert

109

Channel Cable Tray - Accessories

Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plate

The Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plate

adapts to changes in direction in a

horizontal plane, beyond the capability

of the standard horizontal fittings.

• Furnished as one plate with hardware.

• (*) Insert

Blind End Plate

The Blind End Plate forms a closure

for any cable channel dead end.

• Furnished as one plate with hardware.

• (*) Insert

Splice Plate

The Splice Plate has the standard

4-hole pattern for all cable channel.

• Provided with straight sections and fittings.

• Furnished as one plate with hardware.

• (*) Insert

Mounting Bracket - Channel To Tray

The Mounting Bracket allows a parallel run of cable channel to be

attached to the side of a cable tray. It can also

serve as a support splice connection.

• Furnished as one bracket.

• Order hardware separately.

• (*) Insert

Channel to Tray

Channel to

Channel

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

The Channel Connector is

used to link a cable channel

to a cable tray, or a cable

channel to cable channel.

• Furnished as one plate with

hardware.

• (*) Insert

Cable Channel

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

AGPSS4 SS6

AG SS4 SS6

AGPSS4 SS6

Requires supports within

24” on both sides, per

NEMA VE 2.

Requires supports within

24” on both sides, per

NEMA VE 2.

Catalog Channel Width Uniform Load A

No. in. mm lbs kN in. mm

B409-6 3 76 1920 8.54 6 152

B409-9 4, 6 101, 152 1280 5.69 9 228

Channel Width

in. mm in. mm in. mm

3 76 4 101 6 152

Zinc Plated Steel

Double Channel 9ZN-1232-3 9ZN-1232-4 9ZN-1232-6

Single Channel 9ZN-1231-3 & 4 9ZN-1231-3 & 4 9ZN-1231-6

HDGAF Steel (18 Ga.)

Double Channel 9G-1232-3 9G-1232-4 9G-1232-6

Single Channel 9G-1231-3 & 4 9G-1231-3 & 4 9G-1231-6

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

3 76

4 101

6 152

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

9(*)-3305-3 376

9(*)-3305-4 4 101

9(*)-3305-6 6 152 Catalog No. 99-1125

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

9(*)-1245 376

9(*)-1246 4 101

9(*)-1246 6 152

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

9(*)-1243 376

9(*)-1244 4 101

9(*)-1244 6 152

Single Cable Channel

Hanger and Wall Mount

Double Cable

Channel Hanger

Cable Channel Hanger

Channel Cable Tray - Accessories

110

Expansion Guide Clamp

The Expansion Guide Clamp allows cable channel to expand and

contract in the horizontal plane, but not in the transverse plane.

• Furnished as one clamp.

• Order 1/2" hardware separately.

• (*) Insert

Hold-Down Clamp

The Hold-Down Clamp secures cable

channel to a support member.

• Furnished as one clamp.

• Order 1/2" hardware separately.

• (*) Insert

Channel To Floor Base Plate

The Channel to Floor Base Plate is used to attach the end of a

cable channel run to the floor or to an equipment mounting pad.

• Anchors and hardware are ordered separately.

• (*) Insert

Cable Channel Bushing

The Cable Channel Bushing is a snap-in

plastic bushing used to protect cable

insulation from mechanical wear.

Cable Channel Bracket

• Uniform Load: 225 lbs (1.00 kN)

Safety Factor of 2.5

• Finishes available:

B185CCL

• Safety Factor of 2.5

• Finishes available:

Material

150 lb.

Safety Factor 3.0

265 lb.

Safety Factor 3.0

Designed for 1/2" Threaded Rod, Double Nut Installation

(203mm)

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Cable Channel

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

AG SS4 SS6ZN

GZN

GGRNZN

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

9(*)-9033 376

9(*)-9034 4 101

9(*)-9036 6 152

Catalog No. Channel Width

in. mm

9(*)-9023 376

9(*)-9024 4 101

9(*)-9024 6 152

Channel Cable Tray - Accessories

111

Wrap-Around Cover Clamp

Wrap-Around Cover Clamps are used to securely hold a cover on

cable channel in locations where strong winds can prevail.

• Furnished as one clamp with hardware.

• (*) Insert

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Combination Hold-Down & Cover Clamp

This clamp is used to hold both the cable channel

and cover in place at the same time.

• Furnished as one clamp.

• Order 1/4" hardware separately.

• (*) Insert

Straight Section

Fitting covers are available. To order, use the cover prefix followed by the fitting description. Ex: 808A40 - 03 - 90HB12.

Covers Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 80 8 A 40 - 04 - 144

Detail

8 = Flanged

Cover

Type

80 = Solid

Material

Thickness

40 = .040 Aluminum

20 = 20 Gauge Pre-

Galvanized,

Gauge SS4

and SS6

18 = 18 Gauge

HDGAF

Tray

Width

03 = 3"

04 = 4"

06 = 6"

90°

Cable Channel Covers

Cable Channel

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

AGPSS4 SS6 AGPSS6

All items normal lead time

except for those indicated

Material

A = Aluminum

G = Type 1 HDGAF

P = Type 2 Pre-Galvanized

SS4 = 304 Stainless Steel

SS6 = 316 Stainless Steel

Item Description

For Straight Section Cover:

Pre-Galv & Aluminum Only:

144 = 12 ft.

120 = 10 ft.

Pre-Galv, HDGAF & Alum

72 = 6 ft.

60 = 5 ft.

For fitting covers: Insert suffix

of fitting to be covered.

Straight Section Part Number Channel Width

Material Length in. mm in. mm in. mm

3 76 4 101 6 152

Aluminum (.040) 12' (3.56m) 808A40-03-144 808A40-04-144 808A40-06-144

Solid 10' (3.05m) 808A40-03-120 808A40-04-120 808A40-06-120

Type II Pre-Galvanized Steel (20 Ga.) 12' (3.56m) 808P20-03-144 808P20-04-144 808P20-06-144

Solid 10' (3.05m) 808P20-03-120 808P20-04-120 808P20-06-120

Type I Hot Dip Galvanized Steel (18 Ga.) 12' (3.56m) 808G18-03-72 808G18-04-72 808G18-06-72

Solid 10' (3.05m) 808G18-03-60 808G18-04-60 808G18-06-60

112

Channel Cable Tray Connectors

Fast, economical, space saving Channel Cable Tray Connectors

Patent No. 5,628,481; 5,782,439. Other patents pending.

Horizontal:

• Provides 0 or 6-inch radius connection for Cable Channel

• The Pivot Connector is available for custom angle adjustment

• up to +/– 45˚ angle adjustment

• order the desired quantity separately

• Slotted for easy cable fastening

• Shipped with the required hardware

Vertical:

• Use the same part for VO and VI applications

• Slotted for easy cable fastening

• The Pivot Connector is available for custom angle adjustment (order separately)

• Shipped with the required hardware

Channel Cable Tray - Accessories

90˚ Bend Tee Cross

Pivot

Connector

90˚ Bend

6-inch radius

90˚ Vertical

Square Connector

0-inch radius Pivot

Connector

Cable Channel

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Connector Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: A CC - 04 - 90HC 060

Width

03 = 3"

04 = 4"

06 = 6"

Radius

Horizontal Connectors

060 = 0" & 6" Radii

Vertical Connectors

00 = 0" Radius

06 = 6" Radius

Connector Type

90HC = 90˚ Horizontal

HTC = Horizontal Tee

HXC = Horizontal Cross

90VC = 90˚ Vertical

PC = Pivot Connector

Tray Type

CC = Ventilated

Cable Channel

All items normal lead time

except for those indicated

Material

A = Aluminum

G = Type 1 HDGAF

113

Fittings Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: A CCN - 04 - 90 HB 24

Fittings engineered

with 3" tangents for

splicing integrity.

Channel Cable Tray - Fittings

Angle

30 = 30°

45 = 45°

60 = 60°

90 = 90°

ACCN-04-90HB12

Non-Ventilated Horizontal Bend ACCN-04-HT12

Non-Ventilated Tee

ACC-04-90VO12

Ventilated Vertical Bend

ACC-04-HX12

Ventilated Horizontal Cross

Cable Channel

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

All items normal lead time

except for those indicated

Width

03 = 3"

04 = 4"

06 = 6"

Radius

12 = 12"

24 = 24"

36 = 36"

48 = 48"

Material

A = Aluminum

G = Type 1 HDGAF

SS4 = 304 Stainless Steel

SS6 = 316 Stainless Steel

P = †

Tray Type

*CC = Ventilated Cable

Channel

CCN = Non-ventilated

Cable Channel

* Ventilated Cable Channel Fittings are available only in 12" and 24" radii.

† - Due to multiple piece welded construction, P fittings are not available - substitute G.

Fitting Type

HB = Horizontal Bend

HT = Horizontal Tee

HX = Horizontal Cross

VI = Vertical Inside Bend

VO = Vertical Outside Bend

Bend Tray 90˚ Horizontal Bend

Radius Width Dimensions

R Catalog No. A B C

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

376 (Pre)-03-90HB12 161

/2419 161

/2419

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-90HB12 17 432 17 432 17 432

6 152 (Pre)-06-90HB12 18 457 18 457 18 457

376 (Pre)-03-90HB24 281

/2723 281

/2723

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-90HB24 29 737 29 737 29 737

6 152 (Pre)-06-90HB24 30 762 30 762 30 762

376 (Pre)-03-90HB36 401/21029 401/21029 401/21029

36 915 4 101 (Pre)-04-90HB36 41 1041 41 1041 41 1041

6 152 (Pre)-06-90HB36 42 1067 42 1067 42 1067

376 (Pre)-03-90HB48 521/21334 521/21334 521/21334

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-90HB48 53 1346 53 1346 53 1346

6 152 (Pre)-06-90HB48 54 1372 54 1372 54 1372

376 (Pre)-03-60HB12 161

/4412 93

/8239 103

/4273

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-60HB12 165

/8422 95

/8245 111

/8283

6 152 (Pre)-06-60HB12 171

/2445 10 254 115

/8296

376 (Pre)-03-60HB24 265

/8819 153

/8391 173

/4451

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-60HB24 27 686 155

/8397 18 450

6 152 (Pre)-06-60HB24 277

/8708 16 406 185

/8466

376 (Pre)-03-60HB36 37 940 213/8543 245/8625

36 915 4 101 (Pre)-04-60HB36 373/8949 215/8549 25 635

6 152 (Pre)-03-60HB36 381/4972 22 559 251/2648

376 (Pre)-03-60HB48 473/81203 273/8695 315/8803

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-60HB48 477/81216 275/8702 317/8810

6 152 (Pre)-06-60HB48 485/81235 28 711 321/2826

Channel Cable Tray - Fittings

114

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

(Pre) See page 113 for catalog number prefix.

3" (76)

90˚

60˚

Horizontal Bends 90°, 60° (HB)

1 splice plate with hardware included.

60˚ Horizontal Bend

90° Horizontal Bend

Ventilated Horizontal Bend

60° Horizontal Bend

Non-Ventilated Horizontal Bend

Cable Channel

Cable Tray Systems

115

45˚

3” (76)

30˚

Horizontal Bends 45°, 30° (HB)

1 splice plate with hardware included.

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

(Pre) See page 113 for catalog number prefix.

45° Horizontal Bend

Ventilated Horizontal Bend

3” (76)

30° Horizontal Bend

Non-Ventilated Horizontal Bend

Channel Cable Tray - Fittings

Bend Tray 45˚ Horizontal Bend

Radius Width Dimensions

R Catalog No. A B C

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

376 (Pre)-03-45HB12 145/8371 61/8156 85/8219

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-45HB12 15 381 61/4159 87/8225

6 152 (Pre)-06-45HB12 153/4400 61/2165 91/4235

376 (Pre)-03-45HB24 231/8587 95/8244 135/8346

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-45HB24 231/2597 93/4248 133/4249

6 152 (Pre)-06-45HB24 241/8613 10 254 141/8359

376 (Pre)-03-45HB36 315/8803 131/8334 185/8473

36 915 4 101 (Pre)-04-45HB36 32 813 131/4337 183/4476

6 152 (Pre)-06-45HB36 323/4832 131/2343 191/8486

376 (Pre)-03-45HB48 401/81019 165/8422 231/2597

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-45HB48 401/21029 163/4425 233/4603

6 152 (Pre)-06-45HB48 411/81045 17 432 241/8613

76 (Pre)-03-30HB12 123/8314 31/483 65/8168

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-30HB12 125/8321 33/886 63/4171

6 152 (Pre)-06-30HB12 131/8334 31/289 7 178

376 (Pre)-03-30HB24 183/8467 47/8124 97/8251

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-30HB24 185/8473 5 127 10 254

6 152 (Pre)-06-30HB24 191/8486 51/8130 101/4260

376 (Pre)-03-30HB36 243/8619 61/2165 13 330

36 915 4 101 (Pre)-04-30HB36 245/8626 65/8168 131/8334

6 152 (Pre)-06-30HB36 251/8638 63/4171 131/2343

376 (Pre)-03-30HB48 303/8772 81/8207 161/4413

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-30HB48 305/8778 81/4210 163/8416

6 152 (Pre)-06-30HB48 311/8791 83/8213 165/8422

30˚ Horizontal Bend

Cable Channel

Cable Tray Systems

Bend Tray Horizontal Cross

Radius Width Dimensions

R Catalog No. A B

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

376(Pre)-03-HX12 161

/2419 33 838

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-HX12 17 432 34 864

6 152 (Pre)-06-HX12 18 457 36 914

376(Pre)-03-HX24 281

/2723 57 1448

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-HX24 29 737 58 1473

6 152 (Pre)-06-HX24 30 762 60 1524

376(Pre)-03-HX36 401/21029 81 2057

36 915 4 101 (Pre)-04-HX36 41 1041 82 2083

6 152 (Pre)-06-HX36 42 1067 84 2134

376(Pre)-03-HX48 521/21334 105 2667

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-HX48 53 1346 106 2692

6 152 (Pre)-06-HX48 54 1372 108 2743

Bend Tray Horizontal Tee

Radius Width Dimensions

R Catalog No. A B

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

376(Pre)-03-HT12 161

/2419 33 838

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-HT12 17 432 34 864

6 152 (Pre)-06-HT12 18 457 36 914

376(Pre)-03-HT24 281

/2723 57 1448

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-HT24 29 737 58 1473

6 152 (Pre)-06-HT24 30 762 60 1524

376(Pre)-03-HT36 401/21029 81 2057

36 915 4 101 (Pre)-04-HT36 41 1041 82 2083

6 152 (Pre)-06-HT36 42 1067 84 2134

376(Pre)-03-HT48 521/21334 105 2667

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-HT48 53 1346 106 2692

6 152 (Pre)-06-HT48 54 1372 108 2743

116

Channel Cable Tray - Fittings

Horizontal Tee (HT)

2 splice plates with hardware included.

Horizontal Cross (HX)

3 splice plates with hardware included.

3” (76) 3” (76)

Horizontal Cross

Non-Ventilated Horizontal Cross

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

(Pre) See page 113

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

(Pre) See page 113 for catalog number prefix.

Horizontal Tee

Ventilated Horizontal Tee

Cable Channel

Cable Tray Systems

Bend Tray 90˚ Vertical Outside Bend

Radius Width Dimensions

R Catalog No. A B C

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

376 (Pre)-03-90VO12

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-90VO12 15 381 15 381 15 381

6 152 (Pre)-06-90VO12

376 (Pre)-03-90VO24

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-90VO24 27 686 27 686 27 686

6 152 (Pre)-06-90VO24

376 (Pre)-03-90VO36

36 915 4 101 (Pre)-04-90VO36 39 991 39 991 39 991

6 152 (Pre)-06-90VO36

376 (Pre)-03-90VO48

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-90VO48 51 1295 51 1295 51 1295

6 152 (Pre)-06-90VO48

376 (Pre)-03-60VO12

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-60VO12 147/8378 81/2216 97/8251

6 152 (Pre)-06-60VO12

376 (Pre)-03-60VO24

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-60VO24 253/8645 145

/8372 167/8428

6 152 (Pre)-06-60VO24

376 (Pre)-03-60VO36

36 915 4 101 (Pre)-04-60VO36 355

/8905 205

/8524 233/4603

6 152 (Pre)-06-60VO36

376 (Pre)-03-60VO48

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-60VO48 461/81172 265/8676 303/4781

6 152 (Pre)-06-60VO48

117

Vertical Outside Bends 90°, 60° (VO)

1 splice plate with hardware included.

3” (76)

90˚

60˚

Channel Cable Tray - Fittings

60˚ Vertical Outside Bend

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

(Pre) See page 113 for catalog number prefix.

90° Vertical Outside Bend

Ventilated Vertical Outside Bend

60° Vertical Outside Bend

Non-Ventilated Vertical Outside Bend

Cable Channel

Cable Tray Systems

Bend Tray 45˚ Vertical Outside Bend

Radius Width Dimensions

R Catalog No. A B C

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

376 (Pre)-03-45VO12

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-45VO12 135

/8346 55/8143 8 203

6 152 (Pre)-06-45VO12

376 (Pre)-03-45VO24

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-45VO24 221

/4565 91/4235 13 330

6 152 (Pre)-06-45VO24

376 (Pre)-03-45VO36

36 915 4 101 (Pre)-04-45VO36 301/2775 125/8321 177/8454

6 152 (Pre)-06-45VO36

376 (Pre)-03-45VO48

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-45VO48 39 991 161/8410 227/8581

6 152 (Pre)-06-45VO48

376 (Pre)-03-30VO12

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-30VO12 115/8296 31/879 61/4158

6 152 (Pre)-06-30VO12

376 (Pre)-03-30VO24

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-30VO24 171/2445 47/8124 93/8238

6 152 (Pre)-06-30VO24

376 (Pre)-03-30VO36

36 915 4 101 (Pre)-04-30VO36 231/2597 63/8162 125/8321

6 152 (Pre)-06-30VO36

376 (Pre)-03-30VO48

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-30VO48 295/8753 8 203 157/8403

6 152 (Pre)-06-30VO48

118

Channel Cable Tray - Fittings

Vertical Outside Bends 45°, 30° (VO)

1 splice plate with hardware included.

3” (76)

45˚

3” (76)

30˚

30˚ Vertical Outside Bend

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

(Pre) See page 113 for catalog number prefix.

45° Vertical Outside Bend

Ventilated Vertical Outside Bend

30° Vertical Outside Bend

Non-Ventilated Vertical Outside Bend

Cable Channel

Cable Tray Systems

Bend Tray 90˚ Vertical Inside Bend

Radius Width Dimensions

RCatalog No. A B C

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

376 (Pre)-03-90VI12 161/4413 161/4413 161/4413

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-90VI12 163/4425 163/4425 163/4425

6 152 (Pre)-06-90VI12 163/4425 163/4425 163/4425

376 (Pre)-03-90VI24 281/4718 281/4718 281/4718

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-90VI24 283/4730 283/4730 283/4730

6 152 (Pre)-06-90VI24 283/4730 283/4730 283/4730

376 (Pre)-03-90VI36 401/41024 401/41024 401/41024

36 915 4 101 (Pre)-04-90VI36 403/41035 403/41035 403/41035

6 152 (Pre)-06-90VI36 403/41035 403/41035 403/41035

376 (Pre)-03-90VI48 521/41327 521/41327 521/41327

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-90VI48 523/41340 523/41340 523/41340

6 152 (Pre)-06-90VI48 523/41340 523/41340 523/41340

376 (Pre)-03-60VI12 16 406 91/4235 105/8270

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-60VI12 161/2419 91/2241 11 280

6 152 (Pre)-06-60VI12 161/2419 91/2241 11 280

376 (Pre)-03-60VI24 261/2673 151/4387 175/8448

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-60VI24 267/8683 151/2394 177/8454

6 152 (Pre)-06-60VI24 267/8683 151/2394 177/8454

376 (Pre)-03-60VI36 363/4933 211/4540 241/2622

36 915 4 101 (Pre)-04-60VI36 371/8943 213/8543 243/4629

6 152 (Pre)-06-60VI36 371/8943 213/8543 243/4629

376 (Pre)-03-60VI48 471/81197 271/8689 313/8797

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-60VI48 475/81210 271/2699 313/4806

6 152 (Pre)-06-60VI48 475/81210 271/2699 313/4806

119

Vertical Inside Bends 90°, 60° (VI)

1 splice plate with hardware included.

3” (76)

90˚

60˚

60˚ Vertical Inside Bend

Channel Cable Tray - Fittings

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

(Pre) See page 113 for catalog number prefix.

60° Vertical Inside Bend

Non-Ventilated Vertical Inside Bend

90° Vertical Inside Bend

Ventilated Vertical Inside Bend

Cable Channel

Cable Tray Systems

Bend Tray 45˚ Vertical Inside Bend

Radius Width Dimensions

RCatalog No. A B C

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

3 76 (Pre)-03-45VI12 141/2368 6 152 81/2216

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-45VI12 147/8373 61/8156 83/4222

6 152 (Pre)-06-45VI12 147/8378 61/8156 83/4222

376 (Pre)-03-45VI24 23 584 91/2241 131/2343

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-45VI24 231/4591 95/8245 135/8346

6 152 (Pre)-06-45VI24 231/4591 95/8245 135/8346

376 (Pre)-03-45VI36 313/8797 13 330 183/8467

36 915 4 101 (Pre)-04-45VI36 313/4806 131/8330 185/8467

6 152 (Pre)-06-45VI36 313/4806 131/8334 185/8473

376 (Pre)-03-45VI48 397/81013 161/2419 233/8594

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-45VI48 403/81026 163/4425 235/8600

6 152 (Pre)-06-45VI48 403/81026 163/4425 235/8600

376 (Pre)-03-30VI12 121/8308 31/883 61/2165

12 305 4 101 (Pre)-04-30VI12 123/8314 33/886 65/8163

6 152 (Pre)-06-30VI12 123/8314 33/886 65/8163

376 (Pre)-03-30VI24 181/8461 43/4121 93/4248

24 609 4 101 (Pre)-04-30VI24 183/8467 47/886 97/8163

6 152 (Pre)-06-30VI24 183/8314 47/886 97/8163

376 (Pre)-03-30VI36 241/4616 61/2165 13 330

36 415 4 101 (Pre)-04-30VI36 241/2622 65/8168 131/8334

6 152 (Pre)-06-30VI36 241/2622 65/8168 131/8334

376 (Pre)-03-30VI48 303/8772 81/8207 161/4413

48 1218 4 101 (Pre)-04-30VI48 305/8778 81/4210 163/8416

6 152 (Pre)-06-30VI48 305/8778 81/4210 163/8416

120

Channel Cable Tray - Fittings

Vertical Inside Bends 45°, 30° (VI)

1 splice plate with hardware included.

3” (76)

45˚

3” (76)

30˚

30˚ Vertical Inside Bend

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

(Pre) See page 113 for catalog number prefix.

30° Vertical Inside Bend

Non-Ventilated Vertical Inside Bend

45° Vertical Inside Bend

Ventilated Vertical Inside Bend

Cable Channel

Cable Tray Systems

121

Channel Cable Tray - Fittings

Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers

1.01 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, channel cable tray systems

shall be as manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc.

Section 2- Selection and Components

2.01 General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide ventilated metal channel cable trays, of

types, classes and sizes indicated with splice connectors, fittings and all other necessary

accessories for a complete system. Provide channel cable tray with rounded edges and

smooth surfaces in compliance with applicable standards, and with the following additional

requirements.

2.02 Materials and finishes: Material and finishes specifications for each channel cable tray are

as follows:

1. Aluminum: Extruded components shall be made from Aluminum Association

Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association

Alloy 5052.

2. Pre-Galvanized Steel: Straight sections and fittings shall be made from structural

quality mill galvanized 14 gauge steel meeting the properties of ASTM A653SS,

coating designation G90.

3. Hot Dip Galvanized Steel: Straight sections and fittings shall be made from

14 gauge structural quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of

ASTM A1011 SS, Grade 33 and shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in

accordance with ASTM A123.

All hot dip galvanized after fabrication cable trays must be returned to point of man

facture after coating for inspection, conditioning and labeling.

4. Stainless Steel: Straight sections and fittings shall be AISI Type [304] [316].

2.03 Channel cable tray straight sections shall be constructed with ventilated flat bottom.

Ventilated bottom shall be perforated with 2.25" diameter holes and have slots to facilitate

the use of cable ties to secure the cables.

2.04 Straight sections shall be supplied in standard [12 foot] [10 foot (3 m)] lengths, except

where shorter lengths are permitted to facilitate tray assembly as shown on drawings.

2.05 Ventilated straight sections shall have splice holes every 12 inches to simplify field

modifications.

2.06 Channel cable tray width shall be [3] [4] [6] inches with a minimum loading depth of 11/4".

2.07 Fittings will have a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36] [48] inches.

2.08 Splice plates and hardware shall be included with each straight section and fitting.

Cable Channel

Cable Tray Systems

122

Cent-R-Rail®

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail®

123

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

How The Service Advisor Works

B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you

select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50

pieces or less.

Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?

Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different

color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Example: C0 A DB 09 - 12 - 144 Part will typically ship in

(from page 132) 5-10 working days, because of the

Lead time(days) 5-10 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 C0 Series.

124

Cent-R-Rail®System

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

WARNING: Do NOT use as a walkway, ladder or support for personnel.

14 15

11. Horizontal Offset Coupling (pg. 141)

12. Vertical Coupling (pg. 145)

13. DATA-TRACK®Straight Section (pg. 132)

14. Horizontal Pivot Connector (pg. 147)

15. Cable Drop-Out (pg. 156)

16. VERTI-RACK®Add-A-Rung®(pg. 134)

17. Qwik-Bolt®Splice Hanger (pg. 140)

18. Horizontal Adjustable Splice (pg. 142)

19. Universal Hub Fitting (pg. 146)

20. Vertical Adjustable Splice (pg. 145)

21. Clevis Hanger (pg. 148)

1. Tray-To-Box Connector (pg. 162)

2. Center Rail End Cap (pg. 158)

3. HALF-RACK®Straight Section (pg. 136)

4. Vertical Offset Coupling (pg. 142)

5. Horizontal Tee Coupling (pgs. 143 & 144)

6. MULTI-TIER HALF-RACK®Straight Section

(pg. 138)

7. MULTI-TIER HALF-RACK®Add-A-Rung®

(pg. 138)

8. VERTI-RACK®Straight Section (pg. 134)

9. Horizontal Cross Coupling (pg. 144)

10. Tray-To-Wall Connector (pg. 161)

Cent-R-Rail®Systems

125

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Features Common to B-Line Cent-R-Rail®Systems:

• The fastest cable tray systems to install

• Sides and bottom are open for easy loading and inspection of cables

• Light-weight, high-strength, corrosion-resistant aluminum construction

• Provide the most freedom for cables to enter or exit - perfect for future change

• Cable fill area is free of sharp edges and connection hardware

• The splice can also be used to support the tray

• Qwik-Bolt®splice maximizes installation speed and minimizes hardware

• Clevis hangers are available for random support locations without drilling

center rail

• Systems are designed to install with 1/2" ATR

• Cent-R-Rail®engineered to simplify the in-field drilling process and to provide post

modification integrity

• All Cent-R-Rail®Systems use the same internal connectors

• All Cent-R-Rail®Systems are interactive with each other

• Designed to interact with B-Line’s Strut System and Strut Raceway System

• Comprehensive accessory options allow for complete installations without traditional

cable tray fittings

• Colored rung end caps are available for system labeling

• UL Classified (cross sectional area 0.60 in2/1000 amps)

• Patent Information

The indicated patented products in this catalog are protected by one or more of the

following patents.

U.S. Patents 5,618,014; 5,628,481; 5,628,580; 5,634,614; 5,651,518; 5,564,658;

5,720,567; 5,730,400; 5,782,439; 5,816,542; 5,868,361; 6,547,192

U.K. Patents 2,285,344; 2,317,508; 2,317,509

Germany Patent 4,447,144

Canada Patent 2,139,201

Mexico-Pending

Data-Track®Half-Rack®

Verti-Rack®Multi-Tier Half-Rack®

126

Cent-R-Rail®Systems

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

• Ceiling hung

• Multiple tray runs

with one center rail

• Installs in narrow

spaces

• Provides cable

system segregation

• NEMA 12C load

classification

• Expandable with ADD-A-RUNG®

• Expanded sizes available (page 181)

• Variable widths available (page 182)

• Inverted design available (page 183)

• Technical information on pages 134 & 135

Sizes Available

Loading depth: 3" (75), 4" (100), 6" (150) and

straight rung

Width: 6" (150), 9" (225), 12" (225), 18" (450), 24" (600)

Length: 120" (3m), 144" (4m)

Rung Spacing: 6" (150), 9" (225), 12" (300)

Sizes Available

Loading depth: Each tier 2" (50) and straight rung

Width: 3" (75), 6" (150), 9" (225), 12" (300)

Number of tiers: 2, 3, 4, 5 & 6

Length: 120" (3m), 144" (4m)

Rung Spacing: 6" (150), 9" (225), 12" (300), specials

available

Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters, unless otherwise specified.

• Ceiling hung or floor mounted

• Low profile

• Built-in barrier

• NEMA 12C load classification

• Seismic restraint systems available

(see appendix page 180)

• CSA classified

• Technical information on pages 132 & 133

Sizes Available

Loading depth: 3" (75), 4" (100), 6" (150) and

straight rung

Width: 3" (75), 6" (150), 9" (225), 12" (300)

Length: 120" (3m), 144" (4m)

Rung Spacing: 6" (150), 9" (225), 12" (300)

• Supported on wall or other structure

• Low profile

• Flush mounted without spacers or brackets

• Seismic restraint systems available

(see appendix page 180)

• CSA classified

• Technical information on pages 136 & 137

Verti-Rack®Multi-Tier Half-Rack®

Sizes Available

Loading depth: 3" (75), 4" (100) and straight rung

Width: 3" (75), 6" (150), 9" (225), 12" (300)

Number of tiers: 2, 3 & 4

Length: 120" (3m), 144" (4m)

Rung Spacing: 6" (150), 9" (225), 12" (300), specials

available

• Supported on wall

or other structure

• Multiple tray runs

with one center rail

• Installs in narrow

spaces

• Provides cable

system segregation

• Flush mounted

without spacers or brackets

• Expandable with

ADD-A-RUNG®

• Seismic restraint systems available

(see appendix page 180)

• Variable widths available (page 182)

• Technical information on pages 138 & 139

Data-Track®Half-Rack®

Cent-R-Rail®Sizing Guide

127

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

The following guidelines are based on the 1999 National Electrical Code, Article 318.

I) Number of Multiconductor Cables, Rated 2000 Volts or Less,

in Data-Track®and Half-Rack®(Excluding Straight Rung)

(1) Multiconductor Control and/or Signal Cables Only

A ladder cable tray containing only control and/or signal cables, may have 50% of its total fill area

filled with cable. When using continuous bottom pans, the allowable fill is reduced from 50% to 40%.

Example: Cable tray width is obtained as follows:

2/C - #16 AWG instrumentation cable cross sectional area = 0.04 sq. in.

Total Cross Sectional Area for 300 Cables = 12.00 sq. in.

Minimum tray fill area needed = 12.00 x 2 = 24.00 sq. in.; therefore, the tray

width required for 4" loading depth tray = 24.00/4 = 6 inches.

(2) 4/0 or Larger Cables

The ladder cable tray must have an inside usable width equal to or greater than the sum of the

diameters (Sd) of the cables, which must be installed in a single layer. When using continuous

bottom pans, the sum of the cable diameters can not exceed 90% of the usable tray width.

Example: Cable tray width is obtained as follows:

(D) (N) Multiply (D) x (N)

List Cable List = Subtotal of the

List Outside Number Sum of the Cable

Cable Sizes Diameter of Cables Diameters

3/C - #500 kcmil 2.26 inches 1 2.26 inches

3/C - #250 kcmil 1.76 inches 2 3.52 inches

3/C - #4/0 AWG 1.55 inches 4 6.20 inches

The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all cables = 2.26 + 3.52 + 6.20 = 11.98 inches; therefore, a

cable tray with a usable width of at least 12 inches is required.

(3) Cables Smaller Than 4/0

The total sum of the cross-sectional areas of all the cables to be

installed in the cable tray must be equal to or less than the allowable cable

area for the tray width, as indicated in Table 1. When using

continuous bottom pans, the allowable cable area is reduced by 22%.

Example: Cable tray width is obtained as follows:

(A) (N) Multiply (A) x (N)

List Cable List = Total of the

List Cross Sectional Number Cross-Sectional

Cable Sizes Areas of Cables Area for Each Size

3/C - #12 AWG 0.167 sq. in. 10 1.67 sq. in.

4/C - #12 AWG 0.190 sq. in. 8 1.52 sq. in.

3/C - # 6 AWG 0.430 sq. in. 6 2.58 sq. in.

3/C - # 2 AWG 0.800 sq. in. 9 7.20 sq. in.

The sum of the totals of the cross-sectional areas = 1.67 + 1.52 + 2.58 + 7.20 = 12.97 inches.

Using Table 1, a 12 inch wide tray with an allowable cable area of 14 sq. inches should be used.

Note: Increasing the cable tray loading depth does not permit an increase in cable fill area for

power and lighting cables. The maximum allowable fill area for all cable tray with a 3 inch

or greater loading depth is limited to the fill area for a 3 inch loading depth.

Inside Allowable

Width of Cable

Cable Area

Tray square

inches inches

6 7.0

9 10.5

12 14.0

18 21.0

24 28.0

Table 1

128

Cent-R-Rail®Sizing Guide

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

(4) 4/0 or Larger Cables Installed with Cables Smaller than 4/0

The ladder cable tray needs to be divided into two zones (a barrier or divider is not required, but one

can be used if desired) so that the No. 4/0 and larger cables have a dedicated zone, as they must be

placed in a single layer.

A direct method for determining the cable tray width is by figuring the cable tray widths that are required

for each of the cable combinations, per steps (2) & (3); and then adding these widths together to select

the proper cable tray width.

Example: Cable tray width is obtained as follows:

Part A- Width required for #4/0 AWG and larger multiconductor cables

(D) (N) Multiply (D) x (N)

List List Cable List = Subtotal of the

Cable Sizes Outside Number Sum of the Cable

Diameter of Cables Diameters (Sd)

3/C - #500kcmil 2.26 inches 1 2.26 inches

3/C - #4/0 AGW 1.55 inches 2 3.10 inches

Cable tray width required for large cables = 2.26 + 3.10 = 5.36 inches.

Part B- Width required for multiconductor cables smaller than #4/0 AWG

(A) (N) Multiply (A) x (N)

List List Cable List = Total of the

Cable Sizes Cross Sectional Number Cross-Sectional

Areas of Cables Area for Each Size

3/C - #12 AWG 0.167 sq. in. 10 1.67 sq. in.

3/C - #6 AWG 0.430 sq. in. 8 3.44 sq. in.

3/C - #2 AWG 0.800 sq. in. 2 1.60 sq. in.

The sum of the total areas = 1.67 + 3.44 + 1.60 = 6.71 sq. inches.

From Table 1, the cable tray width required for small cables is 6 inches.

The total cable tray width = 5.36 + 6.00 = 11.36 inches; therefore a 12 inch wide

cable tray is required.

II) Number of Single Conductor Cables, Rated 2000 Volts or Less,

in DATA-TRACK®and HALF-RACK®(Excluding Straight Rung)

Single conductor cables installed in cable tray must be 1/0 or larger, and they can not be installed

with continuous bottom pans.

(1) 1000 KCMIL or Larger Cables

The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all single conductor cables shall not

exceed the cable tray width. See Table 3, page 129.

(2) 250 KCMIL to 1000 KCMIL Cables

The total sum of the cross-sectional areas of all the cables to

be installed in the cable tray must be equal to or less than the

allowable cable area for the tray width, as indicated in Table 2.

Inside Allowable

Width of Cable

Cable Area

Tray square

inches inches

6 6.5

9 9.5

12 13.0

18 19.5

24 26.0

Table 2

Cent-R-Rail®Sizing Guide

129

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

(3) Cables 1/0 through 4/0

These conductors must be installed in a single layer. See Table 3.

Note: It is the opinion of some that this practice may cause problems with unbalanced voltages.

To avoid these potential problems, the cables for this type of cable tray wiring system should

be bundled with ties. The bundle should contain the circuit’s three phase conductors plus the

neutral, if one is used. The single conductor cables should be firmly tied to the cable trays

at intervals not greater than 6 feet.

Cable diameters used are those for Oknite-Okolon 600 volt single conductor power cables.

III) Sizing VertI-Rack®and Multi-Tier Half-Rack®

Due to the unique nature of multiple-tier cable trays, there are no existing guidelines for sizing these

types of cable trays. However, the following tables are provided to assist you in comparing the usable

widths and fill areas for the different Cent-R-Rail®trays available.

Single Outside Area Cable Tray Width

Conductor Diameter 6 9 12 18 24

Size in. sq. in. in. in. in. in. in.

1/0 0.58 - 10 15 20 31 41

2/0 0.62 - 9 14 19 29 38

3/0 0.68 - 8 13 17 26 35

4/0 0.73 - 8 12 16 24 32

250 Kcmil 0.84 .55 11 18 24 35 47

350 Kcmil 0.94 .69 9 14 19 28 38

500 Kcmil 1.07 .90 7 11 14 22 29

750 Kcmil 1.28 1.29 5 8 10 15 20

1000 Kcmil 1.45 - 4 6 8 12 16

Table 3

Number of 600 Volt Single Conductor

Cables that may be Installed in

Ladder Cable Tray

This cable tray label is attached to each straight section and fitting that is U.L. classified.

U.L. assigned cross-sectional area is also stated in the loading charts in this catalog for each system.

Use Only As A Mechanical Support For Cables, Tubing and Raceways.

Do Not Use As A Walkway, Ladder,

Or Support For Personnel.

www.cooperbline.com

(618) 654-2184

Catalog Number: C3ADB09-12-144 STR SECTION

Shipping Ticket: 260203 00 001

Mark Number: 78101115400

Purchase Order: D798981

Minimum Area: 0.60 SQ. IN.

Load Class: D1 179 KG/M 3 METER SPAN

30781011154005

1 of 1

09/15/2005

000291745

WARNING!

This product is classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as

to its suitability as an equipment grounding conductor only. 556E

VENTILATED

Reference File #LR36026

130

Cent-R-Rail®Sizing Guide

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Tray Width Usable Width Overall Outside Width

Bottom Rung Top Rung Bottom Rung Top Rung

in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

6(150) 6(150) 6(150) 8.7 (220) 7.1 (180)

9(225) 9(225) 9(225) 11.7 (295) 10.1 (250)

12 (300) 12 (300) 12 (300) 14.7 (375) 13.1 (335)

18 (450) 16 (400) 18 (450) 19.1 (485) 19.1 (485)

24 (600) 22 (550) 24 (600) 25.1 (630) 25.1 (630)

Data-Track®

Usable Tray Width & Overall Outside Width:

Tray Total Usable Width Overall

Width 2 tier 3 tier 4 tier 5 tier 6 tier Outside Width

in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

3(75) 6(150) 9(225) 12 (300) 15 (381) 18 (450) 4.4 (110)

6(150) 12 (300) 18 (450) 24 (600) 30 (750) 36 (900) 7.4 (190)

9(225) 18 (450) 27 (675) 36 (900) 45 (1125) 54 (1350) 10.4 (265)

12 (300) 24 (600) 36 (900) 48 (1200) 60 (1500) 72 (1800) 13.4 (340)

Verti-Rack®

Tray Width Usable Width Overall Outside Width

in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

3(75) 3(75) 5.2 (130)

6(150) 6(150) 8.2 (210)

9(225) 9(225) 11.2 (285)

12 (300) 12 (300) 14.2 (360)

Half-Rack®

Multi-Tier Half-Rack®

Tray Total Usable Width Overall

Width 2 tier 3 tier 4 tier Outside Width

in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

3(75) 6(150) 9(225) 12 (300) 4.7 (120)

6(150) 12 (300) 18 (450) 24 (600) 7.7 (195)

9(225) 18 (450) 27 (675) 36 (900) 10.7 (270)

12 (300) 24 (600) 36 (900) 48 (1200) 13.7 (350)

Cent-R-Rail®

131

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Tray Fill Area & Overall Outside Height:

Loading Tray Fill Area Overall Outside Height

Depth Width Bottom Rung Top Rung Bottom Rung Top Rung

in. (mm) in. (mm) in.2(cm2) in.2(cm2) in. (mm) in. (mm)

6(150) 18 (120) 18 (120)

9(225) 27 (180) 27 (180)

3(75) 12 (300) 36 (240) 36 (240) 3.7 (95) 6.1 (155)

18 (450) 49 (325) 54 (360)

24 (600) 67 (450) 72 (480)

6(150) 24 (160) 24 (160)

9(225) 36 (240) 36 (240)

4(100) 12 (300) 48 (320) 48 (320) 4.7 (120) 7.1 (180)

18 (450) 65 (420) 72 (480)

24 (600) 89 (575) 96 (640)

6(150) 36 (240) 36 (240)

9(225) 54 (360) 54 (360)

6(150) 12 (300) 72 (480) 72 (480) 6.7 (170) 9.1 (230)

18 (450) 98 ((630) 108 (700)

24 (600) 134 (865) 144 (930)

Loading Tray Fill Area

Depth Width 2 tier 3 tier 4 tier 5 tier 6 tier

in. (mm) in. (mm) in.2(cm2) in.2(cm2) in.2(cm2) in.2(cm2) in.2(cm2)

3(75) 12 (80) 18 (120) 24 (160) 30 (200) 36 (240)

2 (50) 6(150) 24 (160) 36 (240) 48 (320) 60 (400) 72 (480)

9(225) 36 (240) 54 (360) 72 (480) 90 (600) 108 (700)

12 (300) 48 (320) 72 (480) 96 (640) 120 (800) 144 (930)

Overall Outside Height

2 tier 3 tier 4 tier 5 tier 6 tier

in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

9.3 (235) 13.3 (340) 17.3 (440) 21.3 (540) 25.3 (645)

Data-Track®

Verti-Rack®

Loading Tray Fill Overall

Depth Width Area Outside Height

in. (mm) in. (mm) in.2(cm2) in. (mm)

3(75)

3(75) 9(60)

3.7 (95)

6(150) 18 (120)

9(225) 27 (180)

12 (300) 36 (240)

4(100)

3(75) 12 (80)

4.7 (120)

6(150) 24 (160)

9(225) 36 (240)

12 (300) 48 (320)

6(150)

3(75) 18 (120)

6.7 (170)

6(150) 36 (240)

9(225) 54 (360)

12 (300) 72 (480)

Half-Rack®Multi-Tier Half-Rack®

Overall Outside Height

2 tier 3 tier 4 tier

in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

11.3 (285) 17.3 (440) 23.3 (590)

Loading Tray Fill Area

Depth Width 2 tier 3 tier 4 tier

in. (mm) in. (mm) in.2(cm2) in.2(cm2) in.2(cm2)

3(75) 18 (120) 27 (180) 36 (240)

3 (75) 6(150) 36 (240) 54 (360) 72 (480)

9(225) 54 (360) 81 (525) 108 (700)

12 (300) 72 (480) 108 (700) 144 (930)

3(75) 24 (160) 36 (240) 48 (320)

4 (100) 6(150) 48 (320) 72 (480) 96 (640)

9(225) 72 (480) 108 (700) 144 (930)

12 (300) 96 (640) 144 (930) 192 (1240)

132

Cent-R-Rail®- Straight Sections

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Data-Track®Straight Section Part Numbering

C3 A DB 09 - 12 - 144

Rung

Series Material Type Spacing Width Length*

C0 = Straight Rung A = Aluminum DB = Bottom Rung 06 = 6" 06 = 6" 144 = 144"

C3 = 3" Loading Depth DT = Top Rung 09 = 9" 09 = 9" 120 = 120"

C4 = 4" Loading Depth 12 = 12" 12 = 12"

C6 = 6" Loading Depth 18 = 18"

24 = 24"

* Actual tray lengths are 142" and 118" to allow for splice hangers

Data-Track®

Patented (see page 125)

Rung Spacing

Loading Depth

Data-Track®Straight Section with

CAS-SB Splice Hanger shown

• One CAS-SB Splice Hanger provided with

each straight section

• For overall height and width dimension

see pages 130 & 131

Cent-R-Rail®- Straight Sections

133

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

* Deflection multipliers are given for English units. To determine deflection in millimeters, first calculate

deflection in inches and then multiply by 25.4.

To calculate the center rail simple beam deflection at mid span in inches for a specific support span (ft), multiply

the “center rail deflection multiplier” for that span by the load in lbs/ft that will be installed in the cable tray.

Example: The center rail deflection for 50 lbs/ft supported every 12 ft = 50 x .0397 = 2.0 inches.

Note: When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection is reduced by as much as 50%.

To calculate the rung deflection in inches for a specific tray width (in.) and rung spacing (in.), multiply the rung

deflection multiplier for that width and rung spacing by the load in lbs/ft that will be installed in the cable tray.

Example: The rung deflection for 50 lbs/ft in a 12" wide tray with 9" rung spacing = 50 x .0002 = .01 inches.

Note: The rung deflection multiplier is based on a uniformly distributed load.

Section Property Center Rail Rungs

Area in20.88 0.13

(cm2) (5.68) (0.84)

Sx in30.70 0.02

(cm3) (11.49) (0.31)

Ix in41.17 0.005

(cm4) (48.87) (0.21)

Tray Rung Support Span ft. (m) Rung * Avg. Empty

Width Spacing 5 (1.5) 6(1.8) 8(2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) Deflection Tray Weight

in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs/ft (kg/m) lbs/ft (kg/m) lbs/ft (kg/m) lbs/ft (kg/m) lbs/ft (kg/m) Multiplier lbs/ft (kg/m)

6(150) 646 (961) 448 (667) 252 (375) 161 (240) 112 (167) 0.00002 1.38 (2.05)

6(150) 9(225) 532 (793) 448 (667) 252 (375) 161 (240) 112 (167) 0.00003 1.25 (1.86)

12 (300) 400 (595) 400 (595) 252 (375) 161 (240) 112 (167) 0.00004 1.20 (1.79)

6(150) 532 (793) 448 (667) 252 (375) 161 (240) 112 (167) 0.00005 1.45 (2.16)

9(225) 9(225) 354 (527) 354 (527) 252 (375) 161 (240) 112 (167) 0.00008 1.30 (1.93)

12 (300) 266 (396) 266 (396) 252 (375) 161 (240) 112 (167) 0.00010 1.24 (1.85)

6(150) 400 (595) 400 (595) 252 (375) 161 (240) 112 (167) 0.00020 1.53 (2.28)

12 (300) 9(225) 266 (396) 266 (396) 252 (375) 161 (240) 112 (167) 0.00020 1.35 (2.01)

12 (300) 200 (298) 200 (298) 200 (298) 161 (240) 112 (167) 0.00030 1.28 (1.90)

6(150) 266 (396) 266 (396) 252 (375) 161 (240) 112 (167) 0.00050 1.69 (2.51)

18 (450) 9(225) 178 (265) 178 (265) 178 (265) 161 (240) 112 (167) 0.00070 1.46 (2.17)

12 (300) 134 (199) 134 (199) 134 (199) 134 (199) 112 (167) 0.00090 1.35 (2.01)

6(150) 200 (298) 200 (298) 200 (298) 161 (240) 112 (167) 0.00110 1.85 (2.75)

24 (600) 9(225) 134 (199) 134 (199) 134 (199) 134 (199) 112 (167) 0.00170 1.56 (2.32)

12 (300) 100 (149) 100 (149) 100 (149) 100 (149) 100 (149) 0.00220 1.43 (2.13)

Safety Factor = 1.5 for load capacities

Support Span (feet)

5 6 8 10 12

Center Rail Deflection Multiplier* 0.0012 0.0025 0.0079 0.0192 0.0397

Data-Track®

Center Rail Rung

.54"

1.63"

3.25"

(82mm)

Data-Track®Load Capacities

For unbalanced load information see appendix page 179

For Seismic Restraint Systems see appendix page 180

(41mm) (14mm)

.54"

(14mm)

Cent-R-Rail®- Straight Sections

134

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Verti-Rack®

ADD-A-Rung®Part Numbering

CAR-2 V 2 12

No. of Loading

Tiers Depth Width

1 = 1 tier 0 = Straight Rung 03 = 3"

2 = 2 tier 2 = 2" Loading Depth 06 = 6"

09 = 9"

12 = 12"

Verti-Rack®Straight Section Part Numbering

C2 A 4V 12 - 09 - 144

Rung

Series Material Type†Spacing Width†Length*

C0 = Straight Rung A = Aluminum 2V = 2 tier 06 = 6" 03 = 3" 144 = 144"

C2 = 2" Loading Depth 3V = 3 tier 09 = 9" 06 = 6" 120 = 120"

4V = 4 tier 12 = 12" 09 = 9"

5V = 5 tier (Specials 12 = 12"

6V = 6 tier available)

* Actual tray lengths are 142" and 118" to allow for splice hangers

†For inverted, multiple or special sizes and widths see appendix pages 181, 182, 183

Expand your Verti-Rack® system with ADD-A-Rung®

• Attaches to bottom

of existing tray

• Shipped with required

hardware

Note: Not to exceed 100 lbs/ft on 12 ft span, 225 lbs/ft on 8 ft span.

Patented (see page 125)

Rung

Spacing

13/4"

Verti-Rack®Straight Section with

CAS-SB Splice Hanger shown

• One CAS-SB Splice Hanger

provided with each straight section

• For overall height and width

dimension see pages 130 & 131

(44mm)

Cent-R-Rail®- Straight Sections

135

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Verti-Rack®

* Deflection multipliers are given for English units. To determine deflection in millimeters, first calculate

deflection in inches and then multiply by 25.4.

Example: The center rail deflection for 50 lbs/ft supported every 12 ft = 50 x .0321 = 1.6 inches.

Example: The rung deflection for 50 lbs/ft in a 12" wide tray with 9" rung spacing = 50 x .0009 = .05 inches.

Tray Rung Per Tier Rung* Avg. Empty

Width Spacing Load Capacity Deflection Tray Weight

in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs/ft (kg/m) Multiplier lbs/ft (kg/m)

6(150) 608 (905) 0.00001 2.09 (3.11)

3(75) 9(225) 408 (607) 0.00002 1.72 (2.56)

12 (300) 304 (452) 0.00002 1.55 (2.31)

6(150) 304 (452) 0.00010 2.31 (3.44)

6(150) 9(225) 204 (304) 0.00020 1.86 (2.77)

12 (300) 152 (226) 0.00020 1.66 (2.47)

6(150) 203 (302) 0.00030 2.53 (3.76)

9(225) 9(225) 136 (202) 0.00040 2.00 (2.98)

12 (300) 102 (152) 0.00050 1.77 (2.63)

6(150) 152 (226) 0.00060 2.75 (4.09)

12 (300) 9(225) 102 (152) 0.00090 2.14 (3.18)

12 (300) 76 (113) 0.00120 1.88 (2.80)

Safety Factor = 1.5 for load capacities

Section Property Center Rail Rungs Trunk

Area in20.88 0.09 0.18

(cm2) (5.68) (0.61) (1.16)

Sx in30.56 0.01 N/A

(cm3) (9.15) (0.12) (N/A)

Ix in41.27 0.001 N/A

(cm4) (52.99) (0.04) (N/A)

Support Total System Center Rail*

Span Load Capacities Deflection

ft (m) lbs/ft (kg/m) Multiplier

5(1.5) 300 (450) 0.0010

6(1.8) 300 (450) 0.0020

8(2.4) 225 (335) 0.0063

10 (3.0) 144 (214) 0.0155

12 (3.7) 100 (149) 0.0321

Center Rail Trunk Rung

.54"

.31" (8mm)

.71"

.71" (18mm)

1.63"

3.90" (99mm)

(41mm) (18mm) (14mm)

Cent-R-Rail®- Straight Sections

136

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Half-Rack®Straight Section Part Numbering

C3 A 1H 09 - 12 - 144

Rung

Series Material Type Spacing Width Length*

C0 = Straight Rung A = Aluminum 1H = 1 tier 06 = 6" 03 = 3" 144 = 144"

C3 = 3" Loading Depth 09 = 9" 06 = 6" 120 = 120"

C4 = 4" Loading Depth 12 = 12" 09 = 9"

C6 = 6" Loading Depth 12 = 12"

* Actual tray lengths are 142" and 118" to allow for splice hangers

Patented (see page 125)

Rung Spacing

Loading Depth

Half-Rack®Straight Section with

CAS-SB Splice Hanger shown

• One CAS-SB Splice Hanger

provided with each straight section

• For overall height and width

dimension see pages 130 & 131

Half-Rack®

Cent-R-Rail®- Straight Sections

137

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Half-Rack®Loading Guidelines

• Support Locations

Sections should be attached to the wall

at mid length and at 1/6th of the section length

from both ends (20" for 120"; 24" for 144")

• No spacers needed

• For Half-Rack®wall attachment options see page 172

• Loading Recommendations

• CSA classified A-3M

• 50 lbs/ft (74kg/m) maximum based on 3/4" (19mm) rung deflection

1" (25mm)

Mid Length

*24" (609mm)

* = 20" (508mm) for 120" (3m) Length Section

144" (3.7m) (12') Length Section

Center Rail Rung

.54"

.54" (14mm)

1.63"

3.25" (82mm)

(41mm) (14mm)

Section Property Center Rail Rungs

Area in20.88 0.13

(cm2) (5.68) (0.84)

Sx in30.70 0.02

(cm3) (11.49) (0.31)

Ix in41.27 0.005

(cm4) (52.99) (0.21)

Half-Rack®

Cent-R-Rail®- Straight Sections

138

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Expand your Multi-Tier Half-Rack®system with ADD-A-Rung®

Multi-Tier Half-Rack®

Multi-Tier Half-Rack®Straight Section Part Numbering

C3 A 2M 09 - 12 - 144

Rung

Series Material Type Spacing Width†Length*

C0 = Straight Rung A = Aluminum 2M = 2 tier 06 = 6" 03 = 3" 144 = 144"

C3 = 3" Loading Depth 3M = 3 tier 09 = 9" 06 = 6" 120 = 120"

C4 = 4" Loading Depth 4M = 4 tier 12 = 12" 09 = 9"

(Specials 12 = 12"

available)

* Actual tray lengths are 142" and 118" to allow for splice hangers

† For multiple widths see appendix pages 181 & 182

ADD-A-Rung®Part Numbering

CAR-2 M 3 12

No. of Loading

Tiers Depth Width

1 = 1 tier 0 = Straight Rung 03 = 3"

2 = 2 tier 3 = 3" Loading Depth 06 = 6"

4 = 4" Loading Depth 09 = 9"

12 = 12"

• Attaches to bottom of

existing tray

• Shipped with required

hardware

Patented (see page 125)

Rung Spacing

A= 2

5/8" (67mm) for 3" (76mm) Loading Depth

= 13/4" (44mm) for 4" (102mm) Loading Depth

Loading Depth

Multi-Tier Half-Rack®Straight Section

with CAS-SB Splice Hanger shown

• One CAS-SB Splice Hanger

provided with each straight section

• For overall height and width

dimension see pages 130 & 131

Cent-R-Rail®- Straight Sections

139

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Multi-Tier Half-Rack®Loading Guidelines

• Support Locations

Sections should be attached to the

wall at mid length and at 1/6th of the section

length from both ends (20" for 120"; 24" for 144")

• No spacers needed

• For Multi-Tier Half-Rack®wall attachment options see page 173

• Loading Recommendations

• 50 lbs/ft (74kg/m) maximum based on 3/4" (19mm) rung deflection

Multi-Tier Half-Rack®

1" (25mm)

Mid Length

*24" (609mm)

* = 20" (508mm) for 120" (3m) Length Section

144" (3.7m) (12') Length Section

Half-Rack®

shown

For Seismic Restraint Systems see appendix page 180

Section Property Center Rail Rungs Trunk

Area in20.88 0.13 0.18

(cm2) (5.68) (0.84) (1.16)

Sx in30.56 0.02 N/A

(cm3) (9.15) (0.31) (N/A)

Ix in41.27 0.005 N/A

(cm4) (52.99) (0.21) (N/A)

Center Rail Trunk Rung

.54"

.54" (8mm)

.71"

.71" (18mm)

1.63"

3.90" (99mm)

(41mm) (18mm) (14mm)

140

Cent-R-Rail®- Connectors

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

• One splice included with each straight section

• Bolts screw directly into splice, minimizing hardware

• Splice protects cables from center rail edges

• Vertical hardware removes hardware from cable fill area

• Shipped assembled with required hardware

• Designed to install with 1/2" ATR

• UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified.

Cat. No.

CAS-SB

Qwik-Bolt®Splice Hanger

Patented (see page 125)

• A straight splice option

• Bolts screw directly into splice, minimizing hardware

• Vertical hardware removes hardware from cable fill area

• Shipped assembled with required hardware

• UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

• Straight section length (using this splice) is 142 or 118 inches

• For use where ATR is not required through the splice hanger

Cat. No.

CAS-NG

Qwik-Bolt®No Gap Splice

Patented (see page 125)

Compatibility with Data-Track®

Compatibility with VertI-Rack®

Compatibility with Half-Rack®

Compatibility with Multi-Tier Half-Rack®

Application System Icons

The parts in the following catalog sections can be used with one or more of the Cent-R-Rail®systems.

We have provided the following application icons to indicate the systems each item is compatible with.

Shaded items

shown in the

illustrations are

items that are

provided with the

part numbers.

Cent-R-Rail®- Connectors

141

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified.

• Allows for 1" (25mm) of tray

expansion and contraction

• Shipped with required hardware

• Order grounding jumper CAM-GJ

separately (see page 156)

Expansion Splice Hanger

Patented (see page 125)

• Side mounts to existing 1/2" ATR

• Qwik-Bolt®design

• Shipped with required hardware

• UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

Cat. No.

CAS-CB

Qwik-Bolt®Splice Hanger

Patented (see page 125)

• Designed to provide horizontal offset

• Ideal for connecting Data-Track®to Half-Rack®

• Pivoting connections

• Qwik-Bolt®design

• Shipped assembled with required hardware

• UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

•7/8" (22mm) adjustment on offset

Horizontal Offset Coupling

Patented (see page 125)

Cat. No. Tray Type

CAS-EB1 Data-Track®& Half-Rack®

CAS-EB2 Verti-Rack®& Multi-Tier Half-Rack®

Table 1

Maximum Spacing

Between Expansion

Joints that Provide for

1" (25mm) Movement

It is important that thermal contraction and expansion be considered when installing

cable tray systems. The length of the straight cable tray runs and the temperature

differential govern the number of expansion splice plates required (See Table 1).

Temperature Aluminum

Differential

˚F (˚C) ft (m)

25 (14) 260 (79)

50 (28) 130 (40)

75 (42) 87 (27)

100 (56) 65 (20)

125 (69) 52 (16)

150 (83) 43 (13)

175 (97) 37 (11)

Refer to tray widths on

pg. 130 to determine

offset needed

Cat. No. Offset

in. (mm)

CAC-OH050B 5.0 (125)

CAC-OH065B 6.5 (165)

CAC-OH080B 8.0 (200)

CAC-OH100B 10.0 (250)

CAC-OH130B 13.0 (330)

offset

Cent-R-Rail®- Connectors

142

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified.

Cat. No.

CAS-HB

Horizontal Adjustable Splice

Patented (see page 125)

• Designed to provide vertical offset

• Pivoting connections

• Qwik-Bolt®design

• Shipped assembled with required hardware

• UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

Vertical Offset Coupling

Patented (see page 125)

• Use with CAS-HB

• For additional cable support on the outside of bends

• Select fill depth and width required

• Shipped with required hardware (1 pc. HHCS - 1/2" x 4" znplt)

• Rungs set at 45° angle

Horizontal Bend Rung Support

Patented (see page 125)

offset

Cat. No. Offset

in. (mm)

CAC-OV030B 3.0 (75)

CAC-OV060B 6.0 (150)

• Allows random angle horizontal bend

• Also can be used to connect straight sections at mid-run locations

• Qwik-Bolt®design

• Shipped assembled with required hardware

• UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

Cat. No.

CAR-H3-06

CAR-H3-09

CAR-H3-12

CAR-H3-18

CAR-H3-24

CAR-H4-06

CAR-H4-09

CAR-H4-12

CAR-H4-18

CAR-H4-24

CAR-H6-06

CAR-H6-09

CAR-H6-12

CAR-H6-18

CAR-H6-24

Cat. No.

CAR-H3-06

Loading Tray

Depth Width

3 = 3" 06 = 6"

4 = 4" 09 = 9"

6 = 6" 12 = 12"

18 = 18"

24 = 24"

Cent-R-Rail®- Connectors

143

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified.

• Used to make tee, elbow or wye

• Allows random attachment to center rail without drilling

• Pivoting connection

• Qwik-Bolt®design

• Shipped assembled with required hardware

•7/16" (11mm) adjustment slot

• UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

Verti-Rack®

Horizontal Tee Coupling

Patented (see page 125)

• Used to make tee, elbow or wye

• Allows random attachment to center rail without drilling

• Pivoting connection

• Qwik-Bolt®Design

• Shipped assembled with required hardware

•9/16" (14mm) hole provided for optional support ATR

•7/16" (11mm) adjustment slot

• UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

Data-Track®

Horizontal Tee Coupling

Patented (see page 125)

• Used to make tee, elbow or wye

• Allows random attachment to center rail

• Pivoting connection

• Qwik-Bolt®design

• Shipped assembled with required hardware

• UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

Tray 1

Tray 1 Width Cat. No. L

in. (mm) in. (mm)

6(150) CAC-HTD06B 5(125)

9(225) CAC-HTD09B 61/2(165)

12 (300) CAC-HTD12B 8(200)

18 (450) CAC-HTD18B 10 (250)

24 (600) CAC-HTD24B 13 (330)

Tray 1 Width Cat. No. L

in. (mm) in. (mm)

3(75) CAC-HTV03B 3(75)

6(150) CAC-HTV06B 41/2(115)

9(225) CAC-HTV09B 6(150)

12 (300) CAC-HTV12B 71/2(190)

Half-Rack®

Horizontal Tee Coupling

Tray 1 Width Cat. No. L

in. (mm) in. (mm)

3(75) CAC-HTH03B 5(125)

6(150) CAC-HTH06B 8(200)

9(225) CAC-HTH09B 11 (275)

12 (300) CAC-HTH12B 14 (355)

Tray 1

Patented (see page 125)

Cent-R-Rail®- Connectors

144

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified.

• Allows random attachment to center rail without drilling

• Pivoting connections

• Qwik-Bolt®design

• Shipped assembled with required hardware

•9/16" (14mm) hole provided for optional support ATR

• UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

• Used to make tee, elbow or wye

• Allows random attachment to center rail

• Pivoting connection

• Qwik-Bolt®design

• Shipped assembled with required hardware

• UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

• Allows random attachment to center rail without drilling

• Pivoting connections

• Qwik-Bolt®design

• Shipped assembled with required hardware

• 9/16" (14mm) hole provided for optional support ATR

• UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

Patented (see page 125)

Tray 1

Multi-Tier Half-Rack®

Horizontal Tee Coupling

Tray 1 Width Cat. No. L

in. (mm) in. (mm)

3(75) CAC-HTM03B 5(125)

6(150) CAC-HTM06B 8(200)

9(225) CAC-HTM09B 11 (275)

12 (300) CAC-HTM12B 14 (355)

Data-Track®

Horizontal Cross Coupling

Tray 1 Width Cat. No. L

in. (mm) in. (mm)

6(150) CAC-HXD06B 10 (250)

9(225) CAC-HXD09B 13 (330)

12 (300) CAC-HXD12B 16 (400)

18 (450) CAC-HXD18B 20 (500)

24 (600) CAC-HXD24B 26 (650)

Tray 1

Verti-Rack®

Horizontal Cross Coupling

Tray 1 Width Cat. No. L

in. (mm) in. (mm)

3(75) CAC-HXV03B 3(75)

6(150) CAC-HXV06B 9(225)

9(225) CAC-HXV09B 12 (300)

12 (300) CAC-HXV12B 15 (375)

Cent-R-Rail®- Connectors

145

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified.

• Ideal for random angle vertical bends

• Qwik-Bolt®design

• Shipped assembled with required hardware

• UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

Cat. No.

CAS-VB

Vertical Adjustable Splice

Patented (see page 125)

• Use one piece to create vertical tees.

• Use two pieces to create vertical crosses.

• Pivoting connections

• Qwik-Bolt®design

• Shipped assembled with required hardware

• UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

Cat. No.

CAC-VB

Vertical Coupling

Patented (see page 125)

146

Cent-R-Rail®- Connectors

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified.

• Connects up to 4 trays in random directions

• Provides an area free of center rails for cable transitions

• Ideal for easy system expansion

• Slots provided for cable tie down

• Order one CAC-UFB pivot connector per tray connection (see page 147)

• Positive cable retention for cables routed around corner post

• UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

Patented (see page 125)

Universal Hub Fittings

Fill

Depth

Width

Cat. No.

U4A-12

Fill

Depth Width

2 = 2" 06 = 6"

3 = 3" 09 = 9"

4 = 4" 12 = 12"

6 = 6" 18 = 18"

24 = 24"

Cat. No.

U2A-06

U2A-09

U2A-12

U2A-18

U2A-24

U3A-06

U3A-09

U3A-12

U3A-18

U3A-24

U4A-06

U4A-09

U4A-12

U4A-18

U4A-24

U6A-06

U6A-09

U6A-12

U6A-18

U6A-24

Typical applications for universal hub fittings:

Elbow Tee

Wye

Cross

147

Cent-R-Rail®- Connectors

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified.

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

• Qwik-Bolt®design

• Shipped with required hardware

• UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

Cat. No.

CAC-UFB

Pivot Connector

For Universal Hub

Horizontal Application

Patented (see page 125)

Category 5

Cable Radius Protector

• Designed to provide a 21/2" cable bend radius

• Mounts directly over the horizontal pivot connector using

the existing hardware

• Made from aluminum

Cat. No. Tray Depth

CAM-PR253 3

CAM-PR254 4

CAM-PR256 6

148

Cent-R-Rail®- Supports

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified.

Cat. No. Tray Type

CZNH-CD-I Data-Track®

CZNH-CV-I Verti-Rack®

Cat. No. Rod Size

CZNH-CD 1/2”

CZNH-CD-5/85/8”

Cat. No. Rod Size

CZNH-CV 1/2”

CZNH-CV-5/85/8”

Data-Track®

Standard Clevis Hanger

Verti-Rack®

Standard Clevis Hanger

Isolation Clevis Hanger

• Allows random support without drilling

• Zinc plated steel construction

• If seismic restraints required, see Seismic Restraints

Cent-R-Rail®Supplement brochure (SRSCR1)

• Allows random support without drilling

• Zinc plated steel construction

• Isolates tray from ATR to reduce low voltage interference

• Nylon bushing

• Allows random support without drilling

• Zinc plated steel construction

• Used with 1/2" ATR

Data-Track®shown

149

Cent-R-Rail®- Supports

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified.

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cat. No.

CZNH-WH

Wall Hanger

Half Rack®

Cat. No.

CZNH-WM

Wall Hanger

Multi-Tier Half Rack®

• Simplifies bolt to anchor alignment.

• Center rail drilling eliminated.

• Hanger bottom snaps over center rail.

• Smooth edge design in wire fill areas.

• Zinc plated steel construction

• Sized for up to a 1/2" bolt.

• Simplifies bolt to anchor alignment.

• Center rail drilling eliminated.

• Hanger bottom snaps over center rail.

• Smooth edge design in wire fill areas.

• Zinc plated steel construction

• Sized for up to a 1/2" bolt.

Cat. No. Tray Type

CPB-U10 Half-Rack®

CPB-CV1 Multi-Tier Half-Rack®

U-Bracket:

In Drywall & Metal Stud Wall

Half-Rack®

Cable Tray

CPB-U10

U-Bracket

1/4" Metal

Screws

Flat Washers

Metal Stud

150

Cent-R-Rail®- Supports

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified.

Cat. Height Width

No. in. (mm) in. (mm)

B381 23/8(60.3) 6(152.4)

B382 43/8(111.1) 8(203.2)

B383 63/8(161.9) 10 (254.0)

B384 83/8(212.7) 12 (304.8)

B385 103/8(263.5) 14 (355.6)

Floor Stands

Relay Rack

Mounting Bracket

• Zinc plated steel construction

• 9/16" (14mm) holes

• ASTM A36 Steel

• Yellow zinc dichromate

• Includes: Mounting plates

1 - 1/2" x 41/2" HHCS

1- 1/2" hex nut

2 - 5/16" x 3" SRHMS

2 - 5/16" hex nuts

2 - 5/16" lockwashers

13/16"

(21mm)

Width

Height

Cat. No.

SB-2133-CR

151

Cent-R-Rail®- Support Accessories

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cat. No.

B202

Square Washer

Cat. No.

B450

“U” Washer

Cat. No.

B101

90° Angle Fitting

Zinc Plated Steel Zinc Plated Steel Zinc Plated Steel

Cat. No.

B370

Wall Bracket

Cat. No.

B110AL

“Z” Bracket

Cat. No.

CAB-U25

“Z” Bracket

Zinc Plated Steel Aluminum Aluminum

Cat. No.

B107

“U” Bracket

Cat. No.

B107-22A

“U” Bracket

Cat. No.

CAB-U10

“U” Bracket

Zinc Plated Steel

Cat. No.

CAB-U20

“U” Bracket

Cat. No.

B594

“U” Bracket

Cat. No.

B281ASQ

Post Base

Aluminum

Zinc Plated

Steel

Zinc Plated Steel

152

Cent-R-Rail®- Support Accessories

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cat. No. ATR Length

CZN-DRS-36 36

CZN-DRS-60 60

CZN-DRS-72 72

Non-Uniform Loading Bracket

All Threaded Rod Stiffener

• Hardware included

• ATR included

• Zinc plated

• See Seismic Restraints Cent-R-Rail®Supplement brochure (SRSCR1)

• Note: Refer to unbalance section in the appendix (pg. 179) Includes:

• 1 - B107 Znplt U Support

• 1 - B107-22A Znplt U Support

• 9 - 1/2" Hex Nuts, Znplt

• 2 - ATR 1/2" x Length, Znplt

• 1 - HHC Screw 1/2" x 41/2", Znplt

• 2 - B202 Znplt sq washers

Maximum distance

from top of hanger

rod to first bolt of the

channel rod stiffener

is 6" (152mm).

Maximum distance

from top of channel

where the hanger rod

is attached to the first

bolt of the channel rod

stiffener is 6" (152mm).

1/2" ATR

B22 Channel

Rod Stiffener with

SC228 Assemblies

Maximum distance

between each

SC228 is 18" (457mm).

• See Seismic Restraints Cent-R-Rail®

Supplement brochure (SRSCR1)

• Note: Minimum of (2) - SC228 or

SC-UB are required per rod.

SC228 Hanger Rod

Stiffener Assembly

For 3/8" thru 5/8" ATR

(Order B22 Channel Separately)

1/2" ATR

B22 Channel

Rod Stiffener

SC228 Hanger

Rod Stiffener

Assembly

153

Cent-R-Rail®- Support Accessories

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Channel Sizes and Hole Patterns Selections Chart

Available Finishes on Steel: Dura-Green Epoxy, Pre-Galvanized and Hot Dip Galvanized are standard.

Material types available for various hole patterns are defined by numbers 1 thru 4 as follows:

1= Steel

2= Aluminum

3= Type 304 Stainless Steel

4= Type 316 Stainless Steel

Channel Channel Material & Thickness Channel Hole Patterns

Type Dimensions 1 2 3 4 SH S H17/8TH

Height Width

in. (mm) in. (mm) Steel Alum. 304 S.S. 316 S.S.

B11 31/4(82.5) 15/8(41.3) 12Ga. -- -- -- 1 1 1 --

B22A 31/4(82.5) 15/8(41.3) 12Ga. .105 12Ga. 12Ga. 1,2,3,4 1 1,2,3,4 --

B22 15/8(41.3) 15/8(41.3) 12Ga. .105 12Ga. 12Ga. 1,2,3,4 1 1,2,3,4 1

B54 15/16 (20.6) 15/8(41.3) 14Ga. .080 14Ga. 14Ga. 1,2,3,4 1 1,2,3,4 --

Channel Nuts

With Spring Without Spring Twirl Nut Thread Thickness

B11 B22 B42 B11, B22 B42 B11, B22 B42 Size

B12 B24 B52 B12, B24 B52 B12, B24 B52

B32 B54 B32 B54 B32 B54

N725 N225 N525 N225WO N525WO TN225 TN525 1/2"-13 1/2"(12.7 mm) for N725,N225,N225WO,TN225

3/8"(9.5 mm) for N525,N525WO,TN525

N755 N255 N555 N255WO N555WO -- -- 5/8"-11 1/2"(12.7 mm) for N755,N255,N255WO

3/8"(9.5 mm) for N555,N555WO

Channel Nut With Spring Channel Nut Without Spring Twirl Nut

Cat. No. Threads *Recommended Load

& Size Per Inch lbs (kN)

ATR 1/2"13 1130 (5.02)

ATR 5/8"11 1810 (8.05)

*Safety Factor = 5

• Specify length in inches: 36", 72", 120", 144"

Cat. No.

& Size

FW 1/2"

FW 5/8"

Flat Washers Hex Nut

Cat. No.

& Size

HN 1/2"

HN 5/8"

All Threaded Rod

(ATR)

154

Cent-R-Rail®- Support Accessories

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Cat. No. Size Length Recommended

Load

in. (mm) lbs (kN)

B656-1/2x 3/81/2"-13 & 3/8"-16 11/4(31.7) 610 (2.71)

B656-5/8x 1/25/8"-11 & 1/2"-13 11/4(31.7) 1130 (5.02)

B656-3/4x 5/83/4"-10 & 5/8"-11 11/2(38.1) 1810 (8.05)

Rod Coupling

Reducer Rod Coupling

Cat. No. Size Length Recommended

Load

in. (mm) lbs (kN)

B655-1/21/2"-13 13/4(44.4) 1130 (5.02)

B655-5/85/8"-11 21/8(54.0) 1810 (8.05)

Catalog Minimum Allowable Pull- Allowable

Number Embedment Out Load* Shear Load*

in. (mm) lbs (kN) lbs (kN)

ASA-50-225HN 11/2(38) 1100 (4.8) 1100 (4.8)

ASA-50-400HN 11/2(38) 1100 (4.8) 1100 (4.8)

ASA-62-225HN 2(51) 1545 (6.8) 1790 (7.8)

ASA-62-425HN 2(51) 1545 (6.8) 1790 (7.8)

ASA-37-250RQ 11/4(32) 675 (2.9) 570 (2.5)

ASA-37-375RQ 11/4(32) 675 (2.9) 570 (2.5)

ASA-37-475RQ 11/4(32) 675 (2.9) 570 (2.5)

Type Catalog Size Bolt Hole

Number Diameter Diameter

in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

ASA-50-225HN 1/2x 21/4(13 x 57) 3/8(10) 1/2(13)

Hex ASA-50-400HN 1/2x 4 (13 x 102) 3/8(10) 1/2(13)

Nut ASA-62-225HN 5/8x 21/4(16 x 57) 1/2(13) 5/8(16)

ASA-62-425HN 5/8x 41/4(16 x 108) 1/2(13) 5/8(16)

Round ASA-37-250RQ 3/8x 21/2(10 x 64) 5/16 (8) 3/8(10)

Quadrex ASA-37-375RQ 3/8x 33/4(10 x 95) 5/16 (8) 3/8(10)

ASA-37-475RQ 3/8x 43/4(10 x 121) 5/16 (8) 3/8(10)

Catalog Anchor Size Thread Hole

Number Diameter Length Depth Diameter

in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

ADI-50 1/2(13) 2(51) 12/16 (21) 5/8(16)

ADI-62 5/8(16) 21/2(64) 13/16 (30) 7/8(22)

Sleeve

Anchors

Drop-In

Anchors

Catalog Anchor Allowable Allowable Setting Tool

Number Length Pull-out Load* Shear Load* Catalog Number

in. (mm) lbs (kN) lbs (kN)

ADI-50 2(51) 1883 (8.2) 1903 (8.3) ADI-50T

ADI-62 21/2(64) 2473 (10.8) 3403 (14.9) ADI-62T

*Tested in 3500 PSI (24 MPa) concrete. S.F. = 4.0

Hex Nut Round

Quadrex

*Tested in 4860 PSI (33.5 MPa) concrete. S.F. = 4.0

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cent-R-Rail®- Support Accessories

155

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Part Design Max. Mat’l

Number Load* Flange Thick Thickness

lbs (kN) in. (mm) in. (mm)

B212-3/8

1000 (4.45) 11/8(28.6) 3/8(9.5)

Beam Clamps

Anchor Strap

Cat. Rod

No. Size B C D

in. (mm) in. (mm)

B307 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 27/16"(61.9) 7/8"(22.2)

B308 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 29/16"(65.1) 7/8"(22.2)

B321-2 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 39/16"(90.5) 111/16"(42.8)

Cat. No. Flange Width

in. (mm)

B312-6 Up to 6" (Up to 152.4)

B312-9 6"-9" (152.4-228.6)

B312-12 9"-12" (228.6-304.8)

Beam Clamps

Beam Clamp

• Design Load Safety Factor = 5

• Setscrew included

Used with B307, B308 and

B321-2 beam clamps

*when used in pairs

• Design Load Safety Factor = 5

• Sold in pieces

Cat. Design

No. E F T Load

in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs. (kN)

B307 11/8"(28.6) 21/2"(63.5) 7Ga. (4.5) 1100 (4.89)

B308 11/8"(28.6) 21/2"(63.5) 1/4"(6.3) 1500 (7.11)

B321-2 15/8"(41.3) 31/4"(82.5) 1/4"(6.3) 1400 (6.23)

Cat. Design ‘A’

No. Load* Dimension

lbs (kN) in. (mm)

B441-22 1200 (15.34) 33/8(85.7)

B441-22A 1200 (15.34) 5(127.0)

B441Z-22 N/A (N/A) 33/8(85.7)

• Design Load 1200 lbs (5.34kN) when used in pairs

• Design Load Safety Factor = 5

• Sold in pieces

• Order HHCS & channel nuts separately

Cat. No.

B355

Beam Clamp

*when used in pairs

• Design Load Safety Factor = 5

• Sold in pieces

• Setscrew included

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

156

Cent-R-Rail®- Accessories

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Drop-Out

• Tin plated copper

• 1000 Amps maximum fuse amperage rating

• 12" (305mm) overall length

• Provides electrical continuity between trays

• Required with expansion splice hangers and when trays are discontinuous

• For up to 1/2" hardware - not provided

Cat. A

No. in.

CAM-DO-1 1

CAM-DO-2 2

CAM-DO-3 3

CAM-DO-4 4

CAM-DO-5 5

CAM-DO-7 7

CAM-DO-8 8

CAM-DO-10 10

CAM-DO-11 11

Tray Recommended Drop-out Width A*

Width DATA-TRACK®DATA-TRACK®Half-Rack®Multi-Tier

in. Bottom Rung Top Rung Half-Rack®

3 N/A N/A 2 2

62 1 5 5

93 2 8 8

12 5 4 11 11

18 7 7 N/A N/A

24 10 10 N/A N/A

* Indicates widest Drop-

out that will fit in tray

Verti-Rack®Drop-Out

Cat. No.

CAM-GJ

Grounding Jumper

Cat. A

No. in.

CAM-VDO-1 1.5

CAM-VDO-21/23

CAM-VDO-4 4.5

CAM-VDO-51/26

• Provides 3.25" (82mm) bend radius

• Attaches to horizontal section of rung

• Self-drilling screw included

• Part number for one side only

• Provides 3.25" (82mm) bend radius

• Attaches to horizontal section of rung

• Self-drilling screw included

• Part number for one side only

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cent-R-Rail®- Accessories

157

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

(*) Material- Insert “A” for .040 aluminum or “P” for 20 Ga. pre-galvanized steel.

(†) Length- Insert 060 for 60", 072 for 72", 120 for 120", or 144 for 144".

Ordering information - Example: CAP-035-144

Aluminum pan for 9" wide bottom rung Data-Track in a 12 foot section.

Pan

• Solid floor system with the flexibility of

a center rail system

• Side remains open for cable exit/entry

• Available in aluminum or pre-galvanized steel

• Hemmed edges to provide smooth cable fill area

• Shipped with self-drilling screws for easy field installation

(Pan shown in

Data-Track®)

Tray Liner Catalog Number

Width Data-Track®Data-Track®Verti-Rack®Half-Rack®Multi-Tier

in. Bottom Rung Top Rung (one side - Half-Rack®

(one side only) (one side only) one tier only) (one tier only)

3N/A N/A C(*)L-V2-014-(†) C(*)L-D(x)-028-(†) C(*)L-D(x)-028-(†)

6C(*)L-D(x)-028-(†) C(*)L-D(x)-021-(†) C(*)L-V2-029-(†) C(*)L-D(x)-059-(†) C(*)L-D(x)-059-(†)

9C(*)L-D(x)-044-(†) C(*)L-D(x)-036-(†) C(*)L-V2-044-(†) C(*)L-D(x)-089-(†) C(*)L-D(x)-089-(†)

12 C(*)L-D(x)-059-(†) C(*)L-D(x)-051-(†) C(*)L-V2-059-(†) C(*)L-D(x)-119-(†) C(*)L-D(x)-119-(†)

18 C(*)L-D(x)-081-(†) C(*)L-D(x)-081-(†) N/A N/A N/A

24 C(*)L-D(x)-111-(†) C(*)L-D(x)-111-(†) N/A N/A N/A

Liner

• Used to enclose a center rail system

when desired

• Available in aluminum or pre-galvanized steel

• Hemmed edges to provide smooth cable fill area

• Shipped with self-drilling screws for easy field installations

(*) Material- Insert “A” for .040 aluminum or “P” for 20 Ga. pre-galvanized steel.

(†) Length- Insert 060 for 60", 072 for 72", 120 for 120", or 144 for 144".

(x) Loading Depth- Insert 3, 4 or 6 for applicable depth.

Ordering information Example: CAL-D4-059-120

Aluminum liner for 12" wide bottom rung Data-Track with 4" loading in a ten foot section.

(Liner shown in

Data-Track®)

Tray Pan Catalog Number

Width Data-Track®Data-Track®Verti-Rack®Half-Rack®Multi-Tier

in. Bottom Rung Top Rung (one side - Half-Rack®

(one side only) (one side only) one tier only) (one tier only)

N/A N/A C(*)P-008-(†) C(*)P-020-(†) C(*)P-020-(†)

C(*)P-020-(†) C(*)P-012-(†) C(*)P-023-(†) C(*)P-050-(†) C(*)P-050-(†)

C(*)P-035-(†) C(*)P-027-(†) C(*)P-038-(†) C(*)P-080-(†) C(*)P-080-(†)

C(*)P-050-(†) C(*)P-042-(†) C(*)P-053-(†) C(*)P-110-(†) C(*)P-110-(†)

C(*)P-072-(†) C(*)P-072-(†) N/A N/A N/A

C(*)P-102-(†) C(*)P-102-(†) N/A N/A N/A

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

158

Cent-R-Rail®- Accessories

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

* Insert color:

Gray is standard

Optional- red, white, purple,

blue, yellow, orange, black

Cat. No.

CPLM-EC10-Gray

Plastic Center

Rail End Cap

Cat. No.

CPLM-EC30-*

Plastic Rung

End Cap

Cat. No.

CPLM-EC20-Gray

Plastic Center

Rail End Cap

• Fits over end of center rail

• Gray PVC material

• Field installation

• Fits over end of rungs

• Used for cable identification

• PVC material

• Field installation

• Fits over end of center rail

• Gray PVC material

• Field installation

* Insert color:

Gray is standard

Optional- red, white, purple,

blue, yellow, orange, black

Cat. No.

CPLM-EC40-*

Plastic Rung

End Cap

• Fits over end of rungs

• Used for cable identification

• PVC material

• Field installation

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cent-R-Rail®- Accessories

159

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

• Fits over end of vertical trunk

• Gray PVC Material

• Field installation

Cat. No.

CPLM-EC50-Gray

Plastic Trunk End Cap

Mounting

Cat. No. Conduit Hardware

Size Size

in. (mm) in. (mm)

BL1400 1/2(15) 1/4(6)

BL1410 3/4(20) 1/4(6)

BL1420 1 (25) 1/4(6)

BL1430 11/4(32) 1/4(6)

BL1440 11/2(40) 5/16 (8)

BL1450 2(50) 5/16 (8)

BL1460 21/2(65) 5/16 (8)

BL1470 3(80) 5/16 (8)

BL1480 31/2(90) 5/16 (8)

BL1490 4(100) 5/16 (8)

• Designed to support or suspend light-duty

stationary conduit runs

• Zinc plated steel

• Attaches to tray center rail

(mounting hardware not included)

Conduit Adapter

• Connects conduit to Cent-R-Rail

• Easy one rung installation

• Positions conduit between rungs

• Shipped assembled with hardware

Conduit Adapter

Cat. No. Conduit Size

in. (mm)

BL1400-C442 1/2(15)

BL1410-C442 3/4(20)

BL1420-C442 1 (25)

BL1430-C442 11/4(32)

BL1440-C442 11/2(40)

BL1450-C442 2(50)

160

Cent-R-Rail®- Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

6" (152mm) thru 12" (305mm) rung spacing

Cat. No. Conduit Size

Punched

in. (mm)

CAM-CA1S-1/21/2(15)

CAM-CA1S-3/43/4(20)

CAM-CA1S-1 1 (25)

CAM-CA1S-11/411/4(32)

CAM-CA2S-11/211/2(40)

CAM-CA2S-2 2(50)

CAM-CA2S-21/221/2(65)

CAM-CA3S-3 3(80)

CAM-CA3S-31/231/2(90)

CAM-CA3S-4 4(100)

• Connects conduit to Cent-R-Rail

• Supported by two rungs for stability

• Allows variable positioning between rungs

• Items included:

-mounting body

-2 rung attachment clips with #10 self-drilling screws

Conduit

Adapter

18" (457mm) thru 24" (609mm) rung spacing

Cat. No. Conduit Size

Punched

in. (mm)

CAM-CA1L-1/21/2(15)

CAM-CA1L-3/43/4(20)

CAM-CA1L-1 1 (25)

CAM-CA1L-11/411/4(32)

CAM-CA2L-11/211/2(40)

CAM-CA2L-2 2(50)

CAM-CA2L-21/221/2(65)

CAM-CA3L-3 3(80)

CAM-CA3L-31/231/2(90)

CAM-CA3L-4 4(100)

6" (152mm) thru 12" (305mm) rung spacing

Cat. No. Conduit Size

Unpunched

in. (mm)

CAM-CA1S 1/2thru 11/4(15) thru (32)

CAM-CA2S 11/2thru 21/2(40) thru (65)

CAM-CA3S 3 thru 4 (80) thru (100)

• Locates splice holes to be drilled in field cut trays

• Used to mark cut lines square

• Requires 9/16" diameter drill bit (not included)

Cat. No.

CAM-DF

Drill Fixture

18" (457mm) thru 24" (609mm) rung spacing

Cat. No. Conduit Size

Unpunched

in. (mm)

CAM-CA1L 1/2thru 11/4(15) thru (32)

CAM-CA2L 11/2thru 21/2(40) thru (65)

CAM-CA3L 3 thru 4 (80) thru (100)

Cent-R-Rail

Cent-R-Rail®- Accessories

161

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

• Connects tray end to wall for termination and support

• Qwik-Bolt®design

• Shipped with one bolt for tray connection

(order 1/2" diameter wall mounting hardware separately)

• Easy to install

• Strong - 1/4" (6mm) steel

• Zinc plated - ASTM B633

• Designed for up to 1/2" diameter wall attachment hardware

(not included)

• Cent-R-Rail®nut and bolt connector provided

• Easy to install

• Strong - 1/4" (6mm) steel

• Zinc plated - ASTM B633

• Designed for up to 1/2" diameter wall attachment hardware

(not included)

• Cent-R-Rail®nut and bolt connector provided

Patented (see page CRR-4)

Cat. No.

CZNT-WB1

Data-Track®

Tray-to-Wall Connector

Cat. No.

CZNT-WB2

Verti-rack®

Tray-to-Wall Connector

Cat. No.

CAT-WB

Tray-to-Wall Connector

162

Cent-R-Rail®- Accessories

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

• Connects tray to opening in enclosures

• Qwik-Bolt®design

• Shipped with one bolt for tray connection (order

1/4" diameter wall mounting hardware separately)

Data-Track®

Tray-To-Box

Connector

Patented (see page 125)

Cat. No.

CAT-BD B 3 12 B

Rung Loading Tray

Type Depth Width

B=Bottom rung 3=3" 06= 6"

T=Top rung 4=4" 09= 9"

6=6" 12=12"

18=18"

24=24"

Patented (see page 125)

• Connects tray to opening in enclosures

• Qwik-Bolt®design

• Shipped with one bolt for tray connection (order

1/4" diameter wall mounting hardware separately)

Cat. No.

CAT-B 4 V 06 B

Number Tray

of Tiers Width

2 = 2 tiers 03 = 3"

3 = 3 tiers 06 = 6"

4 = 4 tiers 09 = 9"

5 = 5 tiers 12 = 12"

6 = 6 tiers

Multi-Tier Half-Rack®

Tray-To-Box

Connector

Patented (see page 125)

• Connects tray to opening in enclosures

• Qwik-Bolt®design

• Shipped with one bolt for tray connection (order

1/4" diameter wall mounting hardware separately)

• Designed for 3” and 4” fill

Cat. No.

CAT-B 2 M 03 B

Number Tray

of Tiers Width

2 = 2 tiers 03 = 3"

3 = 3 tiers 06 = 6"

4 = 4 tiers 09 = 9"

12 = 12"

Half-Rack®

Tray-To-Box

Connector

Patented (see page 125)

• Connects tray to opening in enclosures

• Qwik-Bolt®design

• Shipped with one bolt for tray connection (order

1/4" diameter wall mounting hardware separately)

Cat. No.

CAT-B1H 3 03 B

Loading Tray

Depth Width

3 = 3” 03 = 3"

4 = 4” 06 = 6"

6 = 6” 09 = 9"

12 = 12"

Verti-Rack®

Tray-To-Box

Connector

Cent-R-Rail®- Accessories

163

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

• Terminates cable tray run

• Qwik-Bolt®design

• Shipped with one bolt for tray connections

Half-Rack®

Blind End

Patented (see page 125)

Cat. No.

CAM-BE1 B 3 12 B

Rung Loading Tray

Type Depth Width

B = Bottom rung 3 = 3" 06 = 6"

T = Top rung 4 = 4" 09 = 9"

6 = 6" 12 = 12"

18 = 18"

24 = 24"

Patented (see page 125)

• Terminates cable tray run

• Qwik-Bolt®design

• Shipped with one bolt for tray connections

Patented (see page 125)

• Terminates cable tray run

• Qwik-Bolt®design

• Shipped with one bolt for tray connections

• Designed for straight rung and 2” fill

Patented (see page 125)

• Terminates cable tray run

• Qwik-Bolt®design

• Shipped with one bolt for tray connections

• Designed for 3” and 4” fill

Data-Track®

Blind End

Cat. No.

CAM-BED B 3 12 B

Rung Loading Tray

Type Depth Width

B = Bottom rung 3 = 3" 06 = 6"

T = Top rung 4 = 4" 09 = 9"

6 = 6" 12 = 12"

18 = 18"

24 = 24"

Cat. No.

CAM-BE 2 M 12 B

Rung Tray

Tier Type Width

2 = 2 Tier M = Multi-Tier 03 = 3"

3 = 3 Tier Half Rack®06 = 6"

4 = 4 Tier 09 = 9"

12 = 12"

Cat. No.

CAM-BE 2 V 09 B

Rung Tray

Tier Type Width

2 = 2 Tier V = Verti-Rack®03 = 3"

3 = 3 Tier 06 = 6"

4 = 4 Tier 09 = 9"

12 = 12"

164

Cent-R-Rail®- Accessories

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Straight

Section Barriers

• Separates cable randomly in straight tray

• Furnished with 4 rung attachment clips,

hardware and one splice

Cat. No. Tray Loading Length

Depth

C73A-144 3" (76.2mm) 144" (3.66m)

C74A-144 4" (101.6mm) 144" (3.66m)

C76A-144 6" (152.4mm) 144" (3.66m)

C73A-120 3" (76.2mm) 120" (3.05m)

C74A-120 4" (101.6mm) 120" (3.05m)

C76A-120 6" (152.4mm) 120" (3.05m)

Rung

Attachment

• Used to attach

barrier strips without

screwing into rungs

• One #10 x 1/2"

self-drilling screw

included

Cat. No.

CZNM-RC

Horizontal

Bend Barriers

• Separates cable randomly

• Standard Length: 72” (6 ft.) (1.8m)

• Horizontal bend barriers are

flexible in order to conform to

any horizontal bend

• Furnished with 3 rung attachment

clips, hardware and one splice

Cat. No. Tray Loading

Depth

C73A-90HBFL 3" (76.2mm)

C74A-90HBFL 4" (101.6mm)

C76A-90HBFL 6" (152.4mm)

K1 Cover

Bottom Rung Data-Track®

Cat. No. Overall Width

in. (mm)

C(*)K1F-DB-06-(length) 9.000 (228.6)

C(*)K1F-DB-09-(length) 12.000 (304.8)

C(*)K1F-DB-12-(length) 15.000 (381.0)

C(*)K1F-DB-18-(length) 19.375 (492.1)

C(*)K1F-DB-24-(length) 25.375 (644.5)

Top Rung Data-Track®

Cat. No. Overall Width

in. (mm)

C(*)K1F-DT-06-(length) 7.375 (187.3)

C(*)K1F-DT-09-(length) 10.375 (263.5)

C(*)K1F-DT-12-(length) 13.375 (339.7)

C(*)K1F-DT-18-(length) 19.375 (492.1)

C(*)K1F-DT-24-(length) 25.375 (644.5)

(*) Insert “A” for .040" aluminum or

“P” for 20 Ga. pre-galvanized steel.

• Available in .040 (1mm) aluminum

• Available in 20 (.9mm) gauge pre-galvanized steel.

• Notched for 1/2" ATR (hardware not included).

• Full 1/2" flange.

• Available in 10 ft. (120") (3.0m) and 12 ft. (144") (3.7m)

sections.

Length Suffix Cover Length

-120 120" (10 ft.) (3.05m)

-144 144" (12 ft.) (3.66m)

Cent-R-Rail®- Sample Specification

Data-Track®

165

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers

1.01 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray system shall be as

manufactured by B-Line®Systems, Inc.

Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components

2.01 General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes

indicated with splice hangers and all other necessary accessories. Provide cable trays with rounded

edges and smooth surfaces in compliance with applicable standards, and with the following additional

construction features.

2.02 Materials and Finish: Aluminum: Center rails and rungs shall be extruded from Aluminum Association

Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association Alloy 5052 and all cast

parts from Aluminum Association Alloy 319. All hardware and fasteners shall be zinc plated steel in

accordance with ASTM B633.

2.03 Cable trays shall be constructed of a center rail 1.625" x 3.250" with minimum section

properties of Sx = 0.701 in3and Ix = 1.174 in4. Rungs shall be a single continuous square tube

0.54" x 0.54" with radiused corners and minimum section properties of Sx = 0.019 in3and

Ix = 0.005 in4. Rungs shall be mechanically connected to the center rail in at least two places,

symmetrical about the center rail, with ends finished to protect installers and cables.

2.04 Rungs shall be spaced every [6] [9] [12] inches.

2.05 Straight sections shall be supplied in [10] [12] foot lengths.

2.06 Cable tray width shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] inches.

2.07 Splice hangers must also be capable of acting as the support points for all thread rod.

2.08 Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [6] inches.

2.09 All splices and connectors must protect cables from the edges of the center rail and act as a barrier

to prevent the center rail from transmitting hazardous gases or smoke; hardware must be installed

vertically, so as not to interfere with the cables in the cable fill area.

2.10 Where required, expansion splices shall allow for 1" of thermal expansion and contraction.

2.11 When required, and to provide an area free of center rails for cable transitions, contractor shall

install a universal hub fitting. The universal hub fitting must be a cast aluminum structural member,

B-Line CAU Series (flat sheets of steel or aluminum are not acceptable), which can be used with

cable ties and allows the center rails to be connected so they may be pivoted at connection points.

Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing

3.01 Cable tray shall meet the loading requirements of NEMA 12C.

3.02 Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of

NEMA VE-1 or CSA C22.2 No. 126-M91.

3.03 UL Compliance: Provide products which are UL classified and labeled.

Cent-R-Rail®- Sample Specification

Verti-Rack®

166

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers

1.01 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as

manufactured by B-Line®Systems, Inc.

Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components

2.01 General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes

indicated with splice hangers and all other necessary accessories. Provide cable trays with rounded

edges and smooth surfaces in compliance with applicable standards, and with the following additional

construction features.

2.02 Materials and Finish: Aluminum: Center rails and rungs shall be extruded from Aluminum Association

Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association Alloy 5052 and all cast

parts from Aluminum Association Alloy 319. All hardware and fasteners shall be zinc plated steel in

accordance with ASTM B633.

2.03 Cable trays shall be constructed of a center rail 1.625" x 3.900" with minimum section properties of

Sx = 0.558 in3and Ix = 1.272 in4. Rungs shall be a single continuous rectangular tube 0.54" x 0.31"

with radiused corners and minimum section properties of Sx = 0.007 in3and Ix = 0.001 in4. Rungs

shall be mechanically connected to square trunks 0.71" x 0.71", symmetrical about the trunk, with

ends finished to protect installers and cables. Trunks shall be mechanically connected to the center rail.

2.04 Rungs shall be spaced every [6] [9] [12] inches.

2.05 Straight sections shall be supplied in [10] [12] foot lengths.

2.06 Cable tray width shall be [3] [6] [9] [12] inches.

2.07 Splice hangers must also be capable of acting as the support points for all thread rod.

2.08 Cable tray loading depth shall be 2 inches.

2.09 Cable tray shall have [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] tiers.

2.10 All splices and connectors must protect cables from the edges of the center rail and act as a barrier

to prevent the center rail from transmitting hazardous gases or smoke; hardware must be installed

vertically, so as not to interfere with the cables in the cable fill area.

2.11 Where required, expansion splices shall allow for 1" of thermal expansion and contraction.

2.12 When required, cable tray system shall be expandable after installation, up to two additional tiers.

Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing

3.01 Cable tray shall meet the loading requirements of NEMA 12C.

3.02 Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of

NEMA VE-1 or CSA C22.2 No. 126-M91.

3.03 UL Compliance: Provide products which are UL classified and labeled.

Cent-R-Rail®- Sample Specification

Half-Rack®

167

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers

1.01 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as

manufactured by B-Line®Systems, Inc.

Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components

2.01 General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes

indicated with splice hangers and all other necessary accessories. Provide cable tray with rounded

edges and smooth surfaces in compliance with applicable standards, and with the following additional

construction features.

2.02 Materials and Finish: Aluminum: Center rails and rungs shall be extruded from Aluminum Association

Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association Alloy 5052 and all cast

parts from Aluminum Association Alloy 319. All hardware and fasteners shall be zinc plated steel in

accordance with ASTM B633.

2.03 Cable trays shall be constructed of a center rail 1.625" x 3.250" with minimum section properties of

Sx = 0.701 in3and Ix = 1.174 in4. Rungs shall be a single continuous square tube 0.54" x 0.54" with

radiused corners and minimum section properties of Sx = 0.019 in3and Ix = 0.005 in4. Rungs shall

be mechanically connected to the center rail in at least two places, with ends finished to protect

installers and cables.

2.04 Rungs shall be spaced every [6] [9] [12] inches.

2.05 Straight sections shall be supplied in [10] [12] foot lengths.

2.06 Cable tray width shall be [3] [6] [9] [12] inches.

2.07 Splice hangers must also be capable of acting as the support points for all thread rod.

2.08 Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [6] inches.

2.09 All splices and connectors must protect cables from the edges of the center rail and act as a barrier

to prevent the center rail from transmitting hazardous gases or smoke; hardware must be installed

vertically, so as not to interfere with the cables in the cable fill area.

2.10 Cable tray shall be capable of being installed flush against a flat surface without the use of spacers

or brackets.

2.11 Where required, expansion splices shall allow for 1" of thermal expansion and contraction.

Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing

3.01 Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of

NEMA VE-1 / CSA C22.2 No. 126.1-98.

3.02 UL Classified: Provide products which are UL classified and labeled.

Cent-R-Rail®- Sample Specification

Multi-Tier Half-Rack®

168

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers

1.01 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as

manufactured by B-Line®Systems, Inc.

Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components

2.01 General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes

indicated with splice hangers and all other necessary accessories. Provide cable tray with rounded

edges and smooth surfaces in compliance with applicable standards, and with the following additional

construction features.

2.02 Materials and Finish: Aluminum: Center rails and rungs shall be extruded from Aluminum Association

Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association Alloy 5052 and all cast

parts from Aluminum Association Alloy 319. All hardware and fastener shall be zinc plated steel in

accordance with ASTM B633.

2.03 Cable trays shall be constructed of a center rail 1.625" x 3.900" with minimum section properties of

Sx = 0.558 in3and Ix = 1.272 in4. Rungs shall be a single continuous square tube 0.54" x 0.54" with

radiused corners and minimum section properties of Sx = 0.019 in3and Ix = 0.005 in4. Rungs

shall be mechanically connected to square trunks 0.71" x 0.71", with ends finished to protect installers

and cables. Trunks shall be mechanically connected to the center rail.

2.04 Rungs shall be spaced every [6] [9] [12] inches.

2.05 Straight sections shall be supplied in [10] [12] foot lengths.

2.06 Cable tray width shall be [3] [6] [9] [12] inches.

2.07 Splice hangers must also be capable of acting as the support points for all thread rod.

2.08 Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] inches.

2.09 Cable tray shall have [2] [3] [4] tiers.

2.10 All splices and connectors must protect cables from the edges of the center rail and act as a barrier

to prevent the center rail from transmitting hazardous gases or smoke; hardware must be installed

vertically, so as not to interfere with the cables in the cable fill area.

2.11 Cable tray shall be capable of being installed flush against a flat surface without the use of spacers

or brackets.

2.12 Where required, expansion splices shall allow for 1" of thermal expansion and contraction.

2.13 When required, cable tray system shall be expandable after installation, up to two additional tiers.

Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing

3.01 Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of

NEMA VE-1 / CSA C22.2 No. 126.1-98.

3.02 UL Compliance: Provide products which are UL classified and labeled.

Cent-R-Rail®- Installation Suggestions

169

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

• 10 ft (3.0m) or 12 ft (3.7m)

Straight Sections with

Standard Splice Hangers.

(pgs. 132-139)

Common Items Required:

Guidelines for Common Items:

• Horizontal Adjustable

Splices

(pg. 142)

• Vertical Adjustable

Splices

(pg. 145)

• Horizontal Elbow &

Tee Coupling

(pgs. 143)

• Universal Hub Fittings

with Pivot Connectors

(pg. 146)

• Clevis Hangers

(pgs. 148

& 149)

•1/2" ATR & Hex Nuts (pg. 153)

• Beam Clamps (pg. 153)

• Anchors (pg. 153)

• Two 3/4" Combination

Wrenches

• When field cutting is required, use drill fixture (pg. 38) to cut ends square and locate new splice holes, or

drill one 9/16" (14mm) hole 7/8" (22mm) on center from end of the tray through center rail.

IMPORTANT: Tube end must be cut square when field cutting.

• When hanging ATR, leave slightly loose until after tray is

installed to ease alignment with splice hanger holes.

• When attaching the tray system to the ATR, extend the ATR

approximately 1" past the hex nut to allow for the use of B655

rod couplings (pg. 154) for future expansion.

•To address unbalanced loading.

When tray stabilization is required for non-uniform loading, use brackets

with ATR as shown: (pg. 152)

• CENT-R-RAIL®tray was designed to be

interactive with Cooper B-Line’s strut systems,

allowing multiple options for miscellaneous

supports. Refer to Cooper B-Line’s Strut Systems

catalog and seismic brochure for a complete

listing of items available. A few examples are shown below:

7/8"

• Page 179 - unbalanced

loading study.

• Refer to page 151 for

auxiliary support

6°

(22mm) 9/16"

(14mm)

Cent-R-Rail®- Installation Suggestions

170

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Guidelines for Common Items:

• When installing straight sections:

- Hang 1/2" ATR on 10 ft or 12 ft centers (depending on

tray lengths) with one hex nut threaded approximately

4 inches onto ATR.

- Attach splice hanger and tray onto ATR through

center hole of splice hanger.

- Install one hex nut on ATR under tray and thread up

to set elevation of tray.

- Tighten upper hex nut against top of splice hanger.

- For wall attachment options see Seismic Restraints

Cent-R-Rail®Supplement.

• When using Qwik-Bolt®Splice

Hangers:

- Insert splice into ends of tray

with non-threaded side

toward bolt head.

- Insert bolts and

tighten securely.

120" (3m) or 144" (4m)

118" (2997mm) or 142" (3607mm)

• Allow for future expansion

- When possible, extend

ATR 1" past bottom

hex nut to provide

for later expansion

by using an ATR

coupling (pg. 154).

• When using Horizontal

Adjustable Splices:

- Install with ATR through

center hole, adjust splice

to required angle and

tighten ATR nuts.

(May also install with

the included 3" bolt

and nut and support

tray using a clevis

hanger within 2 ft of

splice.)

- For optional outside

bend cable support,

horizontal bend rung

support (pg. 142).

• For connecting two

mid-run straight pieces:

- Use Horizontal

Adjustable Splices

to join two straight

sections at mid-run,

where short of

space for connection.

• Removing the

captive nut

Captive Nut

• When using Vertical Adjustable

Splices:

- Attach splice to trays and install

a clevis hanger within 2 ft of splice

to support tray. (May also install

using ATR as support by first

removing captive nut.)

- Tighten pivot bolt & nut.

Cent-R-Rail®- Installation Suggestions

171

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

• When wall-mounting tray:

- Attach tray and splice to wall by bolting through center rail to wall.

(May also be installed using other methods, such as brackets.)

Guidelines for Common Items:

Sections should be attached to the wall

at mid length and at 1/6th of the section length

from both ends (20" for 120"; 24" for 144")

1" (25mm)

Mid Length

*24" (609mm)

*= 20" (508mm) for 120" (3m) Length Section

144" (12') (4m) Length Section

Half-Rack®and Multi-Tier Half-Rack®

Support Locations

120" or 144"

• When using Expansion Splice Hangers:

- Both splices adjacent to expansion splice hangers must be installed 120"

or 144" (depending on the tray length) on centers from expansion splice

to allow full expansion and contraction.

- Grounding jumper must be installed with expansion splice.

(3m) (4m)

120" or 144"

(3m) (4m)

172

Cent-R-Rail®- Installation Suggestions

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Half-Rack®Mounting Details:

Half-Rack®

Cable Tray

Expansion or Cast-In-

Place Anchor

Flat Washer

B594

U-Bracket

Half-Rack®

Cable Tray

Expansion or Cast-In-

Place Anchor

Use Flat Washer with

3/8" Dia. Anchors

• CPB-U10 U-Bracket:

In Drywall & Metal Stud Wall

• CPB-CV1 For Multi-Tier Half-Rack

• CZNH-WH Wall Hanger:

In Hollow CMU Wall

CZNH-WH Wall Hanger

(Spacers Included)

Half-Rack®

Cable Tray

Sleeve Anchor or

Toggle Bolt

Use Flat Washer with

3/8" Dia. Anchors

Half-Rack®

Cable Tray

CPB-U10

U-Bracket

1/4" Metal

Screws

Flat Washers

Metal Stud

Guidelines for Common Items:

• Drill Through Method:

In Concrete Slab

• B594 Clevis U-Bracket:

In Concrete Slab

Note: These mounting details serve as a vertical support, and can serve as seismic bracing.

See the Cent-R-Rail Seismic Restraints brochure for details.

Cent-R-Rail®- Installation Suggestions

173

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Half-Rack®

Cable Tray

B594

U-Bracket

Lag Bolt

3" Embedment into Wood

2 x 4 Nominal (Min.)

Use Flat Washers Except For

1/2" Dia. Bolts

Multi-Tier

Half-Rack®

Cable Tray

(2-4 Tiers)

CZNH-WM Wall Hanger

(Spacers Included)

Trunk

Toggle Bolt or Sleeve Anchor

Use Flat Washer with

3/8" Dia. Anchors

• CZNH-WM Wall Hanger:

In Hollow CMU Wall

Multi-Tier Half-Rack®Mounting Details:

• B594 Clevis U-Bracket:

In Wood Stud Wall

Guidelines for Common Items:

• CZNH-WM Wall Hanger:

In Concrete Slab

Multi-Tier

Half-Rack®

Cable Tray

(2-4 Tiers)

CZNH-WM Wall Hanger

(Spacers Included)

Expansion or Cast-In-

Place Anchor

Trunk

Flat Washer

Cent-R-Rail®- Installation Suggestions

174

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Guidelines (cont.):

• When using Horizontal Elbow and Tee Couplings:

- Bolt “U” bracket around tray center rail with coupling bar on bottom of center rail for Data-Track®&

Half-Rack®, and top of center rail for Verti-Rack®& Multi-Tier Half-Rack®.

- Attach pivot connector to branch tray using included bolt, and support tray with clevis hanger within

2 ft of coupling. (May also attach to ATR by first removing captive nut.)

- Adjust pivot connector to desired position and tighten all hardware.

• When using Horizontal Cross Couplings:

- Installation is similar to elbow and tee coupling, except with two branch trays instead of one.

- Support ATR may be located through existing “U” bracket holes, by using clevis hangers within

2 ft of coupling. (May also attach to ATR by first removing captive nut.)

Cent-R-Rail®- Installation Suggestions

175

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

• When using Add-A-Rung®with Verti-Rack®or

Multi-Tier Half Rack®in Different Widths:

- See loading data for maximum center rail load capacity

to determine the maximum number of tiers in different

widths allowed.

- 3", 6", 9" and 12" wide tiers.

- Insert Add-A-Rung®into end of vertical trunk.

- Install included screw through pilot hole in trunk.

- See page 134 for part number.

Guidelines (cont.):

• When using Add-A-Rung®with Verti-Rack®or

Multi-Tier Half-Rack®:

- See loading data for maximum center rail load capacity to

determine the maximum number of tiers allowed.

- Insert Add-A-Rung®into end of vertical trunk.

- Install included screw through pilot hole in trunk.

• When using Universal Hub Fittings:

- Position hubs with rounded edges toward cables.

- Attach pivot connectors to cable support

surface using ATR, or bolt and nut through pivot

hole. (If bolt and nut are used, tray must be

supported using clevis hangers within 2 ft of

pivot connectors.)

- Connect tray ends to pivot connectors.

- Position pivot connectors as desired and

tighten hardware.

- Warning: Do not use as a support for personnel!

Cent-R-Rail®- Installation Suggestions

176

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Data-Track®

Bottom Rung

Replacement

• #10 self-drilling

attachments included.

• This product can act as a

Rail-Riser™ for Data-Track®.

Cat. No.

C3ADB-06-RK

C3ADB-09-RK

C3ADB-12-RK

C3ADB-18-RK

C3ADB-24-RK

C4ADB-06-RK

C4ADB-09-RK

C4ADB-12-RK

C4ADB-18-RK

C4ADB-24-RK

C6ADB-06-RK

C6ADB-09-RK

C6ADB-12-RK

C6ADB-18-RK

C6ADB-24-RK

• #10 self-drilling

attachments included.

Half-Rack®

Rung

Replacement

Multi-Tier

Half-Rack®

Rung

Replacement

• #10 self-drilling attachments included.

Verti-rack®

Rung

Replacement

Assembly

• #10 self-drilling attachments included.

• When installing cables near a ceiling, use

straight rung DATA-TRACK®and bolt to

ceiling through splice holes or use “U”

brackets (pg. 151).

Helpful Hints

Note: Bonding jumper is required to maintain

electrical continuity. (pg. 156)

• Vertical offsets can be easily

field fabricated by attaching

two trays to the same ATR

with one above the other.

Cat. No.

C3A1H-03-RK

C3A1H-06-RK

C3A1H-09-RK

C3A1H-12-RK

C4A1H-03-RK

C4A1H-06-RK

C4A1H-09-RK

C4A1H-12-RK

C6A1H-03-RK

C6A1H-06-RK

C6A1H-09-RK

C6A1H-12-RK

Cat. No.

C3AM-03-RK

C3AM-06-RK

C3AM-09-RK

C3AM-12-RK

C4AM-03-RK

C4AM-06-RK

C4AM-09-RK

C4AM-12-RK

Cat. No.

C2AV-03-RK

C2AV-06-RK

C2AV-09-RK

C2AV-12-RK

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cent-R-Rail®- Appendix

177

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Fill

The National Electrical Code allows for 50% fill of ventilated cable tray for control or signal wiring

(Article 318-9(b)). This rule requires that all the individual cable cross-sectional areas added up may

not exceed one half the cable tray area. The cable tray area is equal to the width times the load depth.

In actual practice with Category 5 cables, however, the cable tray is completely full in order to reach

the “50% cable fill”. See the picture below. The tray is completely full, but the sum of the cable area

is only 50% of the tray area, due to the empty spaces between the cables.

This being the case, there is a practical limit to the amount of cables that can be installed in the

tray, based on the trays’ width and load depth. The following chart shows the approximate cable

weight that can be installed without exceeding the 50% fill rule:

Cable Tray Cable Tray Fill Depth

Width 3" 4" 6"

6" 7 lbs/ft 9 lbs/ft 13.5 lbs/ft

9" 10 lbs/ft 13.5 lbs/ft 20 lbs/ft

12" 13.5 lbs/ft 18 lbs/ft 27 lbs/ft

18" 20 lbs/ft 27 lbs/ft 41 lbs/ft

24" 27 lbs/ft 36 lbs/ft 50 lbs/ft

Group 1

Group 2

This chart was based on 50% fill of 4 UTP Category 5 cable (O.D. = .21", .026 lbs/ft).

This is not a maximum load rating for the tray, rather a practical guide to the amount of cable weight

that can realistically be installed.

For analysis purposes, the loads are separated into 2 groups: less than 25 lbs/ft, and greater than

25 lbs/ft. These groups will be used in the eccentric load study on the following pages.

Picture shows 12" wide Cent-R-Rail cable tray with 3" load depth.

The tray contains 520 4 UTP Category 5 cables (.21" OD).

178

Cent-R-Rail®- Appendix

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Group 1 - Loads under 25 lbs/ft Loading Balance %*

Method 1 - 1/2" all thread rod with hex nuts on top and bottom of tray 65/35

Method 2 - 1/2" all thread rod with CZNH-CD clevis hanger 65/35

Method 3 - 1/2" all thread rod stiffened with B22 and SC228’s (pg. 152) 80/20

Method 4 - using CZN-DRS-72 (pg. 152) 100/0

Group 2 - Loads between 25 lbs/ft and 50 lbs/ft Loading Balance %*

Method 1 - 1/2" all thread rod with hex nuts on top and bottom of tray 60/40

Method 2 - 1/2" all thread rod with CZNH-CD clevis hanger 55/45

Method 3 - 1/2" all thread rod stiffened with B22 and SC228’s (pg. 152) 65/35

Method 4 - using CZN-DRS-72 (pg. 152) 80/20

Failure was defined as a 6 degree horizontal tilt of the tray. Tests were performed on

single sections of tray with a span of 12 ft between supports. Maximum hanger

rod length tested was 6 ft. For study results refer to page 179.

Method 4

Method 3Method 2Method 1

*Defined as percentage of total cable load allowed on one side of the tray.

Data-Track®Allowable

Unbalanced Load Distribution

179

Cent-R-Rail®- Appendix

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Center rail systems can be supported using different processes. For B-Line’s study, the

following four were used:

Method 1: 1/2" ATR passing through splice hangers (CAS-SB) with hex nuts on top and bottom.

Method 2: 1/2" ATR with clevis (CZNH-CD).

Method 3: 1/2" ATR reinforced with rod stiffener (B22 channel rod stiffener and SC228 hanger rod

stiffener assembly).

Method 4: CZN-DRS-72 special purpose support assembly.

Combining the two loading groups and the four support methods, testing revealed the following:

Group 1-Under 25 lbs/ft Loading Balance %*

Method 1 65/35

Method 2 65/35

Method 3 80/20

Method 4 100/0

Group 2 - 25 lbs/ft to 50 lbs/ft Loading Balance %*

Method 1 60/40

Method 2 55/45

Method 3 65/35

Method 4 80/20

As a reminder, failure was defined as a 6° horizontal tilt. The supports were on 12 ft centers and the

ATR drops were 6 ft. Cable loading was estimated for category 5 cable weighing .021 lbs/ft with a

cross-sectional area of .0492 square inches. This information should be beneficial when considering

eccentric loading and center rail systems.

*Defined as percentage of total cable load allowed on one side of the tray.

Unbalanced Loading - The Study

To better understand uneven loading on center rail

systems, Cooper B-Line®ran a series of tests on Data-Track®.

Tests were performed with supports on twelve foot

centers using 1/2" threaded rod. The maximum allowable

tilt was set at six degrees. This angle was chosen purely

for aesthetic reasons. It is nowhere near structural failure,

but the point at which it started to look unacceptable.

6°

Method 4

Method 3Method 2Method 1

180

Cent-R-Rail®- Appendix

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Seismic Restraint Systems

❑SRS-00 Seismic Restraints

Multi-Directional bracing for electrical conduit, cable tray and mechanical piping systems.

Standard mounting details and bracing schedules have been reviewed and stamped by a

California structural engineer.

❑SRS-CR1 Cent-R-Rail Seismic Supplement

Multi-Directional bracing for Data-Track®, Half-Rack®and Multi-Tier Half-Rack®Systems.

Standard mounting details and bracing schedules have been reviewed and stamped by a

California structural engineer.

Strip

B335-21/2

Adjustable Hinge

CZNM-DSC Clamp

Rod Attachment

To Cable Tray

4" Maximum

Half-Rack®

Cable Tray

CPB-U10

U-Bracket

1/4" Metal

Screws

Flat Washers

CPM-MTSC Clip

Attachment to Trunk

Attachment to Wall

13/16"

(20.7mm)

5/16"

(7.9mm)

‘H’

Dia.

Attachment to Trunk

CPM-MTSS Strip

Attachment to Metal Stud

50"

(1270mm)

Clip

Cat. No.

CPM-MTSS

Cat. No. ‘H’

in. (mm)

CPM-MTSC-1/45/16 (7.9)

CPM-MTSC-3/87/16 (11.1)

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

181

Cent-R-Rail®- Appendix

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

New - Verti-Rack®

4" Fill Depth to 24" Wide

Single Tier

• Expandable with Add-A-Rung

• Center rail loading to NEMA 12C

• UL Classified

• Widths available: 6", 9", 12", 18" and 24"

• Lengths: 120" or 144"

Add-A-Rung

Two Tier

• Center rail loading to NEMA 12C

• UL Classified

• Widths available: 6", 9", 12", 18" and 24"

• Lengths: 120" or 144"

• Attaches to bottom of existing tray

• Shipped with required hardware

(152mm)

11.35"

(287mm)

5.35"

(136mm)

(101mm)

Cat. No.

C4A1V12-24-144

Cat. No.

C4A2V12-24-144

Cat. No.

CAR-1V424

182

Cent-R-Rail®- Appendix

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Variable Width Verti-RACK®Straight Section Part Numbering

C2 A 4V 12 - 12-09-06-03 - 144

Rung

Series Material Type Spacing Width** Length*

C0 = Straight Rung A = Aluminum 2V = 2 tier 06 = 6" 03 = 3" 144 = 144"

C2 = 2" Loading Depth 3V = 3 tier 09 = 9" 06 = 6" 120 = 120"

4V = 4 tier 12 = 12" 09 = 9"

5V = 5 tier (Specials 12 = 12"

6V = 6 tier available)

* Actual tray lengths are 142" and 118" to allow for splice hangers

Variable Width Verti-Rack®

Rung #1

Rung #2

Rung #3

Rung #4

**Variable Width Verti-Rack®

4 Tier Example

C2A4V12-12-09-06-03-144

Width

Rung #1 = 12"

Rung #2 = 09"

Rung #3 = 06"

Rung #4 = 03"

Rung #1 being closest to the center rail

Variable Width Multi-Tier Half-Rack®

Variable Width Multi-Tier Half-RACK®Straight Section Part Numbering

C3 A 4M 09 - 12-09-06-03 - 144

Rung

Series Material Type Spacing Width** Length*

C0 = Straight Rung A = Aluminum 2M = 2 tier 06 = 6" 03 = 3" 144 = 144"

C3 = 3" Loading Depth 3M = 3 tier 09 = 9" 06 = 6" 120 = 120"

C4 = 4" Loading Depth 4M = 4 tier 12 = 12" 09 = 9"

(Specials 12 = 12"

available)

* Actual tray lengths are 142" and 118" to allow for splice hangers

Rung #1

Rung #2

Rung #3

Rung #4

**Variable Width Multi-Tier Half-Rack®

4 Tier Example

C3A4M09-12-09-06-03-144

Width

Rung #1 = 12"

Rung #2 = 09"

Rung #3 = 06"

Rung #4 = 03"

Rung #1 being closest to the center rail

183

Cent-R-Rail®- Appendix

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

**Inverted Variable Width Verti-Rack®

3 Tier Example

C2A3VI12-12-09-09-144

Width

Rung #1 = 12"

Rung #2 = 09"

Rung #3 = 09"

Rung #1 being closest to the center rail

Inverted Verti-Rack®

Inverted Verti-Rack®Straight Section Part Numbering

C2 A 4VI 12 - 09 - 144

Rung

Series Material Type Spacing Width** Length*

C0 = Straight Rung A = Aluminum 2VI = 2 tier 06 = 6" 03 = 3" 144 = 144"

C2 = 2" Loading Depth 3VI = 3 tier 09 = 9" 06 = 6" 120 = 120"

4VI = 4 tier 12 = 12" 09 = 9"

5VI = 5 tier (Specials 12 = 12"

6VI = 6 tier available)

* Actual tray lengths are 142" and 118" to allow for splice hangers

Inverted Variable Width Verti-Rack®

Inverted Variable Width Verti-Rack®Straight Section Part Numbering

C2 A 3VI 12 - 12-09-09 - 144

Rung

Series Material Type Spacing Width** Length*

C0 = Straight Rung A = Aluminum 2VI = 2 tier 06= 6" 03 = 3" 144 = 144"

C2 = 2" Loading Depth 3VI = 3 tier 09= 9" 06 = 6" 120 = 120"

4VI = 4 tier 12=12" 09 = 9"

5VI = 5 tier (Specials 12 = 12"

6VI = 6 tier available)

* Actual tray lengths are 142" and 118" to allow for splice hangers

Rung #3

Rung #2

Rung #1

Used as a floor

mounted system

Used as a floor

mounted system

• Requires splice CAS-SBVI

Act as holes for splice plate hardware: allow

for field cutting to any length, no field-drilling

necessary. Holes also allow rungs to be

repositioned. Holes allow for easy attachment

of accessory items requiring 1/4" hardware (or

smaller).

Multi-Functional Pre-Punched Holes

An “I”-Beam shaped rung provides a

great strength-to-weight ratio. Patented

fastener hole is designed to provide

maximum grip for the fastener threads.

Redi-Rail Rung

Specially designed and finished

rung fastener. Rung pullout

tested to over 3000 lbs. Vibration

tested for your confidence.

Redi-Rail Rung Fastener

Patent Information

U.S. Patent D361982; 5,580,014

Canada 2,137,879

UK Patent 2,285,343

Other United States and foreign

patents are pending.

Redi-Rail

184

Redi-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Redi-Rail rung to side rail resistance test results.

0.000071 ohm (max. allowable per standard 0.00033 ohm)

Tested per NEMA VE 1-1998

CSA C22.2 No. 126.1-98

For more information go to

www.cooperbline.com/pdf/Flyers/ElectricalContinuity.pdf

Electrical Continuity of Connections

Redi-Rail - Straight Sections

185

Redi-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

How The Service Advisor Works

B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you

select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50

pieces or less.

Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?

Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different

color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Example: H1 6AR 150KO 09 - 12 - 120 Part will typically ship in

(from page 187) 5-10 days, because of the

Lead time(days) 3-5 3-5 5-10 3-5 3-5 5-10 150KO knockout type.

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 12C 6 224 0.0008 Area=1.06 in21.8 333 0.025 Area=6.84 cm2

H15A CSA: D1-3m 8 224 0.0027 Sx=1.29 in32.4 288 0.080 Sx=21.14 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 10 147 0.0065 Ix=3.44 in43.0 219 0.195 Ix=143.18 cm4

Area: 0.60 in212 102 0.0136 3.7 152 0.404

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 12B 6 224 0.0015 Area=0.98 in21.8 333 0.025 Area=6.32 cm2

H14A CSA: D1-3m 8 194 0.0047 Sx=0.93 in32.4 288 0.080 Sx=15.24 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 10 124 0.0114 Ix=1.97 in43.0 184 0.195 Ix=82.00 cm4

Area: 0.60 in212 86 0.0237 3.7 128 0.404

Redi-Rail - Straight Sections

186

1.02

.745 .375

Redi-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

¬Primary

ÁSecondary

Values are based on simple beam tests per VE-1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. The published load safety factor is

1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection

multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the tray. These systems will support without collapse a

200 lb. concentrated load.

Width

(Inside)

Rung

Spacing

Overall Width

(Width + 21/16”)

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: H1 4 A R 075KO 09 - 12 - 120

Series Height Material Construction Knockout Type Bottom Type Width Length

H1 4 = 4" Aluminum Redi-Rail Blank = None Ladder- 06 = 6" ¬144 = 12 ft.

5 = 5" 050KO = 1/2” KO 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" Á120 = 10 ft.

075KO = 3/4” KO 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12"

100KO = 1” KO 12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18"

24 = 24"

Trough- 30 = 30"

04 = Vented Bottom 36 = 36"

SB = Non-Ventilated Bottom

• Splices included with straight sections

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Non-Ventilated Trough Ventilated Trough

When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%.

Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

3.84 3.00

1.02

.745 .375

4.84 4.00

Redi-Rail with knockouts.

Available in H16A & H17A only.

(See Part Numbering Below)

H14A and H15A Straight Sections

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Redi-Rail - Straight Sections

187

Redi-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 12C 6 224 0.0004 Area=1.41 in21.8 333 0.025 Area=9.10 cm2

H17A CSA: D1-3m 8 224 0.0011 Sx=2.24 in32.4 333 0.080 Sx=36.71 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 10 144 0.0027 Ix=8.18 in43.0 214 0.195 Ix=340.89 cm4

Area: 1.00 in212 100 0.0057 3.7 149 0.404

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 12C 6 224 0.0005 Area=1.26 in21.8 333 0.025 Area=8.13 cm2

H16A CSA: D1-3m 8 224 0.0017 Sx=1.75 in32.4 333 0.080 Sx=28.68 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 10 164 0.0041 Ix=5.51 in43.0 244 0.195 Ix=229.34 cm4

Area: 1.00 in212 114 0.0085 3.7 170 0.404

1.02

.745 .375

¬Primary

ÁSecondary

Values are based on simple beam tests per VE-1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. The published load safety factor is

1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection

multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the tray. These systems will support without collapse a

200 lb. concentrated load.

Width

(Inside)

Rung

Spacing

Overall Width

(Width + 21/16”)

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: H1 6 A R 150KO 09 - 12 - 120

Series Height Material Construction Knockout Type Bottom Type Width Length

H1 6 = 6" Aluminum Redi-Rail Blank = None Ladder- 06 = 6" ¬144 = 12 ft.

7 = 7" 050KO = 1/2” KO 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" Á120 = 10 ft.

075KO = 3/4” KO 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12"

100KO = 1” KO 12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18"

125KO = 11/4” KO 24 = 24"

150KO = 11/2” KO Trough- 30 = 30"

04 = Vented Bottom 36 = 36"

SB = Non-Ventilated Bottom

• Splices included with straight sections

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Non-Ventilated Trough Ventilated Trough

When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%.

Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

5.84 5.00

1.02

.745 .375

6.84 6.00

Redi-Rail with knockouts.

Available in H16A & H17A only.

(See Part Numbering Below)

H16A and H17A Straight Sections

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Redi-Rail - Fittings

188

Redi-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Fittings For H14A, H15A, H16A and H17A

Fittings Part Numbering

Prefix Suffix

Example: H1 4 A R - 09 - 30 HB 12

Series Height Material Construction Width Angle Type Radius

H1 4 = 4" Aluminum Redi-Rail 06 = 6" 30 = 30° HB =Horizontal Bend 12 = 12"

5 = 5" 09 = 9" 45 = 45° *HT =Horizontal Tee 24 = 24"

6 = 6" 12 = 12" 60 = 60° *HX =Horizontal Cross

7 = 7" 18 = 18" 90 = 90° VI =Vertical Inside Bend

24 = 24" VO =Vertical Outside Bend

30 = 30" VT =Vertical Tee

36 = 36"

For aluminum 4", 5", 6", 7" vented or non-ventilated bottom add 04 or SB as shown below.

Prefix Prefix

H15AR04 - 24 - 90HB24 H15ARSB - 24 - 90HB24

Vented Bottom Non-Ventilated Bottom

12" radius for

30° angle

12" radius for

45°, 60°, 90° angle

24" radius for

all standard

angles

Horizontal Tee

For stainless steel rung attachment hardware on all aluminum straight sections and fittings

add SS as shown below.Prefix

H15AR04 - 24 - 90HB24SS

Stainless Steel

*Angle not required on HT & HX

Horizontal Reducing / Expanding Tee or Cross

Fittings Part Numbering

Prefix Suffix

Example: H1 4 A R - 09 - 12 - HT 12

Series Height Material Construction Width1Width2Type Radius

H1 4 = 4" Aluminum Redi-Rail 06 = 6" 06 = 6" HT =Horizontal Tee 12 =12"

5 = 5" 09 = 9" 09 = 9" HX =Horizontal Cross 24 = 24"

6 = 6" 12 = 12" 12 = 12"

7 = 7" 18 = 18" 18 = 18"

24 = 24" 24 = 24"

30 = 30" 30 = 30"

36 = 36" 36 = 36"

Width2

Width1

Vertical Inside

Horizontal Bend

Vertical Tee

Bolt on Design

• Furnished with

splice plates.

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Redi-Rail - Accessories

189

Flex-Mount Adjustable

Splice Plates

•

Furnished in pairs with

1/4" hardware

•

Horizontally adjustable to 90°

•

Vertically adjustable

to 15°

•

UL Classified

• For optional rung,

see page 196.

Offset Reducing Splice Plates

•

Furnished in pairs with

1/4" hardware.

•

UL Classified

Standard Splice Plates

•

Furnished in pairs with

1/4" hardware.

•

UL Classified

Tray To Box Splice Plates

•

Furnished in pairs with

1/4" hardware.

•

UL Classified

Step Down Splice Plates

•

Furnished in pairs with

1/4" hardware.

•

UL Classified

Reversing Splice Plates

•

Furnished in pairs with

1/4" hardware.

•

UL Classified

Expansion Splice Plates

•

Furnished in pairs with

1/4" hardware.

•

Bonding jumper required

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates

•

Furnished in pairs with

1/4" hardware.

•

UL Classified

Redi-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Right Reducer

Left Reducer

Center Reducer

r = reduction

† Specify L = left reducer

C = center reducer

R = right reducer

Tray

Series Catalog No.

H14A 9A-R034

H15A 9A-R035

H16A 9A-R036

H17A 9A-R037

Tray

Series Catalog No.

H14A 9A-R054

H15A 9A-R055

H16A 9A-R056

H17A 9A-R057

Tray

Series Catalog No.

H14A 9A-R064-†r

H15A 9A-R065-†r

H16A 9A-R066-†r

H17A 9A-R067-†r

Tray

Series Catalog No.

H14A 9A-R014

H15A 9A-R015

H16A 9A-R016

H17A 9A-R017

Tray

Series Catalog No.

H14A 9A-R964

H15A 9A-R965

H16A 9A-R966

H17A 9A-R967

Tray

Series Catalog No.

H14A 9A-R024

H15A 9A-R025

H16A 9A-R026

H17A 9A-R027

Tray

Series Catalog No.

H14A 9A-R004

H15A 9A-R005

H16A 9A-R006

H17A 9A-R007

Tray

Series Catalog No.

H15A to H14A 9A-R045

H16A to H14A 9A-R046

H17A to H14A 9A-R047

H16A to H15A 9A-R060

H17A to H15A 9A-R061

H17A to H16A 9A-R062

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Requires supports within 24” on both

sides, per NEMA VE 2.

Requires supports within 24” on both

sides, per NEMA VE 2.

Redi-Rail - Accessories

190

Redi-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Conduit to Tray Adaptors

•

Mounting hardware not included

Conduit to Tray Adaptors

Redi-Rail™ Clamp/Guide

•

Features a no-twist design.

•

Has four times the strength of the

traditional design.

•

Each side is labeled to ensure proper

installation.

•

Designed for 1/4” hardware

•

Furnished in pairs with or without

hardware.

Bonding Jumper

•

Furnished with 1/4" hardware.

•

UL Classified

Hanger Rod Bracket

•

Furnished as pair of studded clamps

with 1/4” serrated flanged lock nuts.

•

Loading is 1,000 lbs. (4.45kN) per

pair with safety factor of 3.

•

Position ATR 3” (76mm) wider than

cable tray.

Blind End

•

Furnished as one plate with

1/4" hardware.

Drop-Out

•

Provides 4” (101mm) radius.

•

Holes provided to secure cables

Frame Type Box Connector

•

Furnished with 1/4" hardware for

tray connection.

Conduit

Size Catalog No.

1/2BL1400

3/4BL1410

1 BL1420

11/2BL1430

Catalog No. 9A-R104-†

Tray

Series Catalog No.

H14A 9A-R084-†

H15A 9A-R085-†

H16A 9A-R086-†

H17A 9A-R087-†

Tray

Series Catalog No.

H14A 9A-R074-†

H15A 9A-R075-†

H16A 9A-R076-†

H17A 9A-R077-†

Support

ATR Size Catalog No.

3/8” 9(*)-R238

1/2”9(*)-R250

Ampacity Catalog No.

1200 99-30

Conduit Size

in mm Catalog No.

1/2

3/4

15, 20 9G-1158-

1/2

3/4

1, 1

1/4

25, 32 9G-1158-1, 1

1/4

1/2

, 2 40, 50 9G-1158-1

1/2

, 2

1/2

, 3 65, 80 9G-1158-2

1/2

, 3

1/2

, 4 90, 100 9G-1158-3

1/2

, 4

Catalog No.

9ZN-1204 (without hardware)

9ZN-1204NB (with hardware)

† = tray width

(*) Insert ZN or SS

Patent No.

RE35479

1.5”

(38mm)

† = tray width

Support Bracket

•

Designed for center

hung or trapeze

supports.

•

Load capacity is

600 lbs. (2.67kN)

with safety factor

of 3.

•

All components

are zinc plated.

Catalog No. For Tray

Center Hung Wall Width

or Trapeze Mount in mm

9ZN-5106 9ZN-5106-WB 6 152

9ZN-5109 9ZN-5109-WB 9 226

9ZN-5112 9ZN-5112-WB 12 305

9ZN-5118 9ZN-5118-WB 18 452

9ZN-5124 9ZN-5124-WB 24 609

Patent No.

5,100,086

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Redi-Rail - Accessories

191

Redi-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Inside Side Rail Flange Application

Mounting Bracket

•

Furnished with 1/4" hardware.

• #12-24 U-Nuts sold separately.

• Attaches to Redi-Rail in over 20 positions.

• EIA/TIA panel mounting holes - both sides.

• Mounting holes for NEMA outlet/junction boxes.

• Zinc plated steel.

• Includes mounting screws.

• Inside flange application bracket

must match side rail height.

• See page 197 for Voice/Data/Video

and Power Options.

Low Voltage Adapter

• Mounting for low voltage wall plates.

• Snaps into mounting bracket

9ZN-MB1-4 or 9ZN-MB1-5.

• Zinc plated steel.

• #6 - 32 U-nuts included.

• See page 197 for Voice/Data/Video

and Power Options.

Under Rung Fastener Attachment

•

Supports electrical fixtures from bottom of rung or siderails.

•

Wing nut included.

• Various 1/4"-20 stud lengths available.

• Static Load Capacity: 75 Lbs. (34kg).

Stud

Catalog No. Length

BAX-4-16 5/8” (16mm)

BAX-4-16-24 11/2” (38mm)

BAX-4-16-32 2” (51mm)

BAX-4-16-48 3” (76mm)

∅ 1.344

1.250"

2.938"

2.030"

3.500" 3.28" Ref

3.500"

5.125"

9ZN-LV1-1

9ZN-LV1A-1

9ZN-LV1-1 shown

5.125"

9ZN-MB1-4 mounting bracket

shown with 4" electrical box.

9ZN-MB1-4 mounting

bracket shown.

9ZN-MB1-4 mounting bracket

shown with patch panels.

Outside Side Rail Flange Application

Inside Outside

Flange Flange A

Catalog No. Application Application in mm

9ZN-MB1-4 4" for H14AR 4" or 5" as desired 35/892

9ZN-MB1-5 5" for H15AR 4" or 5" as desired 45/8117

See www.cooperbline.com/product/cabletray/bracket.asp for mounting options.

Catalog No.

9ZN-LV1-1 (cutout on front)

9ZN-LV1A-1 (cutout on bottom)

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Redi-Rail - Accessories

192

Redi-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Aluminum Cover Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 88 7 A 40 - 12 - 72

Cover Material Item

Type Detail Material Thickness Tray Width Description

88= Solid 7 =Flanged Aluminum 40 = .040 06 = 6" For Straight

09 = 9" Section Cover:

12 = 12" 144 = 12 ft.

18 = 18" 120 = 10 ft.

24 = 24" 72 = 6 ft.

30 = 30" 60 = 5 ft.

36 = 36"

• Corners notched for splice hardware clearance.

• Slots provided for easy attachment (hardware not included).

• Over-lap seam designed - fittings only.

For fitting covers: Insert suffix

of fitting to be covered.

See example below.

Note: For ventilated covers add a “V” suffix to cover part number.

Example: 887A40-12-72V

Examples of Catalog Numbers for Fitting Covers:

Vertical Inside & Outside Bend Cover

Prefix Suffix

88 7 A 40 - 24 - 90 V* 24 - 4

Side Rail

Height

Radius

Fitting

Angle

Width

Material

Thickness

Material

Detail

Cover Type

* Insert I for Inside or O for Outside Bend

Horizontal Bend Cover

Prefix Suffix

88 7 A 40 - 18 - 90 HB 24

Radius

Fitting

Angle

Width

Material

Thickness

Material

Detail

Cover Type

Horizontal Expanding Cross Cover

Prefix Suffix

88 7 A 40 - 12 - 24 - HX 24

Radius

Fitting

Width2

Width1

Material

Thickness

Material

Detail

Cover Type

Covers for H14A, H15A, H16A, and H17A

Cover Attachment Hardware

• 4 Pack of 1/4" - 20 nuts and

1/4" - 20 x 5/8" bolts.

Heavy Duty Cover Clamp

•

For heavy duty application.

•

Sold per piece

Standard Cover Clamp

•

Setscrew included.

•

Sold each

Catalog No. 9ZN-1420NB

Tray

Series Catalog No.

H14A 9A-†-R044

H15A 9A-†-R054

H16A 9A-†-R064

H17A 9A-†-R074

† = tray width

Tray Side Rail

Type Height Catalog No.

Aluminum All Sizes 9ZN-9012

9A-9012

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Redi-Rail - Accessories

193

Redi-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Fill Depth For Tray

'H' Width 'W'

Catalog No. in mm in mm

9A-SR0406 4 101 6 152

9A-SR0409 4 101 9 226

9A-SR0506 5 127 6 152

9A-SR0509 5 127 9 226

Out Board Rungs

• Formed aluminum rung with attachment screw.

• Field installs as required.

• Torque rung fasteners to 6 ft/lbs.

• See page 197 for Voice/Data/Video and

Power Options.

• Uniform load capacity on rung: 10 lbs.

Add-A- Rung Kit

• Kit allows an additional rung to be added to

a desired location throughout the tray system.

• Pre-cut rung sections supplied.

• Attachment hardware is included.

• Torque rung fasteners to 18 ft/lbs.

Barrier Strip Clip

• Provides attachment to Redi-Rail rung.

• Allows for installed barrier adjustment.

• Asymmetrical clip provides a wide range for screw location.

• Barriers strip clips and hardware are included with all

barriers.

End Rung Kit For Solid Bottom

• Special rung captures solid bottom plate when

required at field cuts.

• Pre-cut rung sections supplied.

• Attachment hardware is included.

Tray

Width

in mm Catalog No.

6 152 9A-R06SBERK

9 226 9A-R09SBERK

12 305 9A-R12SBERK

18 452 9A-R18SBERK

24 609 9A-R24SBERK

30 762 9A-R30SBERK

36 914 9A-R36SBERK

Tray

Width

in mm Catalog No.

6 152 9A-R06RK

9 226 9A-R09RK

12 305 9A-R12RK

18 452 9A-R18RK

24 609 9A-R24RK

30 762 9A-R30RK

36 914 9A-R36RK

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Catalog No. 9A-RBC

.390"

.563"

Screw slot for

sheet metal screw

Rung

Barrier

Flange

.484" .081"

Siderail Flange

Maximum Distance

Long leg adjacent to rung

fully extended

Minimum Distance

Short leg adjacent to rung

fully extended

Siderail Flange

Barrier

Flange

Redi-Rail - Accessories

194

Redi-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Horizontal Bend Barrier Strip

• Kit allows an additional rung to be added to

a desired location throughout the tray system.

• Pre-cut rung sections supplied.

• Attachment hardware

is included.

• Torque rung fasteners to

18 ft/lbs.

Straight Section Barrier Strip

• Furnished with four (4) barrier strip clips,

mounting hardware and splice.

• Standard lengths are 144" (12 ft) & 120" (10 ft).

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Covers: Cover catalog number is UA-†-C where †=tray width.

Example: UA-12-C is a cover for UR4A-12 universal fitting

shipped with attachment screws.

Tray Catalog No.

Series Punched Solid

H14A UR3A-(†) UR3ASB-(†)

H15A UR4A-(†) UR4ASB-(†)

H16A UR5A-(†) UR5ASB-(†)

H17A UR6A-(†) UR6ASB-(†)

Universal Fitting Shown

as a Reducing Tee

Depth Catalog No.

3" U3A-CP

4" U4A-CP

5" U5A-CP

6" U6A-CP

Corner Post For Universal Fitting

• Use to create reducing fittings.

• Furnished with hardware.

• 3" inside radius.

• UL Classified.

Universal Fitting

• Aluminum construction.

• 3" smooth radius.

• UL Classified.

• Shipped as a 90° horizontal bend.

• Field modify to create a tee or cross.

• Includes four pairs of splice plates.

• Accommodates Rail-Riser™.

• Patent Pending.

Punched Bottom

Solid Bottom

Tray H

Series Catalog No. in mm

H14A 73AR-Length 376

H15A 74AR-Length 4 101

H16A 75AR-Length 5 127

H17A 76AR-Length 6 152

Tray H

Series Catalog No. in mm

H14A 73AR-90HBFL 376

H15A 74AR-90HBFL 4 101

H16A 75AR-90HBFL 5 127

H17A 76AR-90HBFL 6 152

(†) Insert Tray Width 6" to 24”)

195

Redi-Rail - Accessories

Redi-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Rail-Riser™ For Redi-Rail™ Cable Support Systems

• Provides expansion capabilities for existing systems where

additional cable fill area is required.

• Increases fill-depth by two inches.

• Recommended installation frequency: two required every

three feet, depending on cable density.

• Provides controlled cable exit locations.

• Does not interfere with cable fill area.

• Comes complete with necessary mounting hardware.

• Zinc plated.

• Sold separately.

• Patent Pending.

Vertical Bend Barrier Strip

• Furnished with three (3) barrier strip clips,

mounting hardware and splice.

Hanger Rod Bracket

• Studded bracket bolts to Redi-Rail™ holes.

• For 3/8" ATR.

• Loading is 1,000 lbs. (4.45kN), per pair, safety factor 3.

Center Hung Trapeze

• Designed for 1/2" and 3/8" ATR.

• Loading is 600 lbs. (2.67kN),

safety factor 3.

• Zinc plated.

Catalog No. 9ZN-RR2RR

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Outside

Bend (VO)

Inside Bend (VI)

12" radius for

30° angle

12" radius for

45°, 60°, 90°

angle

24" radius

for all

standard angles

For Tray

Width

Catalog No. in mm

9ZN-5106 6 152

9ZN-5109 9 226

9ZN-5112 12 305

9ZN-5118 18 452

9ZN-5124 24 609

• Position ATR

3" wider than

cable tray width.

• Position ATR

1" wider than

cable tray

width.

Pre-assembled hanger

system that can be

used as a trapeze or

a center hung support.

•1/4" ATR through Redi-Rail™ holes on

top flange. Hex nut on top and bottom.

• Loading is 800 lbs. (3.56kN), per pair,

safety factor 3.

Tray Catalog No. H

Series Inside Bend Outside Bend in mm

H14A 73AR-(**)VI(†) 73AR-(**)VO(†) 376

H15A 74AR-(**)VI(†) 74AR-(**)VO(†) 4 101

H16A 75AR-(**)VI(†) 75AR-(**)VO(†) 5 127

H17A 76AR-(**)VI(†) 76AR-(**)VO(†) 6 152

(**) Insert 30°, 45°, 60°, 90° for angles

(†) Insert 12, 24 for radius

Support

ATR Size Catalog No.

3/8” 9(*)-R238

1/2”9(*)-R250

(*) Insert ZN or SS

Redi-Rail - Accessories

196

Redi-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Wall-Mount Assembly

• Pre-assembled wall-mount

hanger system.

• Load capacity is

600 lbs. (272.1 kg)

safety factor of 3.

For Tray

Width

Catalog No. in mm

9ZN-5106-WB 6 152

9ZN-5109-WB 9 226

9ZN-5112-WB 12 305

9ZN-5118-WB 18 452

9ZN-5124-WB 24 609

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

How to miter cut Redi-Rail™ cable tray for use

with flex-mount splice plates.

Example: For a 12" wide 90° bend, the cuts must be made through the eighth hole from the end.

Number Of Holes For Angle

Tray Desired Angle Adjustment

Width 30° 45° 60° 90° Allowed

6 1 2 2 4 ± 14.5

9 2 2 3 6 ± 9.7

12 2 3 4 8 ± 7.3

18 3 5 7 11 ± 4.9

24 4 6 9 15 ± 3.6

30 5 8 11 19 ± 2.9

36 6 10 13 23 ± 2.4

• Mark desired hole/cut locations per chart.

• Remove any rungs (if necessary) affected by cuts.

• Cut side rails through center of required holes per chart.

• Mount outside flex-mount splice plate with provided

hardware and bend Redi-Rail sections to desired angle.

• Form inside flex-mount splice plate to fit contour of inner

rails and bolt into place.

• Reinstall (if necessary) appropriate rungs.

Torque to 18 ft./lbs.

• If Splice Rung Kit (see below) is required, order

separately.

• Recommend adding one to the value in the chart if the

first hole is less than 3/8" from the end of tray.

H15AR09-12-144 Straight Section shown with required side rail removed to form 90° fitting.

Cut location

Cut location Count over

number of holes

specified in chart

Count over

number of holes

specified in chart

H15AR09-12-144

shown at 90°

Flex-Mount Splice Rung Kit

• Kit allows a support rung to be added to flex-mount splice

plates so that cables may be supported through a bend.

• The support rung is available in three lengths

and should be ordered based upon tray width.

• The rung length is sized so that it will fit a maximum tray width

when flex-mount splices are used to make a bend up to 90°.

• Once the flex-mount splices are installed in the cable tray system,

the distance between the splice mounting surfaces should be measured.

Cut support rung to the measured distance and install using the

hardware included. Torque to 18 ft./lbs.

Example: Flex connectors are installed on an

18" wide tray with approximately a 45° bend.

The correct support rung kit is 9A-RFM-24RK.

The tray width is 24" or less and the angle is

less than 90°.

For Tray Actual

Width Catalog No. Rung Length

Up to 12" 9A-RFM-12RK 20"

18" & 24" 9A-RFM-24RK 37"

30" & 36" 9A-RFM-36RK 54"

Redi-Rail - Accessories

197

Redi-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

H14AR09-12-144

9A-SR0406

Out-Board Rung

9ZN-LV1-1 with

low voltage adapter

1/2" ATR

9ZN-5112

as center hung

Single patch panel

mounted in center

of 9ZN-MB1-4

9ZN-LV1-1 with

low voltage adapter

and wall plate

Voice / Data / Video Options

Power Options

3/8" ATR

H14A09-12-144

9ZN-MB1-4

BL1400

Electrical Box

9ZN-R238

The National Electrical Code allows for 50% fill of ventilated cable tray for control or signal wiring (Article 392-9(b)). This rule requires that all the

individual cable cross-sectional areas added up may not exceed one half the cable tray area. The cable tray area is equal to the width times the

load depth.

In actual practice with data cables, however, the cable tray becomes completely full in reaching the "50% cable fill". See the picture below. The

tray is completely full, but the sum of the cable areas is only 50% of the tray area, due to the empty spaces between the cables.

"50%" Fill Per NEC

Cross Sectional Area

Calculation This chart was based on 50% fill of 4 UTP Category 5, 5e, or 6 cables (O.D. = .21" .026 lbs/ft).

In the above loading grid, the weight of the cables is not the issue. The volume capacity of the tray governs.

For example, the worst case (6" load depth, 36" wide) has a total cable weight of 81 lbs/ft.

Data Cables

Tray Tray

Depth Width

in mm 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" 36"

Cables lbs/ft Cables lbs/ft Cables lbs/ft Cables lbs/ft Cables lbs/ft Cables lbs/ft Cables lbs/ft

3” 76 260 7 390 10 520 14 780 21 1040 26 1299 32 1559 41

4” 101 347 9 520 13 693 18 1040 27 1386 35 1733 43 2079 54

5” 127 433 12 650 17 866 23 1299 34 1733 43 2166 53 2599 68

6” 152 520 14 780 20 1040 27 1559 41 2079 52 2599 64 3119 81

Data Cable Fill and Weight Chart

Number of Category 5/5e/6 Cables and Calculated Cable Weight in Lbs/Ft

Redi-Rail - Specifications

198

Redi-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Section 161xx - Redi-Rail™ Cable Tray

Part 1 - General

1.01 Section Includes

A. The work covered under this section consists of the furnishing of all necessary labor, supervision,

materials, equipment, tests and services to install complete cable tray systems as shown on the drawings.

B. Cable tray systems are defined to include, but are not limited to straight sections of [ladder type] [vented

bottom type] [solid bottom type] cable trays, bends, tees, elbows, drop-outs, supports and accessories.

1.02 References

A. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code

B. NEMA VE 1-1998 - Metallic Cable Tray Systems

C. NEMA VE 2-2000 - Cable Tray installation Guidelines

1.03 Drawings

A. The drawings, which constitute a part of these specifications, indicate the general route of the cable tray

systems. Data presented on these drawings are as accurate as preliminary surveys and planning can

determine until final equipment selection is made. Accuracy is not guaranteed and field verification, of

all dimensions, routing, etc., is directed.

B. Specifications and drawings are for assistance and guidance, but exact routing, locations, distances and

levels will be governed by actual field conditions. Contractor is directed to make field surveys as part of

his work prior to submitting system layout drawings.

1.04 Submittals

A. Submittal Drawings: Submit drawings of cable tray and accessories including clamps, brackets, hanger rods,

splice plate connectors, expansion joint assemblies, and fittings, showing accurately scaled components.

B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s data on cable tray including, but not limited to, types, materials,

finishes, rung spacings, inside depths and fitting radii. For side rails and rungs, submit cross sectional

properties including Section Modulus (Sx) and Moment of Inertia (Ix).

1.05 Quality Assurance

A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of cable trays and fittings of types and capacities

required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.

B. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA Standards Publication Number VE 1, “Cable Tray Systems”.

C. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC, as applicable to construction and installation of cable tray and cable

channel systems (Article 392, NEC).

D. UL Compliance: Provide products that are UL-classified and labeled.

E. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 70B, “Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment

Maintenance” pertaining to installation of cable tray systems.

1.06 Delivery, Storage and Handling

A. Deliver cable tray systems and components carefully to avoid breakage, denting and scoring finishes.

Do not install damaged equipment.

B. Store cable trays and accessories in original cartons and in clean dry space; protect from weather and

construction traffic. Wet materials should be unpacked and dried before storage.

Part 2 - Products

2.01 Acceptable Manufacturers

A. Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as manufactured by

Cooper B-Line, Inc.

2.02 Cable Tray Sections and Components

A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes, and sizes indicated;

with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers or connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges and

smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction

features. Cable tray shall be installed according to the latest revision of NEMA VE-2.

B. Material and Finish: Straight sections, fitting side rails, rungs and splice plates shall be extruded from

Aluminum Association Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association

Alloy 5052.

2.03 Type of Tray System

A. Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members (rungs)

mechanically fastened to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaces [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Rung spacing in

radiused fittings shall be industry standard 9” and measured at the center of the tray’s width. Each rung

must be capable of supporting 1 200 lb. concentrated load at the center of a 24” wide cable tray with a

safety factor of 1.5 (See following rung loading table). Rungs shall be capable of easy removal,

reinstallation, or replacement if necessary.

Rung Loading Table

B. Ventilated Bottom Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with rungs spaced

4” on center.

C. Solid Bottom Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a solid sheet over

rungs spaced on 12” centers.

D. Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [5] [6] inched per NEMA VE-1.

E. Straight sections shall be supplied in standard [10 foot (3.05m)] [12 foot (3.65m)] lengths.

F. Cable tray widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on drawings.

G. Splice plates shall have (4) four nuts and bolts per plate. The resistance of fixed splice connections

between adjacent sections of tray shall not exceed 0.00033 ohms. Splice plates shall be furnished with

straight sections and fittings.

H. All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36] inches.

2.04 Loading Capacities

A. Cable trays shall meet NEMA class designation: [86 lbs./ft. on 12 ft. span] [100 lbs./ft. on 12 ft. span].

A. Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of ________ lbs./ft on a ______ foot

support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per NEMA VE 1

Section 5.2.

Part 3 - Execution

3.01 Installation

A. Install cable trays as indicated: Installation shall be in accordance with equipment manufacturer’s

instructions, and with recognized industry practices to ensure that cable tray equipment comply with

requirements of NEC and applicable portions of NFPA 70B. Reference NEMA VE-2 for general cable tray

installation guidelines.

B. Coordinate cable tray with other electrical work as necessary to properly integrate installation of cable

tray work with other work.

C. Provide sufficient space encompassing cable trays to permit access for installing and maintaining cables.

D. Cable tray fitting supports shall be located such that they meet the strength requirements of straight

sections. Install fitting supports per NEMA VE-2 guidelines, or in accordance with manufacturer’s

instructions.

3.02 Testing

A. Test cable trays to ensure electrical continuity of bonding and grounding connections, and to demonstrate

compliance with specified maximum grounding resistance. See NFPA 70B, Chapter 18, for testing and

test methods.

B. Manufacturer shall provide test reports witnessed by an independent testing laboratory of the “worst case”

loading conditions outlined in this specification and performed in accordance with the latest revision of

NEMA VE-1-2002/CSA C22.2 No. 126.1-02.

End Of Section.

Redi-Rail - Specifications

199

Redi-Rail

Cable Tray Systems

Material

Single Rung Uniform Load Capacity (lbs.) with safety factor of 1.5

Design Factors Type Tray Width

6 9 12 18 24 30 36

Ix = 0.0130 in4Aluminum 1480 987 740 493 370 296 224

Sx = 0.0343 in3Series H1

200

Series 1 Steel

Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Steel - Straight Sections

201

Series 1 Steel

Cable Tray Systems

How The Service Advisor Works

B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you

select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50

pieces or less.

Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?

Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different

color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Example: 156G 09 - 24 - 144 Part will typically ship in

(from page 203) 15 days minimum, because of the

Lead time(days) 15 3-5 3-5 3-5 156G material.

Changing the part number from 156G to 156P will change the coding to black for all sections

of the tray to be 5-10 working days, instead of the original 15 days minimum.

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 12A, 8C 6 204* 0.0011 Area=0.51 in21.8 304* 0.019 Area=3.29 cm2

148 CSA: C1-3m 8 115 0.0036 Sx=0.48 in32.4 171 0.061 Sx=7.87 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 10 73 0.0087 Ix=0.89 in43.0 109 0.149 Ix=37.04 cm4

Area: 0.40 in212 51 0.0181 3.7 76 0.309

202

Series 1 Steel - Straight Sections

*When using 12" rung spacing load capacity is limited to 195 lbs/ft (290.16 kg/m) for 36" tray width. When cable trays are used in

continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia,

Sx = Section Modulus.

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. The published

load safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection,

multiply a load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable

tray being installed.

.875

3.625 3.077

18 gauge

3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

Actual Loading Depth = 3.077"

Overall Width

(Width + 1/8”)

For

side rail

& rung data,

see chart on

pages AP-5 & AP-6

Rung

Spacing

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Ventilated Trough Non-Ventilated Trough

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 148 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series Material Type Width Length

148 P= Pre-Galvanized Ladder- 06 = 6" ¬144 = 12 ft. 148

Steel 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" Á120 = 10 ft.

G= Hot Dip 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12"

Galvanized 12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18"

After Fabrication 24 = 24"

Steel 30 = 30"

Trough- 36 = 36"

6" thru 24" wide

VT = Vented Trough

ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

See page 356 for additional rung options. *SB available for all widths.

Series 1 Steel

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

¬Primary Length.

ÁSecondary Length.

See page 39 for

explanation of lengths.

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 12B, 8C 6 304* 0.0007 Area=0.68 in21.8 452* 0.011 Area=4.39 cm2

156 CSA: C1-3m 8 171 0.0021 Sx=0.724 in32.4 254 0.036 Sx=11.86 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 10 109 0.0051 Ix=1.517 in43.0 163 0.087 Ix=63.14 cm4

Area: 0.40 in212 76 0.011 3.7 113 0.181

Series 1 Steel - Straight Sections

203

.875

3.628

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will

support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above the published loads. The published load safety factor

is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the

deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.

*When using 12" rung spacing, load capacity is limited to 234 lbs/ft (348.192 kg/m) for 30" tray width and 195 lbs/ft (290.16 kg/m)

for 36" tray width. When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design

factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

4.188

16 gauge

Series 1 Steel

4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

Actual Loading Depth = 3.628"

Overall Width

(Width + 1/8”)

For

side rail

& rung data,

see chart on

pages AP-5 & AP-6

Rung

Spacing

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Ventilated Bottom Non-Ventilated

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 156 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series Material Type Width Length

156 P= Pre-Galvanized Ladder- 06 = 6" ¬144 = 12 ft. 156

Steel 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" Á120 = 10 ft.

G= Hot Dip 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12"

Galvanized 12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18"

After Fabrication 24 = 24"

Steel 30 = 30"

Trough- 36 = 36"

04 = Vented Bottom

SB = Non-Ventilated Bottom

See page 356 for additional rung options. *SB available for all widths.

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

¬Primary Length.

ÁSecondary Length.

See page 39 for

explanation of lengths.

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 12B, 8C 6 308* 0.0004 Area=0.77 in21.8 458* 0.007 Area=4.97 cm2

166 CSA: C1-3m 8 173 0.0013 Sx=0.93 in32.4 258 0.023 Sx=15.24 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 10 111 0.0032 Ix=2.40 in43.0 165 0.055 Ix=99.90 cm4

Area: 0.70 in212 77 0.0067 3.7 115 0.114

Series 1 Steel - Straight Sections

204

4.628

5.188

.750

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will

support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. The published load safety factor is

1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the

deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.

*When using 12" rung spacing, the load capacity is limited to 234 lbs/ft (348.192 kg/m) for 30" tray width and 195 lbs/ft

(290.16 kg/m) for 36" tray width. When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much

as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

16 gauge

5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

Actual Loading Depth = 4.628"

Overall Width

(Width + 1/8”)

For

side rail

& rung data,

see chart on

pages AP-5 & AP-6

Rung

Spacing

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 166 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series Material Type Width Length

166 P= Pre-Galvanized Ladder- 06 = 6" ¬144 = 12 ft. 166

Steel 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" Á120 = 10 ft.

G= Hot Dip 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12"

Galvanized 12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18"

After Fabrication 24 = 24"

Steel 30 = 30"

Trough- 36 = 36" 39

04 = Vented Bottom

SB = Non-Ventilated Bottom

See page 356 for additional rung options. *SB available for all widths.

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Ventilated Bottom Non-Ventilated

Series 1 Steel

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

¬Primary Length.

ÁSecondary Length.

See page CTS-23 for

explanation of lengths.

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 12B, 8C 8 194 0.0008 Area=0.89 in22.4 288 0.014 Area=5.74 cm2

CSA: 137 kg/m3.7m 10 124 0.0020 Sx=1.23 in33.0 184 0.035 Sx=20.16 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 12 86 0.0042 Ix=3.80 in43.7 128 0.072 lx=158.2 cm4

Area: 0.70 in2

Series 1 Steel - Straight Sections

205

.750

6.188 5.628

When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors:

Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will

support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. The published load safety factor is

1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the

deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.

16 gauge

176

6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

Actual Loading Depth = 5.628"

Overall Width

(Width + 1/8”)

For

side rail

& rung data,

see chart on

pages AP-5 & AP-6

Rung

Spacing

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 176 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series Material Type Width Length

176 P= Pre-Galvanized Ladder- 06 = 6" ¬144 = 12 ft. 176

Steel 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" Á120 = 10 ft.

G= Hot Dip 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12"

Galvanized 12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18"

After Fabrication 24 = 24"

Steel 30 = 30"

Trough- 36 = 36"

04 = Vented Bottom

SB = Non-Ventilated Bottom

See page 356 for additional rung options. *SB available for all widths.

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Ventilated Bottom Non-Ventilated

Series 1 Steel

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

¬Primary Length.

ÁSecondary Length.

See page 39 for

explanation of lengths.

Branch Pivot Connectors

• Branch from existing cable tray runs at any point.

• Pivot to any required angle.

• UL Classified for grounding

(bonding jumper not required).

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

• (*) Insert or

Expansion (L-Shaped) Splice Plates

• Expansion plates allow for one inch expansion

or contraction of the cable tray, or where

expansion joints occur in the supporting

structure.

•Bonding Jumpers are required.

Order Separately.

• L-shaped lay-in design.

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

• (*) Insert or

Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plates

• Offered to adjust a cable tray run for

changes in direction in a horizontal

plane that do not conform to

standard horizontal fittings.

• Furnished in pairs

with hardware.

• New design bonding jumpers

not required.

• (*) Insert or

• (X) Insert 4 for series 148 or 156

5 for series 166

6 for series 176

Catalog Cable Tray Tray

No. End Cut Width 'L'

9(*)-803(X) Mitered Thru 36" N/A

9(*)-803(X)-12 Not mitered Thru 12" 16"

9(*)-803(X)-36 Not mitered Thru 36" 41"

Tray

Series Catalog No.

156 to 148 9(*)-8004

166 to 156 or 148 9(*)-8045

176 to 156 or 148 9(*)-8046

176 to 166 9(*)-8060

Standard (L-Shaped) Splice Plates

• One pair including hardware provided with each section.

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

• Prepackaged in pairs in a plastic bag, with hardware.

• 4-hole pattern L-shaped splice plates.

• L-shaped lay-in design.

• (*) Insert or

Tray

Series Catalog No.

156 to148 9(*)-8244

166 9(*)-8245

176 9(*)-8246

Tray

Series Catalog No.

148 9(*)-2004-1/2

156 9(*)-2005-1/2

166 9(*)-2006-1/2

176 9(*)-2007-1/2

206

Series 1 Steel - Accessories

Tray

Series Catalog No.

148 9(*)-7024

156 9(*)-8024

166 9(*)-8025

176 9(*)-8026

9(*)-803(X)-12 or 9(*)-803(X)-36

One pair splice plates with extensions.

9(*)-803(X)

Splices only

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates

• These plates provide for

changes in elevation that do

not conform to standard

vertical fittings.

• Furnished in pairs with

hardware.

• (*) Insert or

Step Down Splice Plates

• These splice plates are offered for

connecting cable tray sections

having side rails of different

heights.

• Furnished in pairs with

hardware.

• (*) Insert or

Universal Splice Plates

• Used to splice to existing cable tray systems.

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

• (*) Insert or

Tray

Series Catalog No.

148 9(*)-4004

156 9(*)-4005

166 9(*)-4006

176 9(*)-4007

Tray

Series Catalog No.

148 9(*)-4014

156 9(*)-4015

166 9(*)-4016

176 9(*)-4017

Series 1 Steel

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Requires supports within 24” on both

sides, per NEMA VE 2.

Requires

supports

within 24”

on both sides,

per NEMA

VE 2.

Conduit to Tray Adaptor

• Assembly required.

• Mounting hardware included.

• Conduit clamp included

• (‡) = Conduit size

(1/2" thru 4").

Conduit to Tray Adaptor

• For easy attachment of conduit terminating at a cable tray.

• Use on aluminum or steel cable trays.

Catalog No. Conduit Size

in. mm

9G-1158-1

/2, 3

/41

/2, 3

/415, 20

9G-1158-1, 11

/41, 11

/425, 32

9G-1158-11

/2, 2 11

/2, 2 40, 50

9G-1158-21

/2, 3 21

/2, 3 65, 80

9G-1158-31

/2, 4 31

/2, 4 90, 100

Tray

Series Catalog No.

148 9(*)-8054

156 9(*)-8054

166 9(*)-8055

176 9(*)-8056

Tray

Series Catalog No.

148 9(*)-8074-(‡)

156 9(*)-8074-(‡)

166 9(*)-8075-(‡)

176 9(*)-8076-(‡)

Frame Type Box Connector

• Designed to attach the end of a cable

tray run to a distribution cabinet or control

center to help reinforce the box at the

point of entry.

• Furnished with tray

connection hardware.

• (‡) Insert tray width

• (*) Insert or

Tray Hardware

Blind End

• This plate forms a closure for a

dead end cable tray.

• Furnished as one plate

with hardware.

• (‡) Insert tray width

• (*) Insert or

Tray

Series Catalog No.

148 9(*)-8084-(‡)

156 9(*)-8084-(‡)

166 9(*)-8085-(‡)

176 9(*)-8086-(‡)

Series 1 Steel - Accessories

207

Cable Tie (Ladder Tray)

Nylon ties provide easy attachment of

cable to ladder rungs; maximum

cable O.D. of 3" (76 mm).

Catalog No. 99-2125-15

Pre-Galvanized Tray Hardware

Catalog No. RNCB 3/8"-16 x 3/4" Znplt

Ribbed Neck Carriage Bolt ASTM A307 Grade A

Catalog No. SFHN 3/8"-16 Znplt

Serrated Flange Hex Nut ASTM A563

Grade A

Finish: Zinc Plated ASTM B633, SC1

Hot Dip Galvanized Tray Hardware

Catalog No. RNCB 3/8"-16 x 3/4" CZ Ribbed Neck

Carriage Bolt Chromium Zinc ASTM F-1136-88

Catalog No. SFHN 3/8"-16 CZ Serrated Flange Hex Nut

Chromium Zinc ASTM F-1136-88

Overall Length 15"

Tray to Box Splice Plates

• Used to attach the

end of a cable tray

run to a distribution

box or control panel.

• Furnished in pairs with

hardware.

• (*) Insert or

Offset Reducing Splice Plate

• This plate is used for joining cable trays

having different widths. When used in

pairs they form a straight reduction;

when used singly with a standard splice

plate they form an offset reduction.

• Furnished as one plate with hardware.

• (‡) Insert reduction

• (*) Insert or

Tray

Series Catalog No.

148 9(*)-8064-(‡)

156 9(*)-8064-(‡)

166 9(*)-8065-(‡)

176 9(*)-8066-(‡)

Catalog No. 9ZN-1150-(‡)

Series 1 Steel

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Support Bracket

•

Designed for center hung or trapeze supports.

• Can be purchased as a wall mounted bracket.

• Load capacity is 600 lbs. (272.1 kg),

safety factor 3.

• All components are zinc plated.

•

1/2"

threaded rod and

1/2"

hex nuts not included.

Cable Tray Clamp/Guide

• Features a no-twist design.

• Has four times the strength

of the traditional design.

• Each side is labeled to

ensure proper installation.

• Furnished in pairs, with or

without hardware.

Threaded Rod (ATR) & Rod Coupling

Loading Catalog Available Coupling

Size lbs. No. Lengths Cat. No.

3/8-16 730 ATR 3/8x Length 36", 72", 120", 144" B655-3/8

1/2-13 1350 ATR 1/2x Length 36", 72", 120", 144" B655-1/2

Loading based on safety factor 5.

Standard Finish: Zinc plated

See B-Line Strut Systems Catalog for other sizes and finishes.

Bonding Jumper

Use at each expansion splice and where the cable tray is not

mechanically/electrically continuous to ground.

Sold individually.

• Hardware included.

• See table 392.7(B)(2) on page 25

for amperage ratings required to match

the UL cross-sectional area of the tray.

• 600 amp rating.

• Bonding jumper is 16" long.

Catalog No.

Center Hung Wall

or Trapeze Mount

9ZN-5106 9ZN-5106-WB 6 152

9ZN-5109 9ZN-5109-WB 9 226

9ZN-5112 9ZN-5112-WB 12 305

9ZN-5118 9ZN-5118-WB 18 452

9ZN-5124 9ZN-5124-WB 24 609

Grounding Clamp

B-Line Cable Tray is UL®classified as to its suitability as an equipment

grounding conductor. If a separate conductor for additional grounding

capability is desired, B-Line offers this clamp for bolting the conductor

at least once to each tray section.

• Accepts #6 AWG to 250 MCM.

Catalog No. Material Item

9A-2130 Tin Plated Aluminum Grounding Clamp

Series 1 Steel - Accessories

Ground Clamp

• Mechanically attaches grounding

cables to cable tray.

• Hardware included.

• (*) Insert or

Catalog No. Cable Size

9(*)-2351 #1 thru 2/0

9(*)-2352 3/0 thru 250 MCM

208

Patent No.

5,100,086

9ZN-1204 shown.

Installed as a guide.

9ZN-1208

shown.

Installed as

a clamp.

For

Cable Tray

Width

in. mm

Hanger Rod Clamp

• For 1/2" ATR.

• Furnished in pairs.

• Order ATR and hex nuts separately.

• Two piece "J"-hanger design.

• 9ZN-1113 has 275 lbs./pair

safety factor 3 capacity.

• 9ZN-532(X) has 1500 lbs./pair

capacity safety factor 3.

Patent #

RE35479

Catalog No.

Without With Overall Hardware

Hardware Hardware Length Size Finish

in. mm

9ZN-1204 9ZN-1204NB 11/238 1/4" Znplt

9ZN-1208 9ZN-1208NB 21/457 3/8" Znplt

Catalog No. Cross-Sectional Area Ampacity

99-N1 1.5 Square inches 600

Tray

Series Catalog No.

148 9ZN-1113

156 9ZN-5324

166 9ZN-5325

176 9ZN-5326

11/2"

(39mm)

21/4"

(57mm)

Series 1 Steel

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

ZN SS4

Horizontal Bend

• Horizontal Bend Barriers are flexible in order to conform to any

horizontal fitting radius. Cut to length.

• Order catalog number based on loading depth.

• Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" zinc plated self-drilling screws and

a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice.

• Standard length is 72"

(6 ft.), sold individually.

• (*) Insert or

Vertical Bend Barriers

• Vertical Bend Barriers are preformed to conform to a specific

vertical fitting.

• Furnished with three #10 x 1

/2" plated self-drilling screws

and a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice.

• (*) Insert or

• (**) Insert 30, 45, 60 or 90 for degrees

• (†) Insert 12, 24, or 36 for radius

99-9982

Catalog No.

Barrier Strip Splice

• Plastic splice holds adjoining

barrier strips in straight alignment.

Straight Section

• Standard length: 120" (3 m) 144" (12 ft.).

• Order catalog number based on loading

depth.

• Furnished with four #10 x 1/2" plated self-

drilling screws and a 99-9982 splice.

• (*) Insert or

Outside

Bend

(VO)

Inside

Bend

(VI)

Barriers

Length =

144 for 12'

120 for 10'

Catalog No. 9(*)-1104T-(‡)

Ladder or Trough Type Drop-Out

• This special designed, easy to install drop-out provides a

4" (101.6 mm) radius to protect cables exiting the cable tray

from damage.

• Attaches to a ladder rung or trough bottom

(148 series only).

• Hardware included.

• (*) Insert or

• (‡) Insert tray width

Catalog No. 99-1124

Trough Drop-Out Bushing (Plastic)

• These snap-in plastic bushings provide a round surface to

protect cables exiting from an opening in the bottom of a

ventilated trough tray.

For 148 Series Only

Tray H

Series Catalog No. in. mm

148 72(*)-90HBFL 2.8 58

156 737(*)-90HBFL 3.4 70

166 747(*)-90HBFL 4.4 91

176 757(*)-90HBFL 5.4 112

Tray H

Series Catalog No. in. mm

148 72(*)-Length 2.8 58

156 737(*)-Length 3.4 70

166 747(*)-Length 4.4 91

176 757(*)-Length 5.4 112

Tray Catalog No. H

Series Inside Bend Outside Bend in. mm

148 72(*)-(**)VI(†) 72(*)-(**)VO(†) 2.8 58

156 737(*)-(**)VI(†) 737(*)-(**)VO(†) 3.4 70

166 747(*)-(**)VI(†) 747(*)-(**)VO(†) 4.4 91

176 757(*)-(**)VI(†) 757(*)-(**)VO(†) 5.4 112

Series 1 Steel - Accessories

209

Series 1 Steel

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Underfloor Support (U-Bolts not included)

Cantilever Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B409-12 960 4.27 6 & 9 152 & 228 12 304.8

B409-18 640 2.84 12 305 18 457.2

B409-24 480 2.13 18 457 24 609.6

Cantilever Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B494-30 924 4.11 24 609.6 30 762.0

B494-36 864 3.84 30 762.0 36 914.4

B494-42 580 2.58 36 914.4 42 1066.8

Cantilever Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B297-30 665 2.95 24 609.6 30 762.0

B297-36 550 2.44 30 762.0 36 914.4

B297-42 465 2.06 36 914.4 42 1066.8

Beam Clamp

• Finishes available: or

• Sold in pieces with hardware.

Catalog No. Design Load* 'A'

lbs kN in. mm

B441-22 1200 5.34 33/8 86

B441-22A 1200 5.34 5 127

Cantilever Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B494-12 1580 7.02 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 304.8

B494-18 1000 4.45 12 305 18 457.2

B494-24 996 4.43 18 457 24 609.6

Series 1 Steel - Accessories

210

Finishes available: or

Safety Load Factor 2.5

Finishes available: or

Safety Load Factor 2.5

Finishes available: or

Safety Load Factor 2.5

Finishes available: or

Safety Load Factor 2.5

Finish available:

Safety Load Factor 2.5

U-Bolt Size Fits Pipe O.D.

B501-3/4.841 - 1.050

B501-1 1.051 - 1.315

B501-11/41.316 - 1.660

B501-11/21.661 - 1.900

B501-2 1.901 - 2.375

B501-21/22.376 - 2.875

• Order properly sized U-Bolts

separately.

Catalog No.

Uniform Load

Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B409UF-12 800 3.55 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305

B409UF-21 450 2.00 12 & 18 305 & 457 21 533

Design load when used in pairs.

Safety Load Factor 5.0

Series 1 Steel

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

ZN GRN HDG

GRN HDG

ZN HDG

SS4 ZN GRN HDG SS4SS6

ZN GRN HDG

Steel C-Clamp With Locknut

• Finishes available:

for 3/8& 1/2

for 5/8& 3/4

all sizes

Safety Load Factor 5.0

Catalog Rod Design Load

Number Size lbs kN

B351L-3/83/8"-16 300 0.89

B351L-1/21/2"-13 380 1.69

B351L-5/85/8"-11 550 2.44

B351L-3/43/4"-10 630 2.80

Cat. No. B210 B210A

Design Load 800 lbs. 3.56 kN 300 lbs. 1.33 kN

Tap Size 1/2"-13 - 3/8"-16 -

Mat'l. Thickness 3/8" 9.5 mm 1/4" 6.4 mm

B751 Bottom Beam Clamp and Accessories

Setscrew included Finish available: ZN

Loading position A - 500 lbs.

Loading position B - 300 lbs.

Safety Load Factor 5.0

Assembly No. B751 B701J_ B752 B753

To Fit Clamp,Setscrew J-Hook,Clip Swivel & Bolt Swivel Nut

Flange Sizes & J-Hook & Square Nut Only Only

4"-5 7/8"B751-J4-3/8* B701-J4-3/8B752 B753-**

6"-8 7/8"B751-J6-3/8* B701-J6-3/8B752 B753-**

9"-11 7/8"B751-J9-3/8* B701-J9-3/8B752 B753-**

B312 Anchor Strap

• Finishes available: or

• For a maximum beam thickness

of 3/4".

• For thicker beams, step up one

flange width size.

Cat. No. Flange Width

B312-6 Up to 6"

B312-9 6" - 9"

B312-12 9" - 12"

B305 Thru B308 & B321 Series Beam Clamps

• Finishes available: or

• Setscrew included.

• Safety Load Factor 5.0

Cat. Rod Design Load

No. Size A B C D E F T lbs kN

B305 3/8"-16 3/8"-16 2 5/16"7/8"1

1/8"2

1/2" 11 Ga. 600 2.67

B306 3/8"-16 1/2"-13 2 7/16"7/8"1

1/8"2

1/2" 7 Ga. 1100 4.90

B307 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 2 7/16"7/8"1

1/8"2

1/2" 7 Ga. 1100 4.90

B308 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 2 9/16"7/8"1

1/8"2

1/2"1/4" 1500 6.68

B321-1 3/8"-16 1/2"-13 3 9/16"1

11/16"1

5/8"3

1/4"1/4" 1300 5.79

B321-2 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 3 9/16"1

11/16"1

5/8"3

1/4"1/4" 1400 6.23

Series 1 Steel - Accessories

211

* Clamp Assembly complete with J-Hook Assembly. Setscrew included.

** Insert 1/4, 3/8or 1/2for the desired rod size.

B753

Position A

B701-J_-3/8

B752

B751

Position B

Provides a full 15° swivel

in any direction. (State

the desired rod size.)

B751-J_-3/8*

Setscrew included

Beam Clamp

• Finishes available: or

• Setscrew included.

Design load when used in pairs.

Safety Load Factor 5.0

Cat. No.

Design Load 600 lbs. 2.67 kN 1000 lbs. 4.45 kN

Max. Flange Thick 3/4" 19 mm 11/8" 28.6 mm

Mat’l. Thickness 1/4" 6.3 mm 3/8" 9.5 mm

Beam Clamp

• Finishes available: or

• Sold in pieces.

Design load when used in pairs.

Safety Load Factor 5.0

B212-1/4B212-3/8

Series 1 Steel

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

ZN HDG ZN HDG

GRN HDG

SS4

ZN HDG

GRN

Cat. No. 99-9980-(‡)

Quantity of Standard

Cover Clamps Required

Straight Section 60" or 72"........................4 pcs.

Straight Section 120" or 144"....................6 pcs.

Horizontal/Vertical Bends ...........................4 pcs.

Tees ..........................................................6 pcs.

Crosses......................................................8 pcs.

Note: When using the Heavy Duty Cover Clamp, only

one-half the number of clamps stated above is required.

Standard Cover Clamp

• Sold per piece

• For indoor service only

Tray Catalog No.

Series Znplt HDGAF

148 9ZN-9019 9G-9019

156 9ZN-9014 9G-9014

166 9ZN-9015 9G-9015

176 9ZN-9016 9G-9016

Combination Hold Down & Cover

Clamp

• Sold per piece

• For indoor

service only

Tray Catalog No.

Series Znplt/Pre-Galv. HDGAF

148 9ZN-9243 9G-9243

156 9P-9043 9G-9043

166 9P-9053 9G-9053

176 9P-9063 9G-9063

Heavy Duty Cover Clamp

• (‡) Insert

tray width

Tray Catalog No.

Series Pre-Galv. HDGAF

148 9P-(‡)-9040 9G-(‡)-9040

156 9P-(‡)-9044 9G-(‡)-9044

166 9P-(‡)-9054 9G-(‡)-9054

176 9P-(‡)-9064 9G-(‡)-9064

Example of Catalog Number for

Fitting Cover:

212

Series 1 Steel - Accessories

Solid covers should be used when maximum enclosure of the

cables is desired and no accumulation of heat is expected.

Ventilated covers provide an overhead cable shield yet

allow heat to escape.

Cooper B-Line recommends that covers on vertical

cable tray runs to a height of 6 ft. (1.83 m) to 8 ft.

(2.44 m) above the floor to isolate both cables

and personnel. Flanged covers have a .30 in.

(7.6 mm) flange. Cover clamps are not included

with the cover and must be ordered separately. Solid Flanged Ventilated Flanged

Vertical Bend Cover

Prefix Suffix

80 1 P 20 - 24 - 90 VO 24 - 4*

Side Rail*

Height

Radius

Fitting

Angle

Width

Material

Thickness

Material

Detail

Cover Type

Solid Non-Flanged

Covers Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 80 1 P - 20 - 24 - 144

Material

Cover Type Detail Material Thickness Tray Width Item Description

80 = Solid 1 = Flanged P = Pre-Galvanized

20 = 20 Ga. Steel for 06 = 6"

For Straight Section Cover:

81 = Ventilated 9 = Non-Flanged

G = HDGAF Pre-Galvanized 09 = 9" Pre-Galvanized Only:

18 = 18 Ga. Steel for 12 = 12" 144 = 12 ft. (3.66 m)

HDGAF 18 = 18" 120 = 10 ft. (3.05 m)

24 = 24"

Pre-Galvanized & HDGAF

30 = 30"

72 = 6 ft. (1.83 m)

36 = 36"

60 = 5 ft. (1.52 m)

For fitting covers: Insert suffix of fitting

to be covered. See example below.

Covers

* Required for VO fittings only.

Cover Joint Strip

• Used to join covers

• Plastic

• (‡) Insert tray width

Raised Cover Clamp

• For indoor

service only.

• Sold per piece

• For use with flanged

covers only.

Tray Catalog

Series No.

Series 1 9ZN-910†

† Specify gap of 1", 2", 3" or 4".

Covers 30" and 36" wide have reinforcing ridges.

Series 1 Steel

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers

1.01 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as

manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc.

Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components

2.01 General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated;

with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges and

smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction

features. Cable tray shall be installed according to the latest revision of NEMA VE 2.

2.02 Pre-Galvanized Steel: Straight sections, fitting side rails, rungs, and covers shall be made from

structural quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties and mill galvanized in accordance

with ASTM A653 SS, Grade 33, coating designation G90. Hardware finish shall be electro-galvanized

zinc per ASTM B633.

2.03 Hot dip Galvanized Steel: All side rails, covers, splice plates, and rungs shall be made from structural

quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A1011 SS, Grade 33 for 14 gauge

and heavier, ASTM A1008, Grade 33 Type 2 for 16 gauge and lighter, and shall be hot dip galvanized

after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123. Mill galvanized covers are not acceptable for hot dipped

galvanized cable tray. Hardware finish shall be chromium zinc per ASTM F-1136-88.

2.04 Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members (rungs)

welded to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaced [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Rung spacing in radiused

fittings shall be industry standard 9" and measured at the center of the tray’s width. No portion of the

rungs shall protrude below the bottom plane of the side rails.

2.05 Ventilated Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated

bottom welded to the side rails or rungs spaced 4" on center. The peaks of the corrugated bottom

shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers. To

provide ventilation in the tray, the valleys of the corrugated bottom shall have 21/4" x 4" rectangular

holes punched along the width of the bottom.

2.06 Non-Ventilated Bottom Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a

corrugated bottom welded to the side rails or a solid sheet over rungs. The peaks of the corrugated bottom

shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers.

2.07 Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [5] [6] inches per NEMA VE 1.

2.08 Straight sections shall be supplied in standard [12 foot] [10 foot (3 m)] lengths.

2.09 Cable tray widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on drawings.

2.10 Splice plates shall be L-shaped with 4 nuts and bolts per plate. The resistance of fixed splice

connections between an adjacent section of tray shall not exceed 0.00033 ohm.

2.11 All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] inches.

Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing

3.01 Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of ______ lbs./ft. on a _______ ft.

support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per

NEMA VE 1 5.2. Cable tray shall be made to manufacturing tolerances as specified by NEMA.

3.02 Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of

NEMA VE 1 or CSA C22.2 No. 126.

213

Series 1 Steel - Specifications

Series 1 Steel

Cable Tray Systems

214

For steel 5", 6", 7" vented or non-ventilated add 04 or SB as shown below.

Prefix Prefix

15P04 - 24 - 90HB24 15PSB - 24 - 90HB24

Vented Bottom Non-Ventilated

Fittings Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 1 4 P - 24 - 90 HB 24

Height

4 = 148

5 = 156

6 = 166

7 = 176

Series

Material

P = Pre-Galvanized

G = HDGAF

Width

06 = 6" (152)

09 = 9" (228)

12 = 12" (305)

18 = 18" (457)

24 = 24" (609)

30 = 30" (762)

36 = 36" (914)

Angle

30 = 30°

45 = 45°

60 = 60°

90 = 90°

Radius

12 = 12" (305)

24 = 24" (609)

36 = 36" (914)

Type

HB = Horizontal Bend

HT = Horizontal Tee

HX = Horizontal Cross

VI = Vertical Inside Bend

VO = Vertical Outside Bend

LR = Left Reducer

RR = Right Reducer

SR = Straight Reducer

For steel and aluminum 4" vented or solid trough add VT or ST as shown below.

Prefix Prefix

14PVT - 24 - HT24 14PST - 24 - HT24

Vented Trough Non-Ventilated Trough

(9" rung spacing is standard)

Fittings engineered

with 3" tangents for

splicing integrity.

Series 1 - Fittings

Series 1 Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Series 1 Fittings

Bend Tray 90˚ Horizontal Bend 60˚ Horizontal Bend

Radius Width Dimensions Dimensions

R Catalog No. A B C Catalog No. A B C

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

6 152

(Pre)-06-90HB12

18 450 18 450 18 450

(Pre)-06-60HB12

171

/2445 101

/8257 1111/16 297

9 228

(Pre)-09-90HB12

191

/2495 191

/2495

(Pre)-09-60HB12

1813/16 478 107

/8276 121

/2318

12 305

(Pre)-12-90HB12

21 533 21 533 21 533

(Pre)-12-60HB12

201

/16 510 115

/8295 133

/8340

12 305 18 457

(Pre)-18-90HB12

24 600 24 600 24 600

(Pre)-18-60HB12

2211/16 576 131

/8333 151

/8384

24 609

(Pre)-24-90HB12

27 686 27 686 27 686

(Pre)-24-60HB12

255

/16 643 145

/8372 167

/8429

30 762

(Pre)-30-90HB12

30 750 30 750 30 750

(Pre)-30-60HB12

277/8708 161/8410 189

/16 472

36 914

(Pre)-36-90HB12

33 838 33 838 33 838

(Pre)-36-60HB12

301

/2775 175

/8448 205

/16 516

6 152

(Pre)-06-90HB24

30 750 30 750 30 750

(Pre)-06-60HB24

277

/8708 161

/8410 189

/16 472

9 228

(Pre)-09-90HB24

311

/2800 311

/2800

(Pre)-09-60HB24

293

/16 741 167

/8429 197

/16 494

12 305

(Pre)-12-90HB24

33 838 33 838 33 838

(Pre)-12-60HB24

301

/2775 175

/8448 205

/16 516

24 609 18 457

(Pre)-18-90HB24

36 914 36 914 36 914

(Pre)-18-60HB24

331

/16 840 191

/8486 221

/16 560

24 609

(Pre)-24-90HB24

39 991 39 991 39 991

(Pre)-24-60HB24

3511/16 907 205

/8524 2313/16 605

30 762

(Pre)-30-90HB24

42 1067 42 1067 42 1067

(Pre)-30-60HB24

381/4972 221/8562 251/2648

36 914

(Pre)-36-90HB24

45 1143 45 1143 45 1143

(Pre)-36-60HB24

407/81038 235

/8600 271/4692

6 152

(Pre)-06-45HB12

153

/4400 61

/2165 93

/16 233

(Pre)-06-30HB12

131

/8333 31

/289 7 175

9 228

(Pre)-09-45HB12

1613

/16 427 615

/16 176 913/16 249

(Pre)-09-30HB12

137

/8352 311/16 94 77

/16 189

12 305

(Pre)-12-45HB12

177

/8454 73

/8187 107

/16 265

(Pre)-12-30HB12

145

/8372 315

/16 100 713/16 198

12 305 18 457

(Pre)-18-45HB12

20 500 81

/4210 1111/16 297

(Pre)-18-30HB12

161

/8410 45

/16 135 85

/8219

24 609

(Pre)-24-45HB12

221

/16 560 91

/8232 1215

/16 329

(Pre)-24-30HB12

175

/8448 411/16 119 97

/16 240

30 762

(Pre)-30-45HB12

243

/16 614 10 250 143

/16 360

(Pre)-30-30HB12

191

/8486 51

/8130 101

/4260

36 914

(Pre)-36-45HB12

265

/16 668 1015

/16 278 157

/16 392

(Pre)-36-30HB12

205

/8524 51

/2140 111

/16 281

6 152

(Pre)-06-45HB24

243

/16 614 10 250 143

/16 360

(Pre)-06-30HB24

191

/8486 51

/8130 101

/4260

9 228

(Pre)-09-45HB24

251

/4641 101

/2267 1413/16 376

(Pre)-09-30HB24

197

/8505 55

/16 135 105

/8270

12 305

(Pre)-12-45HB24

265

/16 668 1015

/16 278 157

/16 392

(Pre)-12-30HB24

205

/8524 51

/2140 111

/16 281

24 609 18 457

(Pre)-18-45HB24

287

/16 722 1113/16 300 1611/16 424

(Pre)-18-30HB24

221

/8562 515

/16 151 1113/16 300

24 609

(Pre)-24-45HB24

309

/16 776 1211/16 322 1715

/16 456

(Pre)-24-30HB24

235

/8600 65

/16 160 125

/8321

30 762

(Pre)-30-45HB24

3211/16 830 139/16 345 191/8486

(Pre)-30-30HB24

251/8638 63/4172 137/16 341

36 914

(Pre)-36-45HB24

3413/16 884 147/16 367 203/8518

(Pre)-36-30HB24

265

/8676 71/8181 141/4362

(Pre) See page 214 for catalog number prefix.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Width dimensions are to inside wall. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

45˚ Horizontal Bend 30˚ Horizontal Bend

215

Horizontal Bends 90° 60° 45° 30° (HB)

90˚ Horizontal Bend

45˚ Horizontal Bend

3" (76)

1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

60˚ Horizontal Bend

30˚ Horizontal Bend

90˚

60˚

45˚

30˚

Bottoms manufactured:

Ladder = 9" Rung Spacing

VT & 04 = 4" Rung Spacing

ST & SB = Flat sheet over

12" Rung Spacing

3" (76)

Series 1 - Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

Bend Horizontal Cross

Radius Tray Dimensions

R Width Catalog No. A B

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

6 152 (Prefix)-06-HX12 18 457 36 914

9 228 (Prefix)-09-HX12 191

/2495 39 991

12 305 (Prefix)-12-HX12 21 533 42 1067

12 305 18 457 (Prefix)-18-HX12 24 610 48 1219

24 609 (Prefix)-24-HX12 27 686 54 1372

30 762 (Prefix)-30-HX12 30 762 60 1524

36 914 (Prefix)-36-HX12 33 838 66 1676

6 152 (Prefix)-06-HX24 30 762 60 1524

9 228 (Prefix)-09-HX24 311

/2800 63 1600

12 305 (Prefix)-12-HX24 33 838 66 1676

24 609 18 457 (Prefix)-18-HX24 36 914 72 1829

24 609 (Prefix)-24-HX24 39 991 78 1981

30 762 (Prefix)-30-HX24 42 1067 84 2134

36 914 (Prefix)-36-HX24 45 1143 90 2286

Bend Tray Horizontal Tee

Radius Width Dimensions

R Catalog No. A B

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

6 152 (Prefix)-06-HT12 18 457 36 914

9 228 (Prefix)-09-HT12 191

/2495 39 991

12 305 (Prefix)-12-HT12 21 533 42 1067

12 305 18 457 (Prefix)-18-HT12 24 610 48 1219

24 609 (Prefix)-24-HT12 27 686 54 1372

30 762 (Prefix)-30-HT12 30 762 60 1524

36 914 (Prefix)-36-HT12 33 838 66 1676

6 152 (Prefix)-06-HT24 30 762 60 1524

9 228 (Prefix)-09-HT24 311

/2800 63 1600

12 305 (Prefix)-12-HT24 33 838 66 1676

24 609 18 457 (Prefix)-18-HT24 36 914 72 1829

24 609 (Prefix)-24-HT24 39 991 78 1981

30 762 (Prefix)-30-HT24 42 1067 84 2134

36 914 (Prefix)-36-HT24 45 1143 90 2286

216

2 pair splice plates with hardware included.

3 pair splice plates with hardware included.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Width dimensions are to inside wall. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

Horizontal Tee (HT)

Horizontal Cross (HX)

3" (76)

(Prefix) See page 214 for catalog number prefix.

Series 1 - Fittings

Series 1 Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

Tray Width Left Hand Reducer Straight Reducer Right Hand Reducer

W1W2Catalog No. A Catalog No. A Catalog No. A

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

9 228 6 152 (Prefix)-09-LR06 93/4248 (Prefix)-09-SR06 87/8225 (Prefix)-09-RR06 93/4248

12 305 6 152 (Prefix)-12-LR06 111/2292 (Prefix)-12-SR06 93/4248 (Prefix)-12-RR06 111/2292

9 228 (Prefix)-12-LR09 93/4248 (Prefix)-12-SR09 87/8225 (Prefix)-12-RR09 93/4248

6 152 (Prefix)-18-LR06 1415/16 379 (Prefix)-18-SR06 111/2292 (Prefix)-18-RR06 1415/16 379

18 457 9 228 (Prefix)-18-LR09 133/16 340 (Prefix)-18-SR09 105/8270 (Prefix)-18-RR09 133/16 340

12 305 (Prefix)-18-LR12 111/2292 (Prefix)-18-SR12 93/4248 (Prefix)-18-RR12 111/2292

6 152 (Prefix)-24-LR06 183/8467 (Prefix)-24-SR06 133/16 340 (Prefix)-24-RR06 183/8467

24 609 9 228 (Prefix)-24-LR09 1611/16 424 (Prefix)-24-SR09 123/8314 (Prefix)-24-RR09 1611/16 424

12 305 (Prefix)-24-LR12 1415/16 379 (Prefix)-24-SR12 111/2292 (Prefix)-24-RR12 1415/16 379

18 457 (Prefix)-24-LR18 111/2292 (Prefix)-24-SR18 93/4248 (Prefix)-24-RR18 111/2292

6 152 (Prefix)-30-LR06 217/8555 (Prefix)-30-SR06 1415/16 380 (Prefix)-30-RR06 217/8555

9 228 (Prefix)-30-LR09 201/8511 (Prefix)-30-SR09 141/16 358 (Prefix)-30-RR09 201/8511

30 762 12 305 (Prefix)-30-LR12 183/8462 (Prefix)-30-SR12 133/16 335 (Prefix)-30-RR12 183/8462

18 459 (Prefix)-30-LR18 1415/16 380 (Prefix)-30-SR18 111/2292 (Prefix)-30-RR18 1415/16 380

24 609 (Prefix)-30-LR24 111/2292 (Prefix)-30-SR24 93/4248 (Prefix)-30-RR24 111/2292

6 152 (Prefix)-36-LR06 255/16 643 (Prefix)-36-SR06 1611/16 424 (Prefix)-36-RR06 255/16 643

9 228 (Prefix)-36-LR09 239/16 598 (Prefix)-36-SR09 1513/16 402 (Prefix)-36-RR09 239/16 598

36 914 12 305 (Prefix)-36-LR12 217/8555 (Prefix)-36-SR12 1415/16 380 (Prefix)-36-RR12 217/8555

18 457 (Prefix)-36-LR18 183/8462 (Prefix)-36-SR18 133/16 335 (Prefix)-36-RR18 183/8462

24 609 (Prefix)-36-LR24 1415/16 380 (Prefix)-36-SR24 111/2292 (Prefix)-36-RR24 1415/16 380

30 762 (Prefix)-36-LR30 111/2292 (Prefix)-36-SR30 93/4248 (Prefix)-36-RR30 111/2292

217

14A - 24 - RR 18

Width2

Fitting

Width1

Prefix

Right ReducerStraight Reducer

Left Reducer

Reducers (LR, SR, RR)

1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Width dimensions are to inside wall. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

(Prefix) See page 214 for catalog number prefix.

Reducer Part Numbering

Series 1 Fittings

Series 1 - Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

90° Vertical Inside Bend

Bend VI Dimensions

Radius Width Series 14 Steel Series 15 Steel Series 16 Steel Series 17 Steel

in. mm in. mm Catalog No. ABC AB C A B C A B C

6 152 (Pre)-06-90(*)12

9 228 (Pre)-09-90(*)12

12 305 (Pre)-12-90(*)12 187/16"18

7/16"18

7/16"19

3/16"19

3/16"20

3/16"21

3/16"

12 305 18 457 (Pre)-18-90(*)12

24 609 (Pre)-24-90(*)12 (468) (468) (468) (487) (487) (487) (513) (513) (513) (538) (538) (538)

30 762 (Pre)-30-90(*)12

36 914 (Pre)-36-90(*)12

6 152 (Pre)-06-90(*)24

9 228 (Pre)-09-90(*)24

12 305 (Pre)-12-90(*)24 307/16"30

7/16"30

7/16"31

3/16"31

3/16"32

3/16"33

3/16"

24 609 18 457 (Pre)-18-90(*)24

24 609 (Pre)-24-90(*)24 (773) (773) (773) (792) (792) (792) (817) (817) (817) (843) (843) (843)

30 762 (Pre)-30-90(*)24

36 914 (Pre)-36-90(*)24

218

3" (76)

90°

90° Vertical Outside

Vertical Bend 90° (VO, VI)

1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

(Pre) See page 214 for catalog number prefix.

(*) = Insert VI for Vertical Inside Bend. Insert VO for Vertical Outside Bend.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

90° Vertical Inside

90˚

Series 1 - Fittings

Series 1 Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

12" 15" 15" 15"

(305) (381) (381) (381)

24" 27" 27" 27"

(609) (686) (686) (686)

VO Dimensions

All Series 1

Bend

Radius R A B C

90° Vertical Bend

Bend Tray VI Dimensions

Radius Width Catalog Series 14 Steel Series 15 Steel Series 16 Steel Series 17 Steel

R No.

in. mm in. mm A B C A B C A B C A B C

6 152 (Pre)-06-60(*)12

9 228 (Pre)-09-60(*)12

12 305 (Pre)-12-60(*)12 181/16"10

7/16" 12" 181/2"10

11/16"12

3/8"19

3/8"11

3/16"12

15/16"20

1/4"11

11/16"13

1/2"

12 305 18 457 (Pre)-18-60(*)12

24 609 (Pre)-24-60(*)12 (459) (265) (305) (470) (271) (314) (492) (284) (328) (514) (297) (343)

30 762 (Pre)-30-60(*)12

36 914 (Pre)-36-60(*)12

6 152 (Pre)-06-60(*)24

9 228 (Pre)-09-60(*)24

12 305 (Pre)-12-60(*)24 287/16"16

7/16"18

15/16"28

15/16"16

11/16"19

1/4"29

3/4"17

3/16"19

7/8"30

5/8"17

11/16"20

7/16"

24 609 18 457 (Pre)-18-60(*)24

24 609 (Pre)-24-60(*)24 (722) (417) (481) (735) (424) (489) (755) (436) (505) (778) (449) (519)

30 762 (Pre)-30-60(*)24

36 914 (Pre)-36-60(*)24

60° Vertical Inside Bend

219

60˚

3" (76)

(Pre) See page 214 for catalog number prefix.

(*) = Insert VI for Vertical Inside Bend. Insert VO for Vertical Outside Bend.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

60° Vertical Inside 60° Vertical Outside

Vertical Bend 60° (VO, VI)

1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

3" (76)

Series 1 - Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Fittings

12" 147/8"8

5/8"9

15/16"

(305) (378) (219) (252)

24" 255/16"14

5/8"16

7/8"

(609) (643) (371) (428)

VO Dimensions

All Series 1

Bend

Radius R A B C

60° Vertical Bend

Bend Tray Catalog VI Dimensions

Radius Width No. Series 14 Steel Series 15 Steel Series 16 Steel Series 17 Steel

in. mm in. mm A B C A B C A B C A B C

6 152 (Pre)-06-45(*)12

9 228 (Pre)-09-45(*)12

12 305 (Pre)-12-45(*)12 163/16"6

11/16"9

1/2"16

9/16"6

7/8"9

11/16"17

1/4"7

3/16"10

1/8" 18" 77/16"10

9/16"

12 305 18 457 (Pre)-18-45(*)12

24 609 (Pre)-24-45(*)12 (411) (170) (241) (420) (174) (246 (438) (182) (257 (457) (189) (268)

30 762 (Pre)-30-45(*)12

36 914 (Pre)-36-45(*)12

6 152 (Pre)-06-45(*)24

9 228 (Pre)-09-45(*)24

12 305 (Pre)-12-45(*)24 2411/16"10

3/16"14

7/16"25

1/16"10

3/8"11

14/16"25

3/4"10

11/16"15

1/16"26

1/2" 11" 151/2"

24 609 18 457 (Pre)-18-45(*)24

24 609 (Pre)-24-45(*)24 (627) (259) (367) (662) (263) (373) (654) (271) (382 (673) (279) (394)

30 762 (Pre)-30-45(*)24

36 914 (Pre)-36-45(*)24

45° Vertical Inside Bend

220

45° Vertical Outside

Vertical Bend 45° (VO, VI)

1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

(Pre) See page 214 for catalog number prefix.

(*) = Insert VI for Vertical Inside Bend. Insert VO for Vertical Outside Bend.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

45° Vertical Inside

3" (76)

45˚

45°

Series 1 - Fittings

Series 1 Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

12" 135/8"5

5/8"8"

(305) (346) (143) (203)

24" 221/16"9

1/8"12

15/16"

(609) (560) (232) (328)

VO Dimensions

All Series 1

Bend

Radius R A B C

45° Vertical Bend

Bend Tray VI Dimensions

Radius Width Catalog Series 14 Steel Series 15 Steel Series 16 Steel Series 17 Steel

R No.

in. mm n. mm A B C A B C A B C A B C

6 152 (Pre)-06-30(*)12

9 228 (Pre)-09-30(*)12

12 305 (Pre)-12-30(*)12 137/16"3

5/8"7

3/16"13

11/16"3

11/16"7

5/16"14

3/16"3

13/16"7

5/8"14

11/16"3

15/16"7

7/8"

12 305 18 457 (Pre)-18-30(*)12

24 609 (Pre)-24-30(*)12 (341) (92) (182) (347) (93) (186.2) (360) (97) (193) (373) (100) (200)

30 762 (Pre)-30-30(*)12

36 914 (Pre)-36-30(*)12

6 152 (Pre)-06-30(*)24

9 228 (Pre)-09-30(*)24

12 305 (Pre)-12-30(*)24 197/16"5

3/16"10

7/16"19

11/16"5

5/16"10

9/16"20

3/16"5

7/16"10

13/16"20

11/16"5

9/16"11

1/16"

24 609 18 457 (Pre)-18-30(*)24

24 609 (Pre)-24-30(*)24 (494) (132) (265) (500) (135) (268) (513) (138) (274) (525) (141) (281)

30 762 (Pre)-30-30(*)24

36 914 (Pre)-36-30(*)24

12" 115/8"3

1/8"6

3/16"

(305) (295) (79) (157)

24" 175/8"4

11/16"9

7/16"

(609) (448) (119) (240)

221

30° Vertical Inside Bend

VO Dimensions

All Series 1

Bend

Radius R A B C

30° Vertical Bend

(Pre) See page 214 for catalog number prefix.

(*) = Insert VI for Vertical Inside Bend. Insert VO for Vertical Outside Bend.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

30° Vertical Inside 30° Vertical Outside

Vertical Bend 30° (VO, VI)

1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

3" (76)

30˚

Series 1 - Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Fittings

12 305 14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-1 81

/4210 81

/4210 61

/2165 121

/8303 121

/8303 101

/2267

609

14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-3 24 610 24 610 221

/4565 277

/8708 277

/8708 261

/4667

12 305 14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-1 113

/4298 61

/2165 12 305 143

/4375 81

/2216 16 406

24 609 14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-2 113

/4298 61

/2165 12 305 143

/4375 81

/2216 16 406

12 305 14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-1 123

/4324 51

/4133 171

/8435 151

/2394 67

/8175 21 540

24 609 14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-1 123

/4324 51

/4133 171

/8435 151

/2394 67

/8175 21 540

Nominal Dimensions

Bend

Catalog

VO VI

Radius

No.

A B R A B R

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

90˚ Vertical Inside or Outside

Angle ø A B

in. mm in. mm

45˚ 12 305 81

/2216

30˚ 14 355 53

/4146

221

/2˚14

/4362 5 127

Series 1 - Fittings

222

Adjustable Vertical Bends are made up of one or

more vertical bend segments and can be used as a

vertical inside (VI) or vertical outside (VO) bend. This

design provides for vertical changes in direction with angles

of 45˚, 60˚ and 90˚ for 12" (305 mm) or 24" (609 mm) radius.

The chart below shows the number of segments required for

the various combinations of angles and radii. The VBS-1, VBS-2

and VBS-3 include one, two or three segments respectively with

splice plates and hardware. Holes for setting standard angles are

pre-punched in each segment. Other angles can be set by field

drilling another hole for the locking bolt.

Vertical Bend Segments (VBS)

Notes:

1. (*) Insert material type: P=Pre Galvanized, G=HDGAF

2. (†) Contact home office for information on

Ventilated Trough and Solid Trough availability

3. (‡) Insert width 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36

Setting the Angle

To find correct angle setting, divide angle of offset by

the number of segments plus one. The result is equal

to the angle setting stamped on the vertical bend seg-

ment and the splice plate. After inserting center pivot

bolt, align the mark at the end of the segment or

splice plate with the angle and insert locking bolt in

the pre-punched hole.

Example: 90˚ bend, 24" radius requires 3 segments

3 segments + 1 = 4

90˚ divided by 4 = 221

/2˚

Set all vertical segments at 221

/2˚

221/2

Locking Bolt

Pivot Bolt

Center Mark

Angle Settings

221/2

Fitting Hole Pattern

Offset Dimensions

One vertical bend segment

can be used to complete a

vertical offset. Offset

dimensions are shown.

VBS-1 (1 Segment)

VBS-2 (2 Segments)

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Available for 148P and 148G only.

60˚ Vertical Inside or Outside

45˚ Vertical Inside or Outside

VBS-3 (3 Segments)

Series 1 Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Notes

223

Series 1 Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

224

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

225

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cable Tray Systems

How The Service Advisor Works

B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you

select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50

pieces or less.

Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?

Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different

color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Example: 34A VT - 24 - 144 Part will typically ship in

(from page 226) 5-10 days, because of the

Lead time(days) 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 VT bottom type.

For Aluminum Fittings

see fittings section pages

284 thru 301

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections

226

3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

4" Side Rail Height

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Ventilated Trough Non-Ventilated Trough

Overall Width

(Width + 11/2")

For

side rail

& rung data,

see chart on

pages AP-5 & AP-6

Rung

Spacing

Width

(Inside)

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 24 A 09 - 24 - 144

Series Material *Type *Width Length

24 A= Aluminum Ladder- 06 = 6" ¬144 = 12 ft. 24

06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" Á120 = 10 ft.

34 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" ¬240 = 20 ft. 34

12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18" Á144 = 12 ft.

24 = 24"

30 = 30"

Trough- 36 = 36"

6" thru 36" wide

VT = Vented Trough

ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

¬Primary Length.

ÁSecondary Length.

See page 39 for

explanation of lengths.

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 16A, 12C 6 487* 0.001 1.8 725* 0.017

CSA: D1-3m 8 284 0.003 Area=1.05 in22.4 422 0.055 Area=6.77 cm2

10 181 0.008 Sx=1.34 in33.0 270 0.135 Sx=21.96 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 12 126 0.016 Ix=2.85 in43.7 187 0.279 Ix=118.63 cm4

Area:1.00 in214 93 0.030 4.3 138 0.518

16 71 0.052 4.9 105 0.883

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20B, 16C 10 320 0.005 3.0 476 0.077

CSA: E-6m 12 222 0.009 Area=1.82 in23.7 331 0.160 Area=11.74 cm2

14 163 0.017 Sx=2.10 in34.3 243 0.296 Sx=34.41 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 16 125 0.030 Ix=4.98 in44.9 186 0.505 Ix=207.28 cm4

Area: 1.50 in218 99 0.047 5.5 147 0.810

20 80 0.072 6.1 119 1.234

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections

227

1.75

4.20 3.08

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will

support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.

To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection

multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.

Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and

above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 361 for rung

capacities.

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment

of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

1.75

4.12 3.05

3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

4" Side Rail Height

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment

of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

* When using 18" rung spacing, load capacity is limited to 394 lbs/ft (586.27 kg/m) for 30" tray width and 325 lbs/ft (483.6 kg/m) for

36" tray width.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections

228

4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

5" Side Rail Height

Overall Width

(Width + 11/2")

For

side rail

& rung data,

see chart on

pages AP-5 & AP-6

Rung

Spacing

Width

(Inside)

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 25 A 09 - 24 - 144

Series Material *Type *Width Length

25 A= Aluminum Ladder- 06 = 6" ¬144 = 12 ft. 25

06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" Á240 = 20 ft.

35 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" ¬240 = 20 ft. 35

12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18" Á144 = 12 ft.

24 = 24"

30 = 30"

Trough- 36 = 36"

6" thru 36" wide

VT = Vented Trough

ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Ventilated Trough Non-Ventilated Trough

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

¬Primary Length.

ÁSecondary Length.

See page 39 for

explanation of lengths.

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20B, 16C 10 310 0.0035 3.0 461 0.060

CSA: E-3m 12 215 0.0073 Area=1.67 in23.7 320 0.125 Area=10.77 cm2

14 158 0.014 Sx=2.35 in34.3 235 0.232 Sx=38.51 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 16 121 0.023 Ix=6.37 in44.9 180 0.395 Ix=265.14 cm4

Area: 1.50 in218 96 0.037 5.5 142 0.633

20 77 0.057 6.1 115 0.965

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20A, 12C 10 200 0.0049 3.0 298 0.083

CSA: D1-6m 12 139 0.010 Area=1.24 in23.7 207 0.172 Area=8.00 cm2

14 102 0.019 Sx=1.80 in34.3 152 0.319 Sx=29.50 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 16 78 0.032 Ix=4.62 in44.9 116 0.545 Ix=192.30 cm4

Area: 1.00 in218 62 0.051 5.5 92 0.873

20 50 0.078 6.1 74 1.330

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections

229

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will

support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.

To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection

multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.

Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and

above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 361 for rung

capacities.

1.75

5.00 3.93

1.75

5.06 3.96

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment

of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment

of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

5" Side Rail Height

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections

230

5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

6" Side Rail Height

Overall Width

(Width + 11/2")

For

side rail

& rung data,

see chart on

pages AP-5 & AP-6

Rung

Spacing

Width

(Inside)

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 26 A 09 - 24 - 144

Series Material *Type *Width Length

26 A= Aluminum Ladder- 06 = 6" ¬144 = 12 ft. 26

06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" Á240 = 20 ft.

36 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" ¬240 = 20 ft. 36

12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18" Á144 = 12 ft.

46 24 = 24" ¬240 = 20 ft. 46

30 = 30" Á288 = 24 ft.

H46† Trough- 36 = 36" ¬240 = 20 ft. H46

6" thru 36" wide Á300 = 25 ft.

VT = Vented Trough

ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

† H46A only available in ladder

type 9” and 12” rung spacing

See page 357.

See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Ventilated Trough Non-Ventilated Trough

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

¬Primary Length.

ÁSecondary Length.

See page 39 for

explanation of lengths.

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20C+ 16 261 0.0085 4.9 388 0.145

CSA: 131 kg/m7.6m 18 206 0.014 Area=2.95 in25.5 307 0.233 Area=19.03 cm2

20 167 0.021 Sx=5.33 in36.1 248 0.355 Sx=87.34 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 22 138 0.030 Ix=17.30 in46.7 205 0.520 Ix=720.08 cm4

Area: 2.00 in224 116 0.043 7.3 173 0.737

25 88 0.051 7.6 131 0.867

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20C 14 210 0.0071 4.3 313 0.121

CSA: E-6m 16 161 0.012 Area=2.06 in24.9 239 0.207 Area=13.29 cm2

18 127 0.019 Sx=3.59 in35.5 189 0.331 Sx=58.83 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 20 103 0.030 Ix=12.18 in46.1 153 0.505 Ix=506.97 cm4

Area: 1.50 in222 85 0.043 6.7 127 0.739

24 72 0.061 7.3 106 1.046

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20B, 16C 12 233 0.0043 3.7 347 0.073

CSA: E-6m 14 171 0.008 Area=1.81 in24.3 255 0.136 Area=11.68 cm2

16 131 0.014 Sx=3.36 in34.9 195 0.232 Sx=55.06 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 18 104 0.022 Ix=10.85 in45.5 154 0.372 Ix=451.61 cm4

Area: 1.50 in220 84 0.033 6.1 125 0.566

22 69 0.049 6.7 103 0.829

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20A, 16B 10 204 0.0028 3.0 304 0.049

CSA: D1-6m 12 142 0.006 Area=1.41 in23.7 211 0.101 Area=9.10 cm2

14 104 0.011 Sx=2.53 in34.3 155 0.186 Sx=41.46 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 16 80 0.019 Ix=7.915 in44.9 119 0.318 Ix=329.45 cm4

Area: 1.00 in218 63 0.030 5.5 94 0.509

20 51 0.045 6.1 76 0.776

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections

231

2.00

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will

support, without collapse, a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.

To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection

multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.

Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and

above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 361 for rung

capacities.

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment

of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

6.12 5.04

6.17

2.00

6.19 5.08

5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

6" Side Rail Height

H46

5.06

2.00

6.24 5.09

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment

of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment

of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment

of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cable Tray Systems

232

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections

6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

7" Side Rail Height

Overall Width

(Width + 11/2")

For

side rail

& rung data,

see chart on

pages AP-5 & AP-6

Rung

Spacing

Width

(Inside)

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 37 A 09 - 24 - 240

Series Material *Type *Width Length

37 A= Aluminum Ladder- 06 = 6" ¬240 = 20 ft. 37

06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" Á144 = 12 ft.

47 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" ¬240 = 20 ft. 47

12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18" Á288 = 24 ft.

H47† 24 = 24" ¬240 = 20 ft. H47

30 = 30" Á300 = 25 ft.

57† 36 = 36" ¬360 = 30 ft. 57

Á300 = 25 ft.

Trough-

6" thru 36" wide

VT = Vented Trough

ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

† H47A & 57A only available in ladder

type 9” and 12” rung spacing.

See page 357.

See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

57A available in

(9” & 12” rung spacing in

12” to 36” widths)

Ventilated Trough Non-Ventilated Trough

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

¬Primary Length.

ÁSecondary Length.

See page 39 for

explanation of lengths.

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20C 14 204 0.0048 4.3 304 0.083

CSA: 142 kg/m6.1m 16 156 0.0082 Area=2.38 in24.9 233 0.141 Area=15.35 cm2

18 123 0.0132 Sx=4.94 in35.5 184 0.225 Sx=80.95 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 20 100 0.0201 Ix=17.88 in46.1 149 0.344 Ix=744.22 cm4

Area: 2.00 in^222 83 0.0295 6.7 123 0.503

24 69 0.0418 7.3 103 0.713

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20B, 16C 12 222 0.0035 3.7 331 0.059

CSA: 106 kg/m6.1m 14 163 0.0064 Area=1.81 in24.3 243 0.109 Area=11.68 cm2

16 125 0.011 Sx=3.77 in34.9 186 0.186 Sx=61.78 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 18 99 0.017 Ix=13.50 in45.5 147 0.299 Ix=561.91 cm4

Area: 1.50 in220 80 0.027 6.1 119 0.455

22 66 0.039 6.7 98 0.666

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections

233

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will

support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.

To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the

deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.

Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and

above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 361 for rung

capacities.

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment

of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

2.00

7.14 6.05

2.00

7.24 6.13

6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

7" Side Rail Height

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment

of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20C+ 16 233 0.0064 4.9 346 0.110

CSA: 241 kg/m6.1m 18 184 0.010 Area=3.04 in25.5 274 0.176 Area=19.61 cm2

20 149 0.016 Sx=6.10 in36.1 222 0.268 Sx=99.96 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 22 123 0.023 Ix=22.91 in46.7 183 0.393 Ix=953.59 cm4

Area: 2.00 in224 103 0.033 7.3 154 0.556

25 95 0.038 7.6 142 0.655

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment

of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment

of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

2.00

7.24 6.09

H47

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cable Tray Systems

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20C+ 20 232 0.011 6.1 345 0.187

CSA: 152 kg/m9.1m 22 192 0.016 Area=4.22 in26.7 285 0.274 Area=27.23 cm2

24 161 0.023 Sx=7.73 in37.3 240 0.388 Sx=126.67 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 26 136 0.031 Ix=32.86 in47.9 202 0.534 Ix=1367.74 cm4

Area: 2.00 in228 117 0.042 8.5 174 0.718

30 102 0.055 9.1 152 0.947

7.40 6.23

2.00

234

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections

6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

8" Side Rail Height

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: S8 A 09 - 24 - 240

Series Material *Type *Width Length

S8 A= Aluminum Ladder- 12 = 12" ¬360 = 30 ft. S8

09 = 9" rung spacing 18 = 18" Á300 = 25 ft.

12 = 12" rung spacing 24 = 24"

30 = 30"

36 = 36"

See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cable Tray Systems

* Alternated rung

unless indicated.

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20C+ 20 363 0.007 6.1 540 0.111

CSA: 240 kg/m9.1m 22 300 0.010 Area=5.50 in26.7 446 0.163 Area=35.48 cm2

24 252 0.013 Sx=15.39 in37.3 375 0.230 Sx=252.20 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 26 215 0.019 Ix=55.35 in47.9 320 0.317 Ix=2303.84 cm4

Area: 2.00 in228 185 0.025 8.5 276 0.427

30 161 0.033 9.1 240 0.562

3.00

8.00 6.175

S8A

Overall Width

(Width + 1.80")

For

side rail

& rung data,

see chart on

pages AP-5 & AP-6

Rung

Spacing

Width

(Inside)

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will

support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.

To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the

deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.

Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and

above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 361 for rung

capacities.

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

¬Primary Length.

ÁSecondary Length.

See page 39 for

explanation of lengths.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections

235

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cable Tray Systems

The following is a list of accessories and fittings

that can be provided with S8A tray.

For more information on these items, contact the

Engineering Department at Cooper B-Line.

Fittings

Horizontal Bends

30° Bends with 24”, 36”, or 48” radius

45° Bends with 24”, 36”, or 48” radius

60° Bends with 24”, 36”, or 48” radius

90° Bends with 24”, 36”, or 48” radius

Horizontal Tees

With 24”, 36”, or 48” radius

Vertical Outside Bends

30° Bends with 24”, 36”, or 48” radius

45° Bends with 24”, 36”, or 48” radius

60° Bends with 24”, 36”, or 48” radius

90° Bends with 24”, 36”, or 48” radius

Vertical Inside Bends

30° Bends with 24”, 36”, or 48” radius

45° Bends with 24”, 36”, or 48” radius

60° Bends with 24”, 36”, or 48” radius

90° Bends with 24”, 36”, or 48” radius

Reducing Fittings

Accessories

Splice Plate - 9A-1008

Expansion Splice Plate - 9A-1018

Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plate - 9A-1038

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plate - 9A-1028

Hold Down Clamps - 9ZN-1281, 9G-1281, 9A-1281

Guides - S9ZN-1202, S9G-1202

Step Down Splice Plate - 9A-1050, 9A-1078

Other Accessories Include:

Offset Splice Plates

Blind Ends

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

H46A, H47A and 57A Mid-Span

Splice

• Standard for H46A, H47A and 57A

straight sections.

• Six bolt design 1/2" Stainless Steel

Type 316 hardware standard.

• Available on ladder bottoms

only. 09 and 12" rung

spacing.

Branch Pivot Connectors

• Branch from existing cable tray runs at any point.

• Pivot to any required angle.

• UL Classified for grounding

(bonding jumper not required).

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9A-1004 4 101

9A-1005 5 127

9A-1006 6 152

9A-1007 7 178

Wedge Lock Splice Plates

(Excluding H46, H47 & 57 Series)

• Standard 4-hole pattern (except 9A-1007).

• Furnished in pairs, with hardware.

• One pair including hardware

provided with each section.

• Boxed in pairs

with hardware.

•

For field installation

drill 13/32" hole.

Horizontal Adjustable

Splice Plates

• Offered to adjust a cable tray

run for changes in direction

in a horizontal plane that do

not conform to standard

horizontal fittings.

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

• New design bonding jumpers

not required.

• (X) Insert 4, 5, 6 or 7 for

side rail height.

Catalog Cable Tray Tray

No. End Cut Width 'L'

9A-103(X) Mitered Thru 36" N/A

9A-103(X)-12 Not mitered Thru 12" 16"

9A-103(X)-36 Not mitered Thru 36" 41"

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9A-1045 5 to 4 127 to 101

9A-1046 6 to 4 152 to 101

9A-1060 6 to 5 152 to 127

9A-1047 7 to 4 178 to 101

9A-1061 7 to 5 178 to 127

9A-1062 7 to 6 178 to 152

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9A-1004-1/24 101

9A-1005-1/25 127

9A-1006-1/26 152

9A-1007-1/27 178

236

Series 2, 3,

4, & 5

Aluminum - Accessories

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9A-2044 4 101

9A-2045 5 127

9A-2046 6 152

9A-2047 7 178

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9A-1014 4 101

9A-1015 5 127

9A-1016 6 152

9A-1017 7 178

9A-103(X)

Splice only

9A-103(X)-12 or 9A-103(X)-36

One pair splice plates with extensions.

Expansion Splice Plates

• Expansion plates allow for one inch

expansion or contraction of the cable

tray, or where expansion joints occur

in the supporting structure.

• Furnished in pairs

with hardware.

•Bonding Jumpers

are required on

each siderail.

Order Separately.

Universal Splice Plates

• Used to splice to existing cable tray

systems.

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9A-1024 4 101

9A-1025 5 127

9A-1026 6 152

9A-1027 7 178

Step Down Splice Plates

• These splice plates are

offered for connecting cable

tray sections having side rails

of different heights.

• Furnished in pairs with

hardware.

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates

• These plates provide for changes in

elevation that do not conform to standard

vertical fittings.

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

•Bonding Jumper not required.

Tray

Series Catalog No.

H46A 9A-6006

H47A, 57A 9A-6007

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Requires

supports within

24” on both

sides, per NEMA

VE 2.

Requires

supports

within 24”

on both sides,

per NEMA

VE 2.

9A-1240

Catalog No.

Cross Connector Bracket

• For field connecting crossing section.

• Furnished in pairs with 3/8"

hardware.

Offset Reducing Splice Plate

• This plate is used for joining cable trays having

different widths. When used in pairs they form

a straight reduction; when

used singly with a standard

splice plate, they form an

offset reduction.

• Furnished as one plate

with hardware.

• (‡) Insert reduction

Catalog No. 9ZN-1150-(‡) Catalog No. 9ZN-1155-(‡)

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9A-1064-(‡) 4 101

9A-1065-(‡) 5 127

9A-1066-(‡) 6 152

9A-1067-(‡) 7 178

Conduit to Cable Tray Adaptor

• For easy attachment of conduit terminating at a cable tray.

• Use on aluminum or steel cable trays.

Catalog No. Conduit Size

in. mm

9G-1158-1/2, 3/41/2, 3/415, 20

9G-1158-1, 11/41, 11/425, 32

9G-1158-11/2, 2 11/2, 2 40, 50

9G-1158-21/2, 3 21/2, 3 65, 80

9G-1158-31/2, 4 31/2, 4 90, 100

Series 2, 3,

4, & 5

Aluminum - Accessories

237

Tray Hardware

For field installation drill 13/32" hole.

Standard Tray Hardware

Catalog No. SNCB 3/8" x 3/4" Znplt Square

Neck Carriage Bolt ASTM A307 Grade A

Catalog No. SFHN 3/8"-16 Znplt

Serrated Flange Hex Nut ASTM A563

Grade A

Finish: Zinc Plated ASTM B633, SC1

Optional Tray Hardware

Catalog No. SNCB 3/8" x 3/4" SS6 Square

Neck Carriage Bolt AISI 316 Stainless Steel

Catalog No. SFHN 3/8"-16 SS6 Serrated

Flange Hex Nut AISI 316 Stainless Steel

To order optional 316 Stainless Steel

hardware add SS6 suffix to part number

Example: 9A-1004SS6

Aluminum I-Beam

Cable Tie (Ladder Tray)

Nylon ties provide easy attachment of

cable to ladder rungs; maximum

cable O.D. is 3" (76mm).

Overall Length 15"

Catalog No. 99-2125-15

• Assembly required.

• Mounting hardware

included.

• Conduit clamps

provided.

• (‡) = Conduit size

(1/2" thru 4").

• Assembly required.

• Conduit clamp included.

• (‡) = Conduit size

(1/2" thru 4").

Conduit to Cable Tray Adaptors

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9A-1084-(‡) 4 101

9A-1085-(‡) 5 127

9A-1086-(‡) 6 152

9A-1087-(‡) 7 178

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9A-1074-(‡) 4 101

9A-1075-(‡) 5 127

9A-1076-(‡) 6 152

9A-1077-(‡) 7 178

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9A-1054 4 101

9A-1055 5 127

9A-1056 6 152

9A-1057 7 178

Frame Type Box Connector

• Designed to attach the end of a cable

tray run to a distribution cabinet or

control center to help reinforce the box

at the point of entry.

• Furnished with tray

connection hardware.

• (‡) Insert tray width

Blind End

• This plate forms a

closure for a dead

end cable tray.

• Furnished as one

plate with hardware.

• (‡) Insert tray width

Tray to Box Splice Plates

• Used to attach the

end of a cable tray

run to a distribution

box or control

panel.

• Furnished in pairs

with hardware.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Inside Bend Outside Bend Side Rail Loading

Catalog No. Catalog No. Height Depth 'H'

in. mm in. mm

73A-(*)VI(†) 73A-(*)VO(†) 4 101 3 76

74A-(*)VI(†) 74A-(*)VO(†) 5 127 4 101

75A-(*)VI(†) 75A-(*)VO(†) 6 152 5 127

76A-(*)VI(†) 76A-(*)VO(†) 7 178 6 152

Vertical Bend Barriers

• Vertical Bend Barriers are preformed to conform to a

specific vertical fitting.

• Furnished with three #10 x 1

/2" plated self-drilling

screws and a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice.

• (*) Insert 30, 45, 60 or 90 for degrees

• (†) Insert 12, 24, 36 or 48 for radius

Straight Section

• Standard length: 120" (3 m) 144" (12 ft.).

• Order catalog number based on loading

depth.

• Furnished with four #10 x 1

/2" plated self-

drilling screws and a 99-9982 splice.

Trough Drop-Out & Drop-Out Bushing

• These devices provide a rounded surface to protect cable as it exits

from the trough-type cable tray.

• Hardware is included for attachment of the trough bottom drop-out.

• (‡) Insert tray width

Catalog No.

9A-1104T-(‡)

Catalog No.

99-9982

Barrier Strip Splice

• Plastic splice holds adjoining

barrier strips in straight alignment.

9ZN-9002

Catalog No.

Barrier Strip Clip

• Zinc plated steel barrier clip fastens to

either aluminum or steel ladder rung.

• Furnished with one #10 x 1

/2" zinc

plated self-drilling screw.

Horizontal Bend

• Horizontal Bend Barriers are flexible in order

to conform to any horizontal fitting radius.

Cut to length.

• Order catalog number based on loading depth.

• Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" zinc plated

self-drilling screws and a 99-9982 Barrier

Strip Splice.

• Standard length is 72" (6 ft.), sold individually.

Catalog Side Rail Loading

No. Height Depth 'H'

in. mm in. mm

73A-90HBFL 4 101 3 76

74A-90HBFL 5 127 4 101

75A-90HBFL 6 152 5 127

76A-90HBFL 7 178 6 152

Catalog Side Rail Loading

No. Height Depth 'H'

in. mm in. mm

73A-Length 4 101 3 76

74A-Length 5 127 4 101

75A-Length 6 152 5 127

76A-Length 7 178 6 152

9A-1104-(‡)

Catalog No.

Ladder Drop-Out

• Specially-designed Ladder Drop-Outs provide a rounded surface with

4" (101 mm) radius to protect cable as it exits from the cable tray,

preventing damage to insulation. The drop-out will attach to any

desired rung.

• (‡) Insert tray width

238

Snap-In Plastic Bushing

Trough-Type Drop-Out

Outside Bend

(VO)

Inside Bend

(VI)

Length =

144 for 12'

120 for 10'

Series 2, 3,

4, & 5

Aluminum - Accessories

Barriers

Catalog No.

99-1124

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Threaded Rod (ATR) & Rod Coupling

Hanger Rod Clamp

• For 1/2" ATR.

• Furnished in pairs.

• Order ATR and hex nuts separately.

• Two-piece "J"-hanger design.

• 1500 lbs./pair capacity safety factor 3.

• (*) Insert or

Catalog No. Rail Height

in. mm

9(*)-5324 4 101

9(*)-5325 5 127

9(*)-5326 6 152

9(*)-5327 7 178

Stainless Steel Cable Clamp "P"

• Fits with series 2, 3, & 4 rungs.

• Attaches to rung at any point.

• 14 gauge Type 316 stainless steel

material to minimize corrosion and

induction heating.

• Plated steel and aluminum

also available.

Ground Clamp

• Mechanically attaches grounding

cables to cable tray.

• Hardware included.

• (*) Insert or

Catalog No. Cable Size

9(*)-2351 #1 thru 2/0

9(*)-2352 3/0 thru 250 MCM

3/8"-16 730 ATR 3/8" x Length 36", 72", 120", 144" B655-3/8

1/2"-13 1350 ATR 1/2" x Length 36", 72", 120", 144" B655-1/2

Grounding Clamp

Cooper B-Line Cable Tray is UL®classified as to its suitability as an

equipment grounding conductor. If a separate conductor for additional

grounding capability is desired, Cooper B-Line offers this clamp for

bolting the conductor at least once to each cable tray section.

• Accepts #6 AWG to

250 MCM.

Catalog No. Material

9A-2130 Tin Plated Aluminum

Bonding Jumper

Use at each expansion splice and where the cable tray is not

mechanically/electrically continuous to ground.

Sold individually.

• Hardware included.

• See table 392.7(B)(2) on page 25 for

amperage ratings required to match

the UL cross-sectional area of the tray.

• See tray loading chart for UL

cross-sectional area.

• Bonding jumper is 16" long.

Catalog No. Cross-Sectional Area Ampacity

99-N1 0.40 Square inches 600

99-40 1.5 Square inches 1600

99-1620 2.0 Square inches 2000

Series 2, 3,

4, & 5

Aluminum - Accessories

239

Loading Catalog Available Coupling

Size lbs No. Lengths Cat. No.

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Loading based on safety factor 5.

Standard Finish: Zinc plated

See B-Line Strut Systems Catalog for other sizes and finishes.

Catalog No. Cable Size

in. mm

BP081SS .250 - .840 6.4 - 21.3

BP110SS .810 - 1.100 20.6 - 28.0

BP135SS .850 - 1.350 21.6 - 34.8

BP175SS 1.250 - 1.750 31.8 - 44.5

BP205SS 1.550 - 2.050 39.4 - 52.1

BP250SS 2.000 - 2.500 50.8 - 63.5

BP300SS 2.500 - 3.000 63.5 - 76.2

BP325SS 2.750 - 3.250 69.9 - 82.6

BP375SS 3.250 - 3.750 82.6 - 95.3

BP425SS 3.750 - 4.250 95.3 - 108.0

BP475SS 4.250 - 4.750 108.0 - 120.7

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

ZN SS4

ZN G

Refer to Section CF

Cable Fixing

Catalog No. Finish

9ZN-1249 Znplt

9G-1249 HDGAF

Cable Tray Guide

• Expansion guide for single or double cable tray runs.

• Guide allows for longitudinal movement of the

cable tray.

• No field drilling of support I-beam or channel

is required.

• Guides are required on both sides of cable tray

to prevent lateral movement - can be placed

on either the inside or outside flange of cable

tray.

• Guides are sold in pieces - two guides are

required per tray.

• Maximum flange thickness 1

" (28.58 mm).

Neoprene Roll

• Use for material isolation.

•

" x 2" x 20' roll.

• Hardness: Shore A60.

• Good weatherability.

Nylon Pad

• Use for friction reduction.

• Hardness: Shore D80.

• Low friction coefficient.

• UV resistant (black).

• Excellent weatherability.

• UL - 94HB.

Catalog No. 99-NY36

Catalog No. Finish

9ZN-1249HD Znplt

9G-1249HD HDGAF

Cable Tray Clamp

• Hold-down clamps for single or double cable tray runs.

• No drilling of support I-beam or channel is required.

• Sold in pieces

- two clamps are required per tray.

• Maximum beam flange thickness 1

" (28.58 mm).

Cable Tray Clamp/Guide

• Features a no-twist design.

• Has four times the strength

of the traditional design.

• Each side is labeled to

ensure proper installation.

• Furnished in pairs, with or

without hardware.

Series 2, 3,

4, & 5

Aluminum - Accessories

240

Catalog No. 99-NP240

1/8"

(3mm)

(76mm)

(152mm)

Note: For heavy duty or vertical applications

see 9(*)-1241 or 9(*)-1242 page AT-20

Catalog No.

Without With Overall Hardware

Hardware Hardware Length Size Finish

in. mm

9ZN-1204 9ZN-1204NB 11/238 1/4" Znplt

9ZN-1208 9ZN-1208NB 21/457 3/8" Znplt

9A-1205 -- 21/457 1/2" Alum.

9G-1205 -- 21/457 1/2" HDGAF

9SS6-1205 -- 21/457 1/2" 316SS

9ZN-1205 -- 21/457 1/2" Znplt

9ZN-1204 shown.

Installed as a guide.

9ZN-1208 shown.

Installed as a clamp.

Patent #

RE35479

11/2"

(39mm)

21/4"

(57mm)

Isolator Pad

• Use as a friction reducer and/or as

a dissimilar metal isolator barrier.

• UV resistant HDPE.

• Temperature range: -100 to 160° F.

• Designed to use with

9(*)-1205 or 9(*)-1208 clamp/guide.

Catalog No. 99-PE34

Isolation pad shown as

when used with a guide. Isolation pad shown with top

flange doubled under for

clamp application.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Trapeze

Hardware

Kit

Heavy Duty Trapeze Support Kit

Cooper B-Line's trapeze kits provide the

components required for a single trapeze

support in one package. These kits are

available in Dura-Green®epoxy coated steel

with zinc-plated hardware or hot dip

galvanized steel with 316 stainless steel

hardware.

The SH channel provides the convenience

of pre-punched slots, which eliminates the

need for field drilling.

The illustrated hardware is sealed in a plastic

bag and boxed with the channel, which is

pre-cut to the appropriate length as shown

in the chart.

Designed for use with 1/2" threaded rod.

Order rod separately.

Catalog Tray Channel Uniform

No. Width Length Load

in. mm in. mm lbs kN

9(*)-5506-22SHA 6 152 16 406 1350 6.01

9(*)-5509-22SHA 9 229 18 457 1350 6.01

9(*)-5512-22SHA 12 305 22 559 1350 6.01

9(*)-5518-22SHA 18 457 28 711 1350 6.01

9(*)-5524-22SHA 24 610 34 864 1350 6.01

9(*)-5530-22SHA 30 762 40 1016 1350 6.01

9(*)-5536-22SHA 36 914 46 1168 1350 6.01

9(*)-5542-22SHA 42 1067 52 1321 1350 6.01

Trapeze Support Kit

Cooper B-Line's trapeze kits provide the components

required for a single trapeze support in one

package. These kits are available in pre-

galvanized steel with zinc-plated hardware

or hot dip galvanized steel with 316

stainless steel hardware.

The SH channel provides the convenience

of pre-punched slots, which eliminate the

need for field drilling.

The illustrated hardware is sealed in a

plastic bag and boxed with the channel,

which is pre-cut to the appropriate length

as shown in the chart.

Designed for use with 1/2" threaded rod.

Order rod separately.

Catalog Tray Channel Uniform

No. Width Length Load

in. mm in. mm lbs kN

9P-5506-22SH(†) 6 152 16 406 1600 7.11

9P-5509-22SH(†) 9 229 18 457 1250 5.56

9P-5512-22SH(†) 12 305 22 559 1125 5.00

9P-5518-22SH(†) 18 457 28 711 865 3.85

9P-5524-22SH(†) 24 610 34 864 700 3.11

9P-5530-22SH(†) 30 762 40 1016 590 2.62

9P-5536-22SH(†) 36 914 46 1168 510 2.27

9P-5542-22SH(†) 42 1067 52 1321 450 2.00

Series 2, 3,

4, & 5

Aluminum - Accessories

241

• (†) Insert 3/8for 3/8" threaded rod hardware.

Safety factor of 3.0 on all loads.

• (*) Insert or

Safety factor of 3.0 on all loads.

(1) B22 Channel

cut to the

required length

(2) 9ZN-1205

Hold-Down

Guide Clamp

(4) B202

Square Washer

(2) N525WO

Channel Nut

(2) 1/2" x 7/8" Hex

Head Cap Screw

(4) 1/2" Hex Nut

(1) Channel

cut to the

required

length

(2) 9ZN-1205

Hold-Down

Guide Clamp

(4) B202

Square Washer

(2) N525WO

Channel Nut

(2) 1/2" x 7/8" Hex

Head Cap Screw

(4) 1/2" Hex Nut

Catalog No. 9ZN-5500-1/2 9G-5500-1/2

1 pr. 9ZN-1205 1 pr. 9G-1205

2 HHC Screw 1/2x 7/8ZN 2 HHC Screw 1/2x 7/8SS6

2 N525 WO ZN 2 N525 WO SS6

4 B202 ZN 1/2" sq washer 4 B202 HDG 1/2" sq washer

4 HN 1/2ZN 4 HN

1/2SS6

In plastic bag

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

GRN G

Rooftop Support Bases

with B22 Channel Catalog No. Height x Width x Length

DB10-28 55/8” x 6” x 28.0”

DB10-36 55/8” x 6” x 36.0”

DB10-42 55/8” x 6” x 42.0”

DB10-50 55/8” x 6” x 50.0”

DB10-60 55/8” x 6” x 60.0”

Designed as a superior rooftop support

for cable tray,

UV resistant and approved for most

roofing material or other flat surfaces.

Can be used with any of Cooper B-Line’s

cable tray clamps and guides.

Ultimate Load Capacity:

1,000 lbs. (uniform load) LEEDS credit available, base made from 100% recycled material.

General Note: Consult roofing manufacturer or engineer for roof load

capacity. The weakest point may be the insulation board beneath

the rubber membrane.

Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B494-12 1580 7.02 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305

B494-18 1000 4.45 12 305 18 457

B494-24 996 4.43 18 457 24 610

Center Hung Tray Support

• Cooper B-Line's unique Center Hung Cable Tray

Support allows cable to be laid-in from both sides.

• Eliminates costly cable pulling and field

cutting of cable tray supports. Labor

costs are dramatically reduced.

• Required hardware and threaded rod

material for trapeze assemblies are

reduced by 50%.

• Designed for use with 1/2" threaded

rod. (Order rod separately)

• Use with all aluminum and steel

cable trays through 24" width.

• Load capacity is 700 lbs. per support.

Safety factor of 3.0.

Eccentric loading is not to exceed a

60% vs. 40% load differential.

• The maximum recommended unsupported

span length is 144"/12 ft. (3.66 m).

• Hardware shown is furnished.

Catalog Tray Channel

No. Width Length

9ZN-5212 6", 9", 12" 18"

9ZN-5224 18", 24" 30"

Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B494-30 924 4.11 24 610 30 762

B494-36 864 3.84 30 762 36 914

B494-42 580 2.58 36 914 42 1067

B494-48 500 2.22 42 1067 48 1219

Series 2, 3,

4, & 5

Aluminum - Accessories

242

(2) 1/2" x 7/8"

Hex Head Cap Screws

(2) 1/2" Hex Nut

(1) B202

Square Washer

(2) 9ZN-1205

Hold Down

Guide Clamp

(2) N525WO

(1) B22 Channel cut to

the required length

(1) 9/16" Inside diameter

steel tubing welded to strut

Finishes available: or

Safety Load Factor 2.5

Finishes available: or

Safety Load Factor 2.5

Center Hung Support Hardware Kit

Catalog No. 9ZN-5200

1 pr. 9ZN-1205

2 HHC Screw 1/2x 7/8ZN

2 N525 WO ZN

1 B202 ZN 1/2" sq washer

2 HN 1/2ZN

In plastic bag

ZN = Zinc Plated

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

ZN GRN HDG

Cantilever Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B297-12 1660 7.38 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305

B297-18 1100 4.89 12 305 18 457

B297-24 835 3.71 18 457 24 610

B297-30 665 2.95 24 610 30 762

B297-36 550 2.44 30 762 36 914

B297-42 465 2.06 36 914 42 1067

Underfloor Support (U-Bolts not included) Vertical Hanger Splice Plates

• Design load is 1500 lbs/pair.

Safety Factor of 2.5

• Furnished in pairs with

hardware.

Cantilever Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B409-12 960 4.27 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305

B409-18 640 2.84 12 305 18 457

B409-24 480 2.13 18 457 24 610

Series 2, 3,

4, & 5

Aluminum - Accessories

243

Heavy Duty Hold-Down Bracket

• Design load is 4000 lbs/pair.

• Four bolt design.

• Sold in pairs.

•3/8" cable tray attachment

hardware provided

•1/2" support attachment

hardware not provided.

• (*) Insert or

Heavy Duty Hold

Down Bracket

• Design load is 2000 lbs/pair.

• Two bolt design.

• Sold in pairs.

•3/8" cable tray attachment hardware provided.

•1/2" support attachment hardware not provided.

• (*) Insert or

Catalog No. 9(*)-1241 Catalog No. 9(*)-1242

71/2"

(178mm)

Finishes available: or

Safety Load Factor 2.5

Finishes available: or

Safety Load Factor 2.5

Finish available:

Safety Load Factor 2.5 Catalog No. Outside 'A'

Cable Tray Ht. in. mm

9A-1224 4" 3.84 97.54

9A-1225 5" 4.73 120.14

9A-1226 6" 5.84 148.34

9A-1227 7" 6.84 173.74

U-Bolt Size Fits Pipe O.D.

B501-3/4.841 - 1.050

B501-1 1.051 - 1.315

B501-11/41.316 - 1.660

B501-11/21.661 - 1.900

B501-2 1.901 - 2.375

B501-21/22.376 - 2.875

• Order properly sized U-Bolts

separately.

Catalog No.

Uniform Load

Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B409UF-12 800 3.55 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305

B409UF-21 450 2.00 12 & 18 305 & 457 21 533

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

ZN SS4 SS6

ZN GRN HDG SS4 SS6

ZN GRN HDG SS4

Beam Clamp

B312 Anchor Strap

• Finish available:

• For a maximum beam

thickness of 3/4".

• For thicker beams, step up

one flange width size.

Cat. No. Flange Width

B312-6 Up to 6"

B312-9 6" - 9"

B312-12 9" - 12"

Beam Clamp

• Finishes available: or

• Sold in pieces.

Design load when used in pairs.

Safety Load Factor 5.0

Catalog 'A' Thread Length 'TL' Wt./C

No. in. mm in. mm lbs kg

B700-J4 81/2" 215.9 5" 127.0 44 19.9

B700-J6 111/2" 292.1 6" 152.4 53 24.0

B700-J9 121/4" 368.3 6" 152.4 63 28.6

B700-J12 171/2" 444.5 6" 152.4 78 35.4

B305 Thru B308 & B321 Series Beam Clamps

• Finishes available: or

• Setscrew included.

• Safety Load Factor 5.0

Cat. Rod Design Load

No. Size A B C D E F T lbs kN

B305 3/8"-16 3/8"-16 2 5/16"7/8" 1 1/8" 2 1/2" 11 Ga. 600 2.67

B306 3/8"-16 1/2"-13 2 7/16"7/8" 1 1/8" 2 1/2" 7 Ga. 1100 4.90

B307 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 2 7/16"7/8" 1 1/8" 2 1/2" 7 Ga. 1100 4.90

B308 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 2 9/16"7/8" 1 1/8" 2 1/2"1/4" 1500 6.68

B321-1 3/8"-16 1/2"-13 3 9/16"1

11/16" 1 5/8" 3 1/4"1/4" 1300 5.79

B321-2 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 3 9/16"1

11/16" 1 5/8" 3 1/4"1/4" 1400 6.23

Beam Clamp

• Finishes available: or

• Sold in pieces.

Design load when used in pairs.

Safety Load Factor 5.0

Cat. No. B212-1/4B212-3/8

Design Load * 600 lbs. 2.67 kN 1000 lbs. 4.45 kN

Max. Flange Thick 3/4"19 mm 1 1/8"28.6 mm

Mat'l. Thickness 1/4"6.3 mm 3/8"9.5 mm

Beam Clamp B355

• Finishes available: or

• Sold in pieces.

• Design load is 1200 lbs. when used in pairs.

• Safety Load Factor 5.0

• Order HHCS and

Channel Nuts separately.

Series 2, 3,

4, & 5

Aluminum - Accessories

244

• Finish available:

• Design Load 500 lbs. (2.22 kN)

• Safety Load Factor 5.0

• Recommended torque:

'J'-Hook Nut 125 In.-Lbs. (14.1 kN/m)

• Maximum flange thickness of 3/4"

• Finish available:

• Hex Nut included.

Material:

7 Gauge (4.6)

1/2"-13 Rod & Hex

Nut Sold Separately

1/2"-13 Threads

1 1/2"

(38.1)

“A’

‘TL’

1 7/8"

(47.6)

J-Hook & Hex

Nut Included

Catalog For Flange Width Wt./C

No. in. mm lbs kg

B750-J4 3"- 6" 76.2 - 152.4 109 49.4

B750-J6 5"- 9" 127.0 - 288.6 124 56.2

B750-J9 8"- 12" 203.2 - 304.8 135 61.2

B750-J12 11"- 15" 279.4 - 381.0 147 66.7

Catalog Design Load* 'A'

lbs kN in. mm

B441-22 1200 5.34 33/8 86

B441-22A 1200 5.34 5 127

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

ZN HDG ZN GRN HDG SS4 ZN GRN HDG

ZN HDG

Aluminum Cover Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 80 7 A 40 - 24 - 144

Material

Cover Type Detail Material Thickness Tray Width Item Description

80 = Solid 6 = Non-Flanged A = Aluminum

40 = .040 Aluminum 06 = 6"

For Straight Section Cover:

81 = Ventilated (80 & 81 type only)

All except 2 to 3 pitch 09 = 9" 144 = 12 ft. (3.66 m)

82 = Peaked 7 = Flange 12 = 12" 120 = 10 ft. (3.05 m)

18 = 18"

72 = 6 ft. (1.83 m)

24 = 24"

60 = 5 ft. (1.52 m)

30 = 30"

For fitting covers: Insert suffix of

36 = 36"

fitting to be covered.

See example below.

Examples of Catalog Numbers for Fitting Covers:

Series 2, 3,

4, & 5

Aluminum - Accessories

245

A full range of covers is available for straight sections and fittings.

Solid covers should be used when maximum enclosure of the cable is desired and no accumulation of heat is expected.

Ventilated covers provide an overhead cable shield, yet allow heat to escape.

Cooper B-Line recommends that covers be placed on vertical cable tray runs to a height of 6 ft. (1.83 m) to 8 ft. (2.44 m) above

the floor to isolate both cables and personnel. Flanged covers have a 1/2in. (13 mm) flange. Cover clamps are not included with the

cover and must be ordered separately. All peaked covers are flanged. Standard peaked covers have 1/2" peak. Special purpose peaked

covers, having a 2 to 3 pitch, provide additional slope and material thickness. The 2 to 3 pitch fitting covers are of multiple piece, welded

construction.

Solid Flanged Ventilated Flanged Peaked Flanged 2 to 3 Pitch

Peaked Flanged

(See page 358)

Vertical Bend Cover

Prefix Suffix

80 7 A 40 - 24 - 90 VO 24 - 4*

Side Rail*

Height

Radius

Fitting

Angle

Width

Material

Thickness

Material

Detail

Cover Type

Solid Non-Flanged

Covers

Horizontal Bend Cover

Prefix Suffix

80 7 A 40 - 18 - 90 HB 24

Radius

Fitting

Angle

Width

Material

Thickness

Material

Detail

Cover Type

* Required for VO fittings only

Covers 30" and 36" wide have reinforcing ridges.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cover Joint Strip

• Used to join covers

• Plastic

• (‡) Insert tray

width

Raised Cover Clamp

• For indoor service only.

• For use with flanged covers only.

† Specify gap of 1", 2", 3" or 4".

Tray Side Rail Catalog

Type Height No.

4" & 5" Deep 9ZN-9112-†

6" & 7" Deep 9ZN-9113-†

Combination Cover and

Hold Down Clamp

• Sold per piece.

• For indoor service only.

Tray Side Rail Catalog

Type Height No.

in. mm

4 101 9P-9043

5 127 9P-9053

6 152 9P-9063

7 178 9P-9073

Heavy Duty Cover Clamp

• Recommended for outdoor service.

Aluminum

Standard Cover Clamp

• For indoor service only.

• Setscrew included.

• Sold per piece.

Tray Side Rail Catalog

Type Height No.

Aluminum All Sizes 9ZN-9012

9A-9012

Series 2, 3,

4, & 5

Aluminum - Accessories

246

Aluminum

Quantity of Standard

Cover Clamps Required

Straight Section 60" or 72" .............4 pcs.

Straight Section 120" or 144" .........6 pcs.

Horizontal/Vertical Bends................4 pcs.

Tees...............................................6 pcs.

Crosses ..........................................8 pcs.

Note: When using the Heavy Duty Cover

Clamp, only one-half the number of clamps

stated above is required.

Peaked Cover Clamp

(‡) Insert tray width

† Add P to Catalog

No. for peaked

cover clamp.

4 101 9A-(‡)-9044†

5 127 9A-(‡)-9054†

6 152 9A-(‡)-9064†

7 178 9A-(‡)-9074†

Side Rail Catalog

Height No.

in. mm

Catalog No. 99-9980-(‡)

†

Cable Cleats

(see pages 352 thru 355)

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Emperor

Trefoil

Cable Cleats

Vulcan

Cable Cleats

Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers

1.01 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as

manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc.

Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components

2.01 General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated;

with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges and

smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction

features. Cable tray shall be installed according to the latest revision of NEMA VE 2.

2.02 Materials and Finish: Straight section and fitting side rails and rungs shall be extruded from Aluminum

Association Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association Alloy 5052.

2.03 Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members

(rungs) welded to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaced [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Rung spacing in

radiused fittings shall be industry standard 9" and measured at the center of the tray’s width. Each

rung must be capable of supporting a 200 lb. concentrated load at the center of the cable tray over

and above the cable load with a safety factor of 1.5.

2.04 Ventilated Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated

bottom welded to the side rails or rungs spaced 4" on center. The peaks of the corrugated bottom

shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers. To

provide ventilation in the tray, the valleys of the corrugated bottom shall have 21/4" x 4" rectangular

holes punched along the width of the bottom.

2.05 Non-Ventilated Bottom Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a

corrugated bottom welded to the side rails or a solid sheet over rungs. The peaks of the corrugated

bottom shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers.

2.06 Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [5] [6] inches per NEMA VE 1.

2.07 Straight sections shall have side rails fabricated as I-beams. Straight sections shall be supplied in

standard [12 foot] [24 foot] [10 foot (3 m)] [20 foot (6 m)] lengths.

2.08 Cable tray widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on drawings.

2.09 Splice plates shall be the Wedge-Lock design with 4 nuts and bolts per plate. The resistance of fixed

splice connections between an adjacent section of tray shall not exceed 0.00033 ohm.

2.10 All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36] [48] inches.

Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing

3.01 Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of ______ lbs./ft. on a _______ ft.

support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per NEMA

VE 1 5.2. In addition to the uniformly distributed load the cable tray shall support 200 lbs.

concentrated load at mid-point of span. Load and safety factors specified are applicable to both the

side rails and rung capacities. Cable tray shall be made to manufacturing tolerances as specified by

NEMA.

3.02 Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of NEMA

VE 1 or CSA C22.2 No. 126.

247

Series 2, 3,

4, & 5

Aluminum - Specifications

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

248 Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

249

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

How The Service Advisor Works

B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you

select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50

pieces or less.

Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?

Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different

color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Example: 258G 12 - 24 - 144 Part will typically ship in

(from page 252) 15 days minimum, because of the

Lead time(days) 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 258G material.

Changing the part number from 258G to 258P will change the coding to black for all sections

of the tray to be 5-10 working days, instead of the original 15 days minimum.

For Steel Fittings

see fittings section pages

284 thru 301

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections

250

3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

4" Side Rail Height

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Ventilated Trough Non-Ventilated Trough

Rung

Spacing

Width

(Inside)

Overall Width

(Width + (*))

For side rail & rung

data, see chart on

pages AP-5 &

AP-6

(*)=13/16” (Series 2)

13/8” (Series 3,4,5)

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 248 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series Material *Type *Width Length

248 P= Pre-Galvanized Ladder- 06 = 6" ¬144 = 12 ft. 248

G= HDGAF 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" Á120 = 10 ft.

346 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" ¬240 = 20 ft. 346

12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18" Á144 = 12 ft.

444 24 = 24" ¬240 = 20 ft. 444

30 = 30" Á288 = 24 ft.

Trough- 36 = 36"

6" thru 36" wide

VT = Vented Trough

ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

¬Primary Length.

ÁSecondary Length.

See page 39 for

explanation of lengths.

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20A, 16B 10 252 0.0035 3.0 375 0.060

CSA: D1-6m 12 175 0.0072 Area=0.89 in23.7 260 0.124 Area=5.74 cm2

14 129 0.013 Sx=0.96 in34.3 191 0.229 Sx=15.73 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 16 98 0.023 Ix=2.22 in44.9 146 0.391 Ix=92.40 cm4

Area: 0.70 in218 78 0.037 5.5 116 0.626

20 63 0.056 6.1 94 0.955

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20B, 16C 12 253 0.0055 3.7 376 0.093

CSA: E-3m 16 142 0.017 Area=1.19 in24.9 212 0.295 Area=7.68 cm2

18 112 0.028 Sx=1.27 in35.5 167 0.473 Sx=20.81 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 20 91 0.042 Ix=2.94 in46.1 135 0.721 Ix=122.37 cm4

Area: 1.00 in222 75 0.062 6.7 112 1.055

24 63 0.088 7.3 94 1.495

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 16A, 12C 6 412* 0.0007 1.8 613* 0.012

CSA: D1-3m 8 232 0.0022 Area=0.62 in22.4 345 0.038 Area=4.00 cm2

10 148 0.0054 Sx=0.64 in33.0 221 0.093 Sx=10.49 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 12 103 0.011 Ix=1.43 in43.7 153 0.192 Ix=59.52 cm4

Area: 0.40 in214 76 0.021 4.3 113 0.356

16 58 0.036 4.9 86 0.607

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections

251

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will

support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.

To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply publish load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection

multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.

Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and

above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 361 for rung

capacities.

*When using 18" rung spacing, load capacity is limited to 394 lbs/ft (586.272 kg/m) for 30" cable tray width and 325 lbs/ft

(483.6 kg/m) for 36" cable tray width. When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced

by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

1.00

4.188

18 gauge

3.14

1.50

4.188 3.13

1.50

4.188 3.11

16 gauge

14 gauge

3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

4" Side Rail Height

346

444

248

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections

252

4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

5" Side Rail Height

Rung

Spacing

Width

(Inside)

Overall Width

(Width + (*))

For side rail & rung

data, see chart on

pages AP-5 &

AP-6

(*)=13/16” (Series 2)

13/8” (Series 3,4,5)

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 258 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series Material *Type *Width Length

258 P= Pre-Galvanized Ladder- 06 = 6" ¬144 = 12 ft. 258

G= HDGAF 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" Á120 = 10 ft.

356 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" ¬240 = 20 ft. 356

12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18" Á144 = 12 ft.

454 24 = 24" ¬240 = 20 ft. 454

30 = 30" Á288 = 24 ft.

Trough- 36 = 36"

6" thru 36" wide

VT = Vented Trough

ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Ventilated Trough Non-Ventilated Trough

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

¬Primary Length.

ÁSecondary Length.

See page 39 for

explanation of lengths.

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20C 12 294 0.0032 3.7 438 0.055

CSA: E-6m 16 166 0.010 Area=1.34 in24.9 246 0.175 Area=8.65 cm2

18 131 0.016 Sx=1.75 in35.5 195 0.280 Sx=28.68 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 20 106 0.025 Ix=4.96 in46.1 158 0.427 Ix=206.45 cm4

Area: 1.00 in222 88 0.037 6.7 130 0.625

24 74 0.052 7.3 110 0.886

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20A, 16C 10 276 0.0021 3.0 411 0.036

CSA: D1-6m 12 192 0.0043 Area=1.00 in23.7 285 0.074 Area=6.45 cm2

14 141 0.0080 Sx=1.31 in34.3 210 0.136 Sx=21.47 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 16 108 0.014 Ix=3.73 in44.9 160 0.233 Ix=155.25 cm4

Area: 0.70 in218 85 0.022 5.5 127 0.373

20 69 0.033 6.1 103 0.568

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 16A, 12C 6 436* 0.0004 1.8 649* 0.007

CSA: D1-3m 8 245 0.0013 Area=0.71 in22.4 365 0.022 Area=4.58 cm2

10 157 0.0032 Sx=0.89 in33.0 234 0.054 Sx=14.58 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 12 109 0.0066 Ix=2.44 in43.7 162 0.113 Ix=101.56 cm4

Area: 0.40 in214 80 0.012 4.3 119 0.209

16 61 0.021 4.9 91 0.356

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections

253

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will

support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.

To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection

multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.

Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and

above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 361 for rung

capacities.

* When using 18" rung spacing, load capacity is limited to 394 lbs/ft (586.272 kg/m) for 30" cable tray width and 325 lbs/ft

(483.6 kg/m) for 36" cable tray width. When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced

by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

1.00

5.188 4.14

1.50

5.188 4.13

1.50

5.188 4.11

18 gauge

14 gauge

16 gauge

4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

5" Side Rail Height

258

356

454

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections

254

5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

6" Side Rail Height

Rung

Spacing

Width

(Inside)

Overall Width

(Width + (*))

For side rail & rung

data, see chart on

pages AP-5 &

AP-6

(*)=13/16” (Series 2)

13/8” (Series 3,4,5)

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 268 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series Material *Type *Width Length

268 P= Pre-Galvanized Ladder- 06 = 6" ¬144 = 12 ft. 268

G= HDGAF 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" Á120 = 10 ft.

366 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" ¬240 = 20 ft. 366

12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18" Á144 = 12 ft.

464 24 = 24" ¬240 = 20 ft. 464

30 = 30" Á288 = 24 ft.

Trough- 36 = 36"

6" thru 36" wide

VT = Vented Trough

ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Ventilated Trough Non-Ventilated Trough

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

¬Primary Length.

ÁSecondary Length.

See page 39 for

explanation of lengths.

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20C 12 342* 0.002 3.7 508* 0.036

CSA: E-6m 16 192 0.007 Area=1.49 in24.9 286 0.113 Area=9.61 cm2

18 152 0.011 Sx=2.28 in35.5 226 0.182 Sx=37.36 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 20 123 0.016 Ix=7.65 in46.1 183 0.277 Ix=318.42 cm4

Area: 1.00 in222 102 0.024 6.7 151 0.406

24 85 0.034 7.3 127 0.574

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20B, 16C 10 300 0.0014 3.0 446 0.023

CSA: E-6m 12 208 0.0028 Area=1.11 in23.7 310 0.048 Area=7.16 cm2

14 153 0.0052 Sx=1.71 in34.3 228 0.089 Sx=28.02 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 16 117 0.0089 Ix=5.74 in44.9 174 0.151 Ix=238.92 cm4

Area: 1.00 in218 93 0.014 5.5 138 0.242

20 75 0.022 6.1 112 0.369

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 16A, 12C 6 440* 0.0003 1.8 655* 0.005

CSA: D1-3m 8 248 0.0008 Area=0.80 in22.4 368 0.014 Area=5.16 cm2

10 158 0.0020 Sx=1.18 in33.0 236 0.035 Sx=19.34 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 12 110 0.0042 Ix=3.81 in43.7 164 0.072 Ix=158.58 cm4

Area: 0.70 in214 81 0.0078 4.3 120 0.134

16 62 0.013 4.9 92 0.228

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections

255

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will

support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.

To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection

multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.

Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and

above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 361 for rung

capacities.

* When using 18" rung spacing, load capacity is limited to 394 lbs/ft (586.272 kg/m) for 30" cable tray width and 325 lbs/ft

(483.6 kg/m) for 36" cable tray width. When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced

by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

1.00

6.188 5.14

1.50

6.188 5.14

1.50

6.188 5.11

18 gauge

16 gauge

14 gauge

5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

6" Side Rail Height

268

366

464

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections

256

6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

7" Side Rail Height

Overall Width

(Width + 13/8")

For side rail & rung

data, see chart on

pages AP-5 &

AP-6

Rung

Spacing

Width

(Inside)

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 378 P 09 - 24 - 240

Series Material *Type *Width Length

378 P= Pre-Galvanized Ladder- 06 = 6" ¬144 = 12 ft. 378

G= HDGAF 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" Á240 = 20 ft.

476 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" ¬240 = 20 ft. 476

12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18" Á288 = 24 ft.

574 24 = 24" ¬240 = 20 ft. 574

30 = 30" Á288 = 24 ft.

Trough- 36 = 36"

6" thru 36" wide

VT = Vented Trough

ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Ventilated Trough Non-Ventilated Trough

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

¬Primary Length.

ÁSecondary Length.

See page 39 for

explanation of lengths.

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20C 12 361 0.0014 3.7 537 0.025

CSA: E-6m 16 203 0.0046 Area=1.64 in24.9 302 0.078 Area=10.58 cm2

18 160 0.0073 Sx=2.87 in35.5 239 0.125 Sx=47.03 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 20 130 0.011 Ix=11.10 in46.1 193 0.191 Ix=462.02 cm4

Area: 1.50 in222 107 0.016 6.7 160 0.280

24 90 0.023 7.3 134 0.396

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20B, 16C 12 214 0.0019 3.7 318 0.033

CSA: D1-6m 16 120 0.0061 Area=1.22 in24.9 179 0.105 Area=7.87 cm2

18 95 0.010 Sx=2.14 in35.5 141 0.168 Sx=35.07 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 20 77 0.015 Ix=8.30 in46.1 115 0.255 Ix=345.47 cm4

Area: 1.00 in222 64 0.022 6.7 95 0.374

24 53 0.031 7.3 80 0.529

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20A, 16B 8 319 0.0006 2.4 474 0.009

CSA: D1-3m 10 204 0.0014 3.0 304 0.023

12 142 0.0028 Area=1.01 in23.7 211 0.048 Area=6.52 cm2

14 104 0.0052 Sx=1.77 in34.3 155 0.089 Sx=29.01 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 16 80 0.0089 Ix=6.90 in44.9 119 0.151 Ix=287.20 cm4

Area: 0.70 in218 63 0.014 5.5 94 0.242

20 51 0.022 6.1 76 0.369

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections

257

7.188

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will

support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.

To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection

multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.

Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and

above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 361 for rung

capacities.

When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors:

Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

1.50

7.188 6.14

1.50

6.13

1.50

7.188 6.11

18 gauge

16 gauge

14 gauge

6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

7" Side Rail Height

378

476

574

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9(*)-8014 4 101

9(*)-8015 5 127

9(*)-8016 6 152

9(*)-8017 7 178

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9(*)-8045 5 to 4 127 to 101

9(*)-8046 6 to 4 152 to 101

9(*)-8060 6 to 5 152 to 127

9(*)-8047 7 to 4 178 to 101

9(*)-8061 7 to 5 178 to 127

9(*)-8062 7 to 6 178 to 152

Splice Plates

• Standard 8-hole pattern for all steel splice plates.

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

• One pair including hardware

provided with straight section.

• Boxed in pairs with hardware.

• (*) Insert or

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9(*)-8004 4 101

9(*)-8005 5 127

9(*)-8006 6 152

9(*)-8007 7 178

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9(*)-8004-1/24 101

9(*)-8005-1/25 127

9(*)-8006-1/26 152

9(*)-8007-1/27 178

Branch Pivot Connectors

• Branch from existing cable tray runs at any point.

• Pivot to any required angle.

• UL Classified for grounding

(bonding jumper not required).

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

• (*) Insert or

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9(*)-8244 4 101

9(*)-8245 5 127

9(*)-8246 6 152

9(*)-8247 7 178

Catalog Cable Tray Tray

No. End Cut Width 'L'

9(*)-803(X) Mitered Thru 36" N/A

9(*)-803(X)-12 Not mitered Thru 12" 16"

9(*)-803(X)-36 Not mitered Thru 36" 41"

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories

258

9(*)-803(X)-12 or 9(*)-803(X)-36

One pair splice plates with extensions.

9(*)-803(X)

Splice only

Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plates

• Offered to adjust a cable tray run

for changes in direction in

a horizontal plane that do

not conform to standard

horizontal fittings.

• Furnished in pairs

with hardware.

• New design bonding jumpers

not required.

• (*) Insert or

• (X) Insert 4, 5, 6 or 7 for

side rail height.

Expansion Splice Plates

• Expansion plates allow for one inch

expansion or contraction of the cable tray,

or where expansion joints occur in

the support structure.

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

•Bonding Jumpers are require

on each siderail.

Order Separately.

• (*) Insert or

Universal Splice Plates

• Used to splice to existing cable tray systems.

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

• (*) Insert or

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9(*)-8024 4 101

9(*)-8025 5 127

9(*)-8026 6 152

9(*)-8027 7 178

Step Down Splice Plates

• These splice plates are offered

for connecting cable tray

sections having side rails

of different heights.

• Furnished in pairs

with hardware.

• (*) Insert or

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates

• These plates provide for changes

in elevation that do not conform to

standard vertical fittings.

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

•Bonding Jumpers not required.

• (*) Insert or

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

ZN G

Requires

supports

within 24”

on both sides,

per NEMA

VE 2.

Requires

supports within

24” on both

sides, per

NEMA VE 2.

Conduit to Tray Adaptor

• For easy attachment of conduit terminating at a cable tray.

• Use on aluminum or steel cable trays.

Catalog No. Conduit Size

in. mm

9G-1158-1

/2, 3

/41

/2, 3

/415, 20

9G-1158-1, 11

/41, 11

/425, 32

9G-1158-11

/2, 2 11

/2, 2 40, 50

9G-1158-21

/2, 3 21

/2, 3 65, 80

9G-1158-31

/2, 4 31

/2, 4 90, 100

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories

259

Cable Tie (Ladder Tray)

Nylon ties provide easy attachment of

cable to ladder rungs; maximum

cable O.D. of 3" (76mm).

Tray Hardware

Pre-Galvanized Tray Hardware

Catalog No. RNCB 3/8"-16 x 3/4" Znplt Ribbed Neck

Carriage Bolt ASTM A307 Grade A

Catalog No. SFHN 3/8"-16 Znplt Serrated Flange Hex Nut

ASTM A563 Grade A

Finish: Zinc Plated ASTM B633, SC1

Hot Dip Galvanized Tray Hardware

Standard: Catalog No. RNCB 3/8"-16 x 3/4" CZ Ribbed Neck

Carriage Bolt ASTM F1136-88 Grade 3 Chromium Zinc

Catalog No. SFHN 3/8"-16 CZ Serrated Flange Hex Nut

ASTM F1136-88 Grade A Chromium Zinc

Optional: Catalog No. RNCB 3/8"-16 x 3/4" SS6 AISI 316

Stainless Steel

Catalog No. SFHN 3/8"-16 SS6 AISI 316 Stainless Steel

Steel I-Beam

Overall Length 15"

Example: 9G-8004SS6

Catalog No. 99-2125-15

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9(*)-8084-(‡) 4 101

9(*)-8085-(‡) 5 127

9(*)-8086-(‡) 6 152

9(*)-8087-(‡) 7 178

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9(*)-8074-(‡) 4 101

9(*)-8075-(‡) 5 127

9(*)-8076-(‡) 6 152

9(*)-8077-(‡) 7 178

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9(*)-8054 4 101

9(*)-8055 5 127

9(*)-8056 6 152

9(*)-8057 7 178

Tray to Box Splice Plates

• Used to attach the

end of a cable tray

run to a distribution

box or control panel.

• Furnished in pairs

with hardware.

• (*) Insert or

Blind End

• This plate forms a closure for a dead

end cable tray.

• Furnished as one plate

with hardware.

• (*) Insert or

• (‡) Insert tray width

Frame Type Box Connector

• Designed to attach the end of a cable tray

run to a distribution cabinet

or control center to help

reinforce the box at the

point of entry.

• Furnished with tray

connection hardware.

• (*) Insert or

• (‡) Insert tray width

Conduit to Tray Adaptors

• Assembly required. • Assembly required.

• Mounting hardware • Conduit clamp included.

included. •

(‡)

=Conduit size.

• Conduit clamps

(1/2" thru 4").

provided.

•

(‡)

=Conduit size

(1/2" thru 4").

Catalog No. 9ZN-1150-(‡) Catalog No. 9ZN-1155-(‡)

9(*)-1240

Catalog No.

Cross Connector Bracket

• For field connecting crossing section.

• Furnished in pairs with 3/8"

hardware.

• (*) Insert or

Offset Reducing Splice Plate

• This plate is used for joining cable trays having

different widths. When used in pairs they form

a straight reduction; when

used singly with a standard

splice plate, they form an

offset reduction.

• Furnished as one plate

with hardware.

• (‡) Insert reduction

• (*) Insert or

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9(*)-8064-(‡) 4 101

9(*)-8065-(‡) 5 127

9(*)-8066-(‡) 6 152

9(*)-8067-(‡) 7 178

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

SS6

ZN G

G P

ZN G

Trough Drop-Out & Drop-Out Bushing

• These devices provide a rounded surface to protect cable as it

exits from the trough-type cable tray.

• Hardware is included for attachment to the trough bottom.

• (*) Insert or

• (‡) Insert tray width

Catalog No. 9(*)-1104-(‡)

Ladder Drop-Out

• Specially-designed Ladder Drop-Outs provide a rounded surface with

4" (101 mm) radius to protect cable as it exits from the cable tray,

preventing damage to insulation. The drop-out will attach to any

desired rung.

• (*) Insert or

• (‡) Insert tray width

Horizontal Bend

• Horizontal Bend Barriers are flexible in order to conform to any

horizontal fitting radius. Cut to length.

• Order catalog number based on loading depth.

• Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" zinc plated self-drilling screws and

a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice.

• Standard length is 72"

(6 ft.), sold individually.

• (*) Insert or

Catalog Side Rail Loading

No. Height Depth 'H'

in. mm in. mm

73(*)-90HBFL 4 101 3 76

74(*)-90HBFL 5 127 4 101

75(*)-90HBFL 6 152 5 127

76(*)-90HBFL 7 178 6 152

Vertical Bend Barriers

• Vertical Bend Barriers are preformed to conform to a

specific vertical fitting.

• Furnished with three #10 x 1

/2" plated self-drilling

screws and a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice.

• (*) Insert or

• (**) Insert 30, 45, 60 or 90 for degrees

• (†) Insert 12, 24, 36 or 48 for radius

Inside Bend Outside Bend Side Rail Loading

Catalog No. Catalog No. Height Depth 'H'

in. mm in. mm

73(*)-(**)VI(†) 73(*)-(**)VO(†) 4 101 3 76

74(*)-(**)VI(†) 74(*)-(**)VO(†) 5 127 4 101

75(*)-(**)VI(†) 75(*)-(**)VO(†) 6 152 5 127

76(*)-(**)VI(†) 76(*)-(**)VO(†) 7 178 6 152 99-9982

Catalog No.

Barrier Strip Splice

• Plastic splice holds adjoining

barrier strips in straight alignment.

9ZN-9002

Catalog No.

Straight Section

• Standard length: 120" (3 m) 144" (12 ft.).

• Order catalog number based on loading

depth.

• Furnished with four #10 x 1/2" plated self-

drilling screws and a 99-9982 splice.

• (*) Insert or

Catalog Side Rail Loading

No. Height Depth 'H'

in. mm in. mm

73(*)-Length 4 101 3 76

74(*)-Length 5 127 4 101

75(*)-Length 6 152 5 127

76(*)-Length 7 178 6 152

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories

260

Snap-In Plastic Bushing Trough-Type Drop-Out

Outside Bend

(VO)

Inside Bend

(VI)

Catalog No.

9(*)-1104T-(‡)

Barriers

Length =

144 for 12'

120 for 10'

Catalog No.

99-1124

Barrier Strip Clip

• Zinc plated steel barrier clip fastens to

either aluminum or steel ladder rung.

• Furnished with one #10 x 1/2" zinc

plated self-drilling screw.

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Stainless Steel Cable Clamp

• Fits with series 2, 3, 4 & 5 standard steel

rungs.

• Shipped flat. Field form around the cable

at the time of installation.

Hanger Rod Clamp

• For 1/2" ATR.

• Furnished in pairs.

• Order ATR and hex nuts separately.

• Two-piece “J”-hanger design.

• (*) Insert or

• 1500 lbs./pair capacity safety factor 3.

Catalog No. Rail Height

in. mm

9(*)-5324 4 101

9(*)-5325 5 127

9(*)-5326 6 152

9(*)-5327 7 178

Ground Clamp

• Mechanically attaches grounding cables to cable tray.

• Hardware included.

• (*) Insert or

Catalog No. Cable Size

9(*)-2351 #1 thru 2/0

9(*)-2352 3/0 thru 250 MCM

Bonding Jumper

Use at each expansion splice and where the cable tray is not

mechanically/electrically continuous to ground.

Sold individually.

• Hardware included.

• See table 392.7(B)(2) on page 25

for amperage ratings required to

match the UL cross-sectional area

of the tray.

• See tray loading chart for UL

cross-sectional area.

• Bonding jumper is 16" long.

Catalog No. Cross-Sectional Area Ampacity

99-N1 1.5 Square inches 600

Grounding Clamp

Cooper B-Line Cable Tray is UL®classified as to its suitability as an

equipment grounding conductor. If a separate conductor for additional

grounding capability is desired, B-Line offers this clamp for bolting the

conductor at least once to each cable tray section.

• Accepts #6 AWG to 250 MCM.

Item Material Catalog No.

Grounding Clamp Tin Plated Aluminum 9A-2130

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories

261

Threaded Rod (ATR) & Rod Coupling

Loading Catalog Available Coupling

Size lbs No. Lengths Cat. No.

3/8-16 730 ATR 3/8x Length 36", 72", 120", 144" B655-3/8

1/2-13 1350 ATR 1/2x Length 36", 72", 120", 144" B655-1/2

Loading based on safety factor 5.

Standard Finish: Zinc Plated.

See B-Line Strut Systems Catalog for other sizes and finishes.

Catalog No. Cable Size

in. mm

9SS4-4050 0.50 - 0.75 13 - 19

9SS4-4075 0.75 - 1.00 19 - 25

9SS4-4100 1.00 - 1.25 25 - 32

9SS4-4125 1.25 - 1.50 32 - 38

9SS4-4150 1.50 - 1.75 38 - 45

9SS4-4175 1.75 - 2.00 45 - 51

9SS4-4200 2.00 - 2.25 51 - 57

9SS4-4225 2.25 - 2.50 57 - 64

9SS4-4250 2.50 - 2.75 64 - 70

9SS4-4275 2.75 - 3.00 70 - 76

9SS4-4300 3.00 - 3.25 76 - 82

9SS4-4325 3.25 - 3.50 82 - 89

9SS4-4350 3.50 - 3.75 89 - 95

9SS4-4375 3.75 - 4.00 95 - 102

9SS4-4400 4.00 - 4.25 100 - 106

9SS4-4425 4.25 - 4.50 106 - 113

9SS4-4450 4.50 - 4.75 113 - 121

9SS4-4475 4.75 - 5.00 121 - 125

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

ZN SS4

Refer to Section CF

Cable Fixing

Cable Tray Clamp/Guide

• Features a no-twist design.

• Has four times the strength

of the traditional design.

• Each side is labeled to

ensure proper installation.

• Furnished in pairs, with or

without hardware.

Cable Tray Guide

• Expansion guide for single or double cable tray runs.

• Guide allows for longitudinal movement of the

cable tray.

• No field drilling of support I-beam or channel is required.

• Guides are required on both sides of cable tray to

prevent lateral movement - can be placed on either the

inside or outside flange of cable tray.

• Guides are sold in pieces - two guides are

required per tray.

• Maximum flange thickness 1

" (28.58 mm).

Catalog No. Finish

9ZN-1249 Zinc Plated

9G-1249 HDGAF

Neoprene Roll

• Used for material isolation.

• 1/8" x 2" x 20' roll.

• Hardness: Shore A60.

• Good weatherability.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories

262

Nylon Pad

• Use for friction reduction.

• Hardness: Shore D80.

• Low friction coefficient.

• UV resistant (black).

• Excellent weatherability.

• UL-94HB.

Catalog No. 99-NP240

Catalog No. 99-NY36

When installing this device as an expansion

guide on the outside flange of Steel Side Rail,

use the Catalog No. B202 Square Washer

in order to properly elevate the guide.

1/8"

(3mm)

(152mm)

(76mm)

Note: For heavy duty or vertical applications

see 9(*)-1241 or 9(*)-1242 page 265.

Catalog No.

Without With Overall Hardware

Hardware Hardware Length Size Finish

in. mm

9ZN-1204 9ZN-1204NB 11/238 1/4" Znplt

9ZN-1208 9ZN-1208NB 21/457 3/8" Znplt

9A-1205 -- 21/457 1/2" Alum.

9G-1205 -- 21/457 1/2" HDGAF

9SS6-1205 -- 21/457 1/2" 316SS

9ZN-1205 -- 21/457 1/2" Znplt

9ZN-1204 shown.

Installed as a guide.

Patent #

RE35479

11/2"

(39mm) 21/4"

(57mm)

9ZN-1208 shown.

Installed as a clamp.

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories

263

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Trapeze

Hardware

Kit

Heavy Duty Trapeze Support Kit

Cooper B-Line's trapeze kits provide the

components required for a single trapeze

support in one package. These kits are

available in Dura-Green®epoxy coated steel

with zinc-plated hardware or hot dip

galvanized steel with 316 stainless steel

hardware.

The SH channel provides the convenience

of pre-punched slots, which eliminates the

need for field drilling.

The illustrated hardware is sealed in a plastic

bag and boxed with the channel, which is

pre-cut to the appropriate length as shown

in the chart.

Designed for use with 1/2" threaded rod.

Order rod separately.

Catalog Tray Channel Uniform

No. Width Length Load

in. mm in. mm lbs kN

9(*)-5506-22SHA 6 152 16 406 1350 6.01

9(*)-5509-22SHA 9 229 18 457 1350 6.01

9(*)-5512-22SHA 12 305 22 559 1350 6.01

9(*)-5518-22SHA 18 457 28 711 1350 6.01

9(*)-5524-22SHA 24 610 34 864 1350 6.01

9(*)-5530-22SHA 30 762 40 1016 1350 6.01

9(*)-5536-22SHA 36 914 46 1168 1350 6.01

9(*)-5542-22SHA 42 1067 52 1321 1350 6.01

Trapeze Support Kit

Cooper B-Line's trapeze kits provide the components

required for a single trapeze support in one

package. These kits are available in pre-

galvanized steel with zinc-plated hardware

or hot dip galvanized steel with 316

stainless steel hardware.

The SH channel provides the convenience

of pre-punched slots, which eliminate the

need for field drilling.

The illustrated hardware is sealed in a

plastic bag and boxed with the channel,

which is pre-cut to the appropriate length

as shown in the chart.

Designed for use with 1/2" threaded rod.

Order rod separately.

Catalog Tray Channel Uniform

No. Width Length Load

in. mm in. mm lbs kN

9P-5506-22SH(†) 6 152 16 406 1600 7.11

9P-5509-22SH(†) 9 229 18 457 1250 5.56

9P-5512-22SH(†) 12 305 22 559 1125 5.00

9P-5518-22SH(†) 18 457 28 711 865 3.85

9P-5524-22SH(†) 24 610 34 864 700 3.11

9P-5530-22SH(†) 30 762 40 1016 590 2.62

9P-5536-22SH(†) 36 914 46 1168 510 2.27

9P-5542-22SH(†) 42 1067 52 1321 450 2.00

• (†) Insert 3/8for 3/8" threaded rod hardware.

Safety factor of 3.0 on all loads.

• (*) Insert or

Safety factor of 3.0 on all loads.

(1) B22 Channel

cut to the

required length

(2) 9ZN-1205

Hold-Down

Guide Clamp

(4) B202

Square Washer

(2) N525WO

Channel Nut

(2) 1/2" x 7/8" Hex

Head Cap Screw

(4) 1/2" Hex Nut

(1) Channel

cut to the

required

length

(2) 9ZN-1205

Hold-Down

Guide Clamp

(4) B202

Square Washer

(2) N525WO

Channel Nut

(2) 1/2" x 7/8" Hex

Head Cap Screw

(4) 1/2" Hex Nut

Catalog No. 9ZN-5500-1/2 9G-5500-1/2

1 pr. 9ZN-1205 1 pr. 9G-1205

2 HHC Screw 1/2x 7/8ZN 2 HHC Screw 1/2x 7/8SS6

2 N525 WO ZN 2 N525 WO SS6

4 B202 ZN 1/2" sq washer 4 B202 HDG 1/2" sq washer

4 HN 1/2ZN 4 HN

1/2SS6

In plastic bag

GRN G

Rooftop Support Bases

with B22 Channel Catalog No. Height x Width x Length

DB10-28 55/8” x 6” x 28.0”

DB10-36 55/8” x 6” x 36.0”

DB10-42 55/8” x 6” x 42.0”

DB10-50 55/8” x 6” x 50.0”

DB10-60 55/8” x 6” x 60.0”

Designed as a superior rooftop support

for cable tray,

UV resistant and approved for most

roofing material or other flat surfaces.

Can be used with any of Cooper

B-Line’s cable tray clamps and guides.

Ultimate Load Capacity:

1,000 lbs. (uniform load) LEEDS credit available, base made from 100% recycled material.

General Note: Consult roofing manufacturer or engineer for roof load

capacity. The weakest point may be the insulation board beneath

the rubber membrane.

Center Hung Support Hardware Kit

Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B494-12 1580 7.02 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305

B494-18 1000 4.45 12 305 18 457

B494-24 996 4.43 18 457 24 610

Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B494-30 924 4.11 24 610 30 762

B494-36 864 3.84 30 762 36 914

B494-42 580 2.58 36 914 42 1067

B494-48 500 2.22 42 1067 48 1219

Center Hung Cable Tray Support

• Cooper B-Line's unique Center Hung Cable Tray

Support allows cable to be laid-in from both sides.

• Eliminates costly cable pulling and field

cutting of cable tray supports. Labor

costs are dramatically reduced.

• Required hardware and threaded rod

material for trapeze assemblies are

reduced by 50%.

• Designed for use with 1/2" threaded rod.

(Order rod separately)

• Use with all aluminum and steel

cable trays through 24" width.

• Load capacity is 700 lbs. per support.

Safety factor of 3.0.

Eccentric loading is not to exceed a

60% vs. 40% load differential.

• The maximum recommended unsupported

span length is 144"/12 ft. (3.66 m).

• Hardware shown is furnished.

Catalog Tray Channel

No. Width Length

9ZN-5212 6", 9", 12" 18"

9ZN-5224 18", 24" 30"

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories

264

(2) 1/2" x 7/8"

Hex Head Cap Screws

(2) 1/2" Hex Nut

(1) B202

Square Washer

(2) 9ZN-1205

Hold Down

Guide Clamp

(2) N525WO

(1) B22 Channel cut to

required length

(1) 9/16" Inside diameter

steel tubing welded to strut

Finishes available: or

Safety Load Factor 2.5

Finishes available: or

Safety Load Factor 2.5

Catalog No. 9ZN-5200

1 pr. 9ZN-1205

2 HHC Screw 1/2x 7/8ZN

2 N525 WO ZN

1 B202 ZN 1/2" sq washer

2 HN 1/2ZN

In plastic bag

ZN = Zinc Plated

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

ZN GRN HDG

Vertical Hanger Splice Plates

• (*) Insert or

• Design load is 1500 lbs/pair.

Safety Factor of 2.5

• Furnished in pairs with

hardware.

Catalog No. Outside 'A'

Cable Tray Ht. in. mm

9(*)-8224 4" 2.84 85.34

9(*)-8225 5" 3.73 110.74

9(*)-8226 6" 4.84 136.14

9(*)-8227 7" 5.84 161.54

Underfloor Support (U-Bolts not included)

Cantilever Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B297-12 1660 7.37 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305

B297-18 1100 4.88 12 305 18 457

B297-24 835 3.71 18 457 24 610

B297-30 625 2.78 24 610 30 762

B297-36 550 2.44 30 762 36 914

B297-42 465 2.06 36 914 42 1067

Cantilever Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B409-12 960 4.27 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305

B409-18 640 2.84 12 305 18 457

B409-24 480 2.13 18 457 24 610

265

Heavy Duty Hold-Down Bracket

• Design load is 2000 lbs/pair.

• Two bolt design.

• Sold in pairs.

•3/8" cable tray attachment hardware provided.

•1/2" support attachment

hardware not provided.

• (*) Insert or

Catalog No. 9(*)-1241

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories

Finishes available: or

Safety Load Factor 2.5

A7"

(178mm)

Finish available: ZN

Safety Load Factor 2.5

U-Bolt Size Fits Pipe O.D.

B501-3/4.841 - 1.050

B501-1 1.051 - 1.315

B501-11/41.316 - 1.660

B501-11/21.661 - 1.900

B501-2 1.901 - 2.375

B501-21/22.376 - 2.875

• Order properly sized U-Bolts

separately.

Catalog No.

Uniform Load

Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B409UF-12 800 3.55 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305

B409UF-21 450 2.00 12 & 18 305 & 457 21 533

Finishes available: or

Safety Load Factor 2.5

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

ZN GRN HDG

ZN G

Heavy Duty Hold-Down Bracket

• Design load is 4000 lbs/pair.

• Four bolt design.

• Sold in pairs.

•3/8" cable tray attachment

hardware provided

•1/2" support attachment

hardware not provided.

• (*) Insert or

Catalog No. 9(*)-1242

ZN G

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories

266 Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Beam Clamp

B312 Anchor Strap

• Finish available:

• For a maximum beam

thickness of 3/4".

• For thicker beams, step up

one flange width size.

Cat. No. Flange Width

B312-6 Up to 6"

B312-9 6" - 9"

B312-12 9" - 12"

Beam Clamp

• Finishes available: or

• Sold in pieces.

Design load when used in pairs.

Safety Load Factor 5.0

Catalog 'A' Thread Length 'TL' Wt./C

No. in. mm in. mm lbs kg

B700-J4 81/2" 215.9 5" 127.0 44 19.9

B700-J6 111/2" 292.1 6" 152.4 53 24.0

B700-J9 121/4" 368.3 6" 152.4 63 28.6

B700-J12 171/2" 444.5 6" 152.4 78 35.4

B305 Thru B308 & B321 Series Beam Clamps

• Finishes available: or

• Setscrew included.

• Safety Load Factor 5.0

Cat. Rod Design Load

No. Size A B C D E F T lbs kN

B305 3/8"-16 3/8"-16 2 5/16"7/8" 1 1/8" 2 1/2" 11 Ga. 600 2.67

B306 3/8"-16 1/2"-13 2 7/16"7/8" 1 1/8" 2 1/2" 7 Ga. 1100 4.90

B307 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 2 7/16"7/8" 1 1/8" 2 1/2" 7 Ga. 1100 4.90

B308 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 2 9/16"7/8" 1 1/8" 2 1/2"1/4" 1500 6.68

B321-1 3/8"-16 1/2"-13 3 9/16"1

11/16" 1 5/8" 3 1/4"1/4" 1300 5.79

B321-2 1/2"-13 1/2"-13 3 9/16"1

11/16" 1 5/8" 3 1/4"1/4" 1400 6.23

Beam Clamp

• Finishes available: or

• Sold in pieces.

Design load when used in pairs.

Safety Load Factor 5.0

Cat. No. B212-1/4B212-3/8

Design Load * 600 lbs. 2.67 kN 1000 lbs. 4.45 kN

Max. Flange Thick 3/4"19 mm 1 1/8"28.6 mm

Mat'l. Thickness 1/4"6.3 mm 3/8"9.5 mm

Beam Clamp B355

• Finishes available: or

• Sold in pieces.

• Design load is 1200 lbs. when used in pairs.

• Safety Load Factor 5.0

• Order HHCS and

Channel Nuts separately.

• Finish available:

• Design Load 500 lbs. (2.22 kN)

• Safety Load Factor 5.0

• Recommended torque:

'J'-Hook Nut 125 In.-Lbs. (14.1 kN/m)

• Maximum flange thickness of 3/4"

• Finish available:

• Hex Nut included.

Material:

7 Gauge (4.6)

1/2"-13 Rod & Hex

Nut Sold Separately

1/2"-13 Threads

1 1/2"

(38.1)

“A’

‘TL’

1 7/8"

(47.6)

J-Hook & Hex

Nut Included

Catalog For Flange Width Wt./C

No. in. mm lbs kg

B750-J4 3"- 6" 76.2 - 152.4 109 49.4

B750-J6 5"- 9" 127.0 - 288.6 124 56.2

B750-J9 8"- 12" 203.2 - 304.8 135 61.2

B750-J12 11"- 15" 279.4 - 381.0 147 66.7

Catalog Design Load* 'A'

lbs kN in. mm

B441-22 1200 5.34 33/8 86

B441-22A 1200 5.34 5 127

ZN HDG ZN GRN HDG SS4 ZN GRN HDG

ZN HDG

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories

Examples of Catalog Numbers for Fitting Covers:

267

A full range of covers is available for straight sections and fittings.

Solid covers should be used when maximum enclosure of the cable is desired and no accumulation of heat is expected.

Ventilated covers provide an overhead cable shield yet allow heat to escape.

Cooper B-Line recommends that covers be placed on vertical cable tray runs to a height of 6 ft. (1.83 m) to 8 ft. (2.44 m) above

the floor to isolate both cables and personnel. Flanged covers have a 1/2in. (13 mm) flange. Cover clamps are not included with the

cover and must be ordered separately. All peaked covers are flanged. Standard peaked covers have 1/2” peak. Special purpose peaked

covers, having a 2 to 3 pitch, provide additional slope and material thickness. The 2 to 3 pitch fitting covers are of multiple piece, welded

construction.

Solid Flanged Ventilated Flanged Peaked Flanged 2 to 3 Pitch Peaked Flanged

(See page 358)

Vertical Bend Cover

Prefix Suffix

80 2 G 18 - 24 - 90 VO 24 - 4*

Side Rail*

Height

Radius

Fitting

Angle

Width

Material

Thickness

Material

Detail

Cover Type

Solid Non-Flanged

Steel Cover Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 80 2 P 20 - 24 - 144

Material

Cover Type Detail Material Thickness Tray Width Item Description

Covers

Horizontal Bend Cover

Prefix Suffix

80 2 P 20 - 18 - 90 HB 24

Radius

Fitting

Angle

Width

Material

Thickness

Material

Detail

Cover Type

80 = Solid

81 = Ventilated

82 = Peaked

2= Flanged Steel (248, 258, 268

straight sections and all fittings)

3= Flanged Steel (All straight

sections except 248, 258, 268)

4= Non-Flanged Steel (80 & 81

type only)

06 = 6"

09 = 9"

12 = 12"

18 = 18"

24 = 24"

30 = 30"

36 = 36"

For Straight Section Covers:

Pre-Galvanized Only:

144 = 12 ft. (3.66 m)

120 = 10 ft. (3.05 m)

Pre-Galvanized & HDGAF

72 = 6 ft. (1.83 m)

60 = 5 ft. (1.52 m)

For fitting covers: Insert suffix

of fitting to be covered.

See example below.

P= Pre-Galvanized

(Not available in

Type 83)

G= HDGAF

20 = 20 Pre-Galv

18 = 18 HDGAF

* Required for VO fittings only

Covers 30" and 36" wide have reinforcing ridges.

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Combination Cover and

Hold-Down Clamp

• Sold per piece.

• (*) Insert or

• For indoor

service only.

Tray Side Rail Catalog

Type Height No.

in. mm

4 101 9(*)-9043

5 127 9(*)-9053

6 152 9(*)-9063

7 178 9(*)-9073

Steel

Heavy Duty Cover Clamp

• Recommended for outdoor service.

• (*) Insert or

Side Rail Catalog

Height No.

in. mm

Raised Cover Clamp

• For indoor service only.

• For use with

flanged covers

only.

† Specify gap of 1", 2", 3" or 4".

Tray Catalog

Type No.

Series 2 Steel 9ZN-9114-†

Straight Section

Series 3 & 4 Steel 9ZN-9115-†

Straight Section

All Steel Fittings

(Also Series 1 Steel 9ZN-910†

Straight Sections)

Tray Side Rail Catalog

Type Height No.

in. mm

4 101 9(*)-9014

5 127 9(*)-9015

6 152 9(*)-9016

7 178 9(*)-9017

Standard Cover Clamp

• For indoor service only.

• Sold per piece.

• (*) Insert or

268

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories

Quantity of Standard

Cover Clamps Required

Straight Section 60" or 72" .............4 pcs.

Straight Section 120" or 144" .........6 pcs.

Horizontal/Vertical Bends................4 pcs.

Tees...............................................6 pcs.

Crosses ..........................................8 pcs.

Note: When using the Heavy Duty Cover

Clamp, only one-half the number of clamps

stated above is required.

4 101 9(*)-(‡)-9044†

5 127 9(*)-(‡)-9054†

6 152 9(*)-(‡)-9064†

7 178 9(*)-(‡)-9074†

(‡) Insert tray width

† Add P to Catalog

No. for 1/2" peaked

cover clamp.

Peaked Cover Clamp

Steel

Cover Joint Strip

• Used to join covers

• Plastic

• (‡) Insert tray

width

Catalog No. 99-9980-(‡)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

ZN GGP

Cable Cleats

(see pages 352 thru 355)

Emperor

Trefoil

Cable Cleats

Vulcan

Cable Cleats

269

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Specifications

Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers

1.01 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as

manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc.

Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components

2.01 General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated;

with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges and

smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction

features. Cable tray shall be installed according to the latest revision of NEMA VE 2.

2.02 Pre-Galvanized Steel: Straight sections, fitting side rails, rungs, and covers shall be made from structural

quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties and mill galvanized in accordance with ASTM

A653 SS, Grade 33, coating designation G90. Hardware finish shall be electrogalvanized zinc per

ASTM B633.

2.03 Hot Dip Galvanized Steel: All side rails, covers, splice plates, and rungs shall be made from structural

quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A1011 SS, Grade 33 for 14 gauge

and heavier, ASTM A1008, Grade 33 Type 2 for 16 gauge and lighter, and shall be hot dip galvanized

after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123. Mill galvanized covers are not acceptable for hot dip

galvanized cable tray. Hardware finish shall be chromium zinc per ASTM F-1136-88.

2.04 Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members (rungs)

welded to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaced [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Rung spacing in radiused

fittings shall be industry standard 9" and measured at the center of the tray’s width. No portion of the

rungs shall protrude below the bottom plane of the side rails. Each rung must be capable of supporting

a 200 lb. concentrated load at the center of the cable tray over and above the cable load with a safety

factor of 1.5.

2.05 Ventilated Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated

bottom welded to the side rails or rungs spaced 4" on center. The peaks of the corrugated bottom

shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers. To

provide ventilation in the tray, the valleys of the corrugated bottom shall have 21/4" x 4" rectangular

holes punched along the width of the bottom.

2.06 Non-Ventilated Bottom Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a

corrugated bottom welded to the side rails or a solid sheet over rungs. The peaks of the corrugated

bottom shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers.

2.07 Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [5] [6] inches per NEMA VE 1.

2.08 Straight sections shall have side rails fabricated as I-beams. Straight sections shall be supplied in

standard [12 foot] [24 foot] [10 foot (3 m)] [20 foot (6 m)] lengths.

2.09 Cable tray widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on drawings.

2.10 Splice plates shall be manufactured of high strength steel, meeting the minimum mechanical properties

of ASTM A1011 HSLAS, Grade 50, Class 1 and be secured with 8 nuts and bolts per plate. The

resistance of fixed splice connections between an adjacent section of tray shall not exceed 0.00033 ohm.

2.11 All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36] [48] inches.

Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing

3.01 Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of ______ lbs./ft. on a _______ ft.

support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per NEMA

VE 1 5.2. In addition to the uniformly distributed load the cable tray shall support 200 lbs. concentrated

load at mid-point of span. Load and safety factors specified are applicable to both the side rails and rung

capacities. Cable tray shall be made to manufacturing tolerances as specified by NEMA.

3.02 Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of

NEMA VE 1 or CSA C22.2 No. 126.

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

270

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

271

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

How The Service Advisor Works

B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you

select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50

pieces or less.

Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?

Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different

color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Example: 348SS4 09 - 12 - 144 Part will typically ship in

(from page 272) 15 days minimum.

Changing the part number will not change the lead time of the original 15 days minimum.

For Stainless Steel Fittings

see fittings section pages 284 thru 301

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 16A, 12C 10 180 0.0042 3.0 268 0.072

CSA: C1-3m 12 125 0.009 Area=0.74 in23.7 186 0.148 Area=4.77 cm2

14 92 0.016 Sx=0.79 in34.3 137 0.275 Sx=12.95 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 16 70 0.027 Ix=1.85 in44.9 105 0.469 Ix=77.00 cm4

Area: 0.40 in218 56 0.044 5.5 83 0.752

20 45 0.067 6.1 67 1.145

272

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will

support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.

To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection

multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable being installed.

When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors:

Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. † Insert 4 for 304 stainless steel or 6 for 316 stainless steel.

1.50

4.19 3.13

18 gauge

348

SS†

3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

4" Side Rail Height

¬Primary Length.

ÁSecondary Length.

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Vented Bottom Non-Ventilated

Overall Width

(Width + 13/8")

For

side rail

& rung data,

see chart on

pages AP-5 & AP-6

Rung

Spacing

Width

(Inside)

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Straight Sections

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 348 SS6 09 - 24 - 240

Series Material *Type *Width Length

348 SS4 = 304 Stainless Ladder- 06 = 6" ¬144 = 12 ft. 348

Steel 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" Á120 = 10 ft.

SS6 = 316 Stainless 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12"

Steel 12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18"

24 = 24"

30 = 30"

Trough- 36 = 36"

6" and Wider

04 = Vented Bottom

SB = Non-Ventilated

See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

See page 39 for

explanation of lengths.

Passivation available

see page 18.

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA & UL Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20A, 16B 10 248 0.0025 3.0 369 0.043

CSA: 89 kg/m6.1m 12 172 0.0052 Area=0.83 in23.7 256 0.089 Area=5.35 cm2

14 127 0.010 Sx=1.09 in34.3 188 0.164 Sx=17.86 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 16 97 0.016 Ix=3.10 in44.9 144 0.280 Ix=129.03 cm4

Area: 0.70 in218 77 0.026 5.5 114 0.448

20 62 0.040 6.1 92 0.684

273

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will

support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.

To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection

multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable being installed.

When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors:

Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. † Insert 4 for 304 stainless steel or 6 for 316 stainless steel.

1.50

5.19 4.13

18 gauge

358

SS†

4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

5" Side Rail Height

Overall Width

(Width + 13/8")

For

side rail

& rung data,

see chart on

pages AP-5 & AP-6

Rung

Spacing

Width

(Inside)

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Straight Sections

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 358 SS6 09 - 24 - 240

Series Material *Type *Width Length

358 SS4 = 304 Stainless Ladder- 06 = 6" ¬144 = 12 ft. 358

Steel 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" Á240 = 20 ft.

SS6 = 316 Stainless 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12"

Steel 12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18"

24 = 24"

30 = 30"

Trough- 36 = 36"

6" and Wider

04 = Vented Bottom

SB = Non-Ventilated

See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Vented Bottom Non-Ventilated

Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

¬Primary Length.

ÁSecondary Length.

See page 39 for

explanation of lengths.

Passivation available

see page 18.

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20C+ 12 342 0.002 3.7 508 0.036

CSA: E-6m 16 192 0.007 Area=1.49 in24.9 286 0.113 Area=9.61 cm2

18 152 0.011 Sx=2.28 in35.5 226 0.182 Sx=37.36 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 20 123 0.016 Ix=7.65 in46.1 183 0.277 Ix=318.42 cm4

Area: 1.00 in222 102 0.024 6.7 151 0.406

24 85 0.034 7.3 127 0.574

B-Line Side Rail NEMA, CSA Span Load Deflection Design Factors Span Load Deflection Design Factors

Series Dimensions Classifications ft lbs/ft Multiplier for Two Rails meters kg/m Multiplier for Two Rails

NEMA: 20A, 16B 10 236 0.0016 3.0 351 0.028

CSA: D1-3m 12 164 0.0034 Area=0.92 in23.7 244 0.058 Area=5.94 cm2

14 120 0.0062 Sx=1.41 in34.3 179 0.107 Sx=23.11 cm3

UL Cross-Sectional 16 92 0.011 Ix=4.77 in44.9 137 0.182 Ix=198.54 cm4

Area: 0.70 in218 73 0.017 5.5 108 0.291

20 59 0.026 6.1 88 0.444

274

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will

support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is

1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the

deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable being installed.

When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors:

Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. † Insert 4 for 304 stainless steel or 6 for 316 stainless steel.

1.50

6.19 5.13

18 gauge

1.50

6.19 5.11

14 gauge

368

SS†

464

SS†

5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth

6" Side Rail Height

Overall Width

(Width + 13/8")

For

side rail

& rung data,

see chart on

pages AP-5 & AP-6

Rung

Spacing

Width

(Inside)

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Straight Sections

Straight Section Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 368 SS6 09 - 24 - 240

Series Material *Type *Width Length

368 SS4 = 304 Stainless Ladder- 06 = 6" ¬240 = 20 ft. 368

Steel 06 = 6" rung spacing 09 = 9" Á144 = 12 ft.

464 SS6 = 316 Stainless 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12" ¬240 = 20 ft. 464

Steel 12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18" Á288 = 24 ft.

24 = 24"

30 = 30"

Trough- 36 = 36"

6" and Wider

04 = Vented Bottom

SB = Non-Ventilated

See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Ladder Type

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Vented Bottom Non-Ventilated

¬Primary Length.

ÁSecondary Length.

See page 39 for

explanation of lengths.

Passivation available

see page 18.

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9(*)-8014 4 101

9(*)-8015 5 127

9(*)-8016 6 152

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9(*)-8004 4 101

9(*)-8005 5 127

9(*)-8006 6 152

Splice Plates

• Standard 8-hole pattern for all stainless

steel splice plates.

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

• One pair including hardware provided

with straight section.

• Boxed in pairs with hardware.

• (*) Insert or

Catalog No. Cable Tray Tray

No. End Cut Width 'L'

9(*)-803(X) Mitered Thru 36" N/A

9(*)-803(X)-12 Not Mitered Thru 12" 16"

9(*)-803(X)-36 Not Mitered Thru 36" 41"

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9(*)-8045 5 to 4 127 to 101

9(*)-8046 6 to 4 152 to 101

9(*)-8060 6 to 5 152 to 127

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9(*)-8004-1/24 101

9(*)-8005-1/25 127

9(*)-8006-1/26 152

275

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9(*)-8244 4 101

9(*)-8245 5 127

9(*)-8246 6 152

9(*)-803(X)

Splice only

9(*)-803(X)-12 or 9(*)-803(X)-36

One pair splice plates with extensions.

Universal Splice Plates

• Used to splice to existing cable

tray systems.

• Furnished in pairs with

hardware.

• (*) Insert or

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9(*)-8024 4 101

9(*)-8025 5 127

9(*)-8026 6 152

Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plates

• Offered to adjust a cable tray run

for changes in direction in

a horizontal plane that do

not conform to standard

horizontal fittings.

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

• New design bonding jumpers

not required.

• (*) Insert or

• (X) Insert 4, 5 or 6 for

side rail height.

Step Down Splice Plates

• These splice plates are offered

for connecting cable tray

sections having side rails of

different heights.

• Furnished in pairs

with hardware.

• (*) Insert or

Expansion Splice Plates

• Expansion plates allow for one inch

expansion or contraction of the cable tray,

or where expansion joints occur in

the support structure.

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

•Bonding Jumpers are required.

Order Separately.

• (*) Insert or

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates

• These plates provide for changes in

elevation that do not conform to

standard vertical fittings.

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

• (*) Insert or

Branch Pivot Connectors

• Branch from existing cable tray runs at any point.

• Pivot to any required angle.

• UL Classified for grounding

(bonding jumper not required).

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

• (*) Insert or

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Accessories

Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

SS4 SS6

Requires

supports

within 24”

on both sides,

per NEMA

VE 2.

Requires

supports within

24” on both

sides, per

NEMA VE 2.

Conduit to Tray Adaptor

• For easy attachment of conduit terminating at a cable tray.

• Use on aluminum or steel cable trays.

Catalog No. Conduit Size

in. mm

9G-1158-1/2, 3/41/2, 3/415, 20

9G-1158-1, 11/41, 11/425, 32

9G-1158-11/2, 2 11/2, 2 40, 50

9G-1158-21/2, 3 21/2, 3 65, 80

9G-1158-31/2, 4 31/2, 4 90, 100

Catalog No. 9SS4-1150-(‡) Catalog No. 9SS4-1155-(‡)

Cable Tie (Ladder Tray)

Nylon ties provide easy attachment

cable to ladder rungs; maximum

cable O.D. of 3" (76mm).

Catalog No. 99-2125-15

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Accessories

276

Blind End

• This plate forms a

closure for a dead

end cable tray.

• Furnished as one

plate with hardware.

• (‡) Insert tray width

• (*) Insert or

Frame Type Box Connector

• Designed to attach the end of a cable tray

run to a distribution cabinet or control

center to help reinforce the box at the

point of entry.

• Furnished with cable tray connection

hardware.

• (‡) Insert tray width

• (*) Insert or

Type 316 Tray Hardware

Catalog No. RNCB 3/8"-16 x 3/4" SS6

Ribbed Neck Carriage Bolt, 316 Stainless Steel

Catalog No. SFHN 3/8"-16 SS6

Hex Nut , 316 Stainless Steel

Steel I-Beam

Overall Length 15"

• Assembly required.

• Mounting hardware

included.

• Conduit clamps

provided.

• (‡) = Conduit size

(1/2" thru 4").

• Assembly required.

• Conduit clamp included.

• (‡) = Conduit size

(1/2" thru 4").

Conduit to Tray Adaptors

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9(*)-8054 4 101

9(*)-8055 5 127

9(*)-8056 6 152

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9(*)-8074-(‡) 4 101

9(*)-8075-(‡) 5 127

9(*)-8076-(‡) 6 152

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9(*)-8084-(‡) 4 101

9(*)-8085-(‡) 5 127

9(*)-8086-(‡) 6 152

Tray to Box Splice Plates

• Used to attach the

end of a cable tray

run to a distribution

box or control panel.

• Furnished in pairs with

hardware.

• (*) Insert or

9(*)-1240

Catalog No.

Cross Connector Bracket

• For field connecting crossing section.

• Furnished in pairs with 3/8"

hardware.

• (*) Insert or

Catalog No. Height

in. mm

9(*)-8064-(‡) 4 101

9(*)-8065-(‡) 5 127

9(*)-8066-(‡) 6 152

Offset Reducing Splice Plate

• This plate is used for joining cable trays having

different widths. When used in pairs they form

a straight reduction; when

used singly with a standard

splice plate, they form an

offset reduction.

• Furnished as one plate

with hardware.

• (‡) Insert reduction

• (*) Insert or

Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

SS4 SS6

9(*)-1104-(‡)

Catalog No.

Ladder Drop-Out

• Specially-designed Ladder Drop-Outs provide a rounded surface with

4" (101 mm) radius to protect cable as it exits from the cable tray,

preventing damage to insulation. The drop-out will attach to any

desired rung.

• (‡) Insert tray width

• (*) Insert or

Catalog No.

Inside Bend Outside Bend Side Rail Loading

Catalog No. Catalog No. Height Depth 'H'

in. mm in. mm

73(*)-(**)VI(†) 73(*)-(**)VO(†) 4 101 3 76

74(*)-(**)VI(†) 74(*)-(**)VO(†) 5 127 4 101

75(*)-(**)VI(†) 75(*)-(**)VO(†) 6 152 5 127 Catalog No. 99-9982

Barrier Strip Splice

• Plastic splice holds adjoining

barrier strips in straight alignment.

9(*)-9002

Barrier Strip Clip

• Zinc plated steel barrier clip fastens to

either aluminum or steel ladder rung.

• Furnished with one #10 x 1/2" SS4

plated self-drilling screw.

• (*) Insert or

Vertical Bend Barriers

• Vertical Bend Barriers are preformed to conform to a

specific vertical fitting.

• Furnished with three #10 x 1

/2" SS4 self-drilling

screws and a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice.

• (*) Insert or

• (**) Insert 30, 45, 60 or 90 for degrees

• (†) Insert 12, 24, 36 or 48 for radius

Horizontal Bend

• Horizontal Bend Barriers are flexible in order

to conform to any horizontal fitting radius. Cut

to length.

• Order catalog number based on loading depth.

• Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" SS4

self-drilling screws and a 99-9982 Barrier

Strip Splice.

• Standard length is 72" (6 ft.), sold individually.

• (*) Insert or

Catalog Side Rail Loading

No. Height Depth 'H'

in. mm in. mm

73(*)-90HBFL 4 101 3 76

74(*)-90HBFL 5 127 4 101

75(*)-90HBFL 6 152 5 127

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Accessories

277

Straight Section

• Standard length: 120" (3 m) 144" (12 ft.).

• Order catalog number based on loading

depth.

• Furnished with four #10 x 1/2" SS4 self-

drilling screws and a 99-9982 splice.

• (*) Insert or

Outside Bend

(VO)

Inside Bend

(VI)

Length =

144 for 12'

120 for 10'

Barriers

Catalog Side Rail Loading

No. Height Depth 'H'

in. mm in. mm

73(*)-Length 4 101 3 76

74(*)-Length 5 127 4 101

75(*)-Length 6 152 5 127

Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

SS4 SS6

SS4 SS6 SS4 SS6

SS4 SS6

Cable Tray Guide

• Expansion guide for single or double cable tray runs.

• Guide allows for longitudinal movement of the

cable tray.

• No field drilling of support I-beam or channel is required.

• Guides are required on both sides of cable tray

to prevent lateral movement - can be placed on

either the inside or outside flange of cable tray.

• Guides are sold in pieces - two guides are

required per tray.

• Maximum flange thickness 11/8" (28.58 mm).

Nylon Pad

• Use for friction reduction.

• Hardness: Shore D80.

• Low friction coefficient.

• UV resistant (black).

• Excellent weatherability.

• UL - 94HB.

Cat. No. 99-NY36

Neoprene Roll

• Use for material isolation.

•1/8" x 2" x 20' roll.

• Hardness: Shore A60.

• Good weatherability.

Catalog No. Finish

9G-1249 HDGAF

Stainless Steel Cable Clamp

• Fits with series 3 & 4 rungs.

• Shipped flat. Field form around the cable

at the time of installation.

Threaded Rod (ATR) & Rod Coupling

Loading Catalog Available Coupling

Size lbs No. Lengths Cat. No.

3/8-16 730 ATR 3/8x Length 36", 72", 144" B655-3/8

1/2-13 1350 ATR 1/2x Length 36", 72", 144" B655-1/2

Loading based on safety factor 5.

Standard Finish: SS4 or SS6

See B-Line Strut Systems Catalog for other sizes and finishes.

Cable Tray Clamp/Guide

• Features a no-twist design.

• Has four times the strength

of the traditional design.

• Each side is labeled to

ensure proper installation.

• Available for either 3/8"

or 1/2" hardware.

• Furnished in pairs

without hardware.

Vertical Tray Hanger

• (*) Insert or

• Design load 1500 lbs/pair.

Safety Factor of 2.5

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

Catalog No. Outside 'A'

Cable Tray Ht. in. mm

9(*)-8224 4" 3.36 85.34

9(*)-8225 5" 4.36 110.74

9(*)-8226 6" 5.36 136.14

9(*)-8227 7" 6.36 161.54

Catalog No. 9SS6-1205

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Accessories

278

Catalog No. 99-NP240

Installed as

a guide.

(178mm)

(152mm)

(76mm)

1/8"

(3mm)

Patent #

RE35479

Installed as

a clamp.

Catalog No. Cable Size

in. mm

9SS4-4050 0.50 - 0.75 13 - 19

9SS4-4075 0.75 - 1.00 19 - 25

9SS4-4100 1.00 - 1.25 25 - 32

9SS4-4125 1.25 - 1.50 32 - 38

9SS4-4150 1.50 - 1.75 38 - 45

9SS4-4175 1.75 - 2.00 45 - 51

9SS4-4200 2.00 - 2.25 51 - 57

9SS4-4225 2.25 - 2.50 57 - 64

9SS4-4250 2.50 - 2.75 64 - 70

9SS4-4275 2.75 - 3.00 70 - 76

9SS4-4300 3.00 - 3.25 76 - 82

9SS4-4325 3.25 - 3.50 82 - 89

9SS4-4350 3.50 - 3.75 89 - 95

9SS4-4375 3.75 - 4.00 95 - 102

9SS4-4400 4.00 - 4.25 100 - 106

9SS4-4425 4.25 - 4.50 106 - 113

9SS4-4450 4.50 - 4.75 113 - 121

9SS4-4475 4.75 - 5.00 121 - 125

Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

SS4 SS6

Refer to Section CF

Cable Fixing

Cantilever Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B494-30(*) 924 4.11 24 610 30 762

B494-36(*) 864 3.84 30 762 36 914

B494-42(*) 580 2.58 36 914 42 1067

B494-48(*) 500 2.22 42 1067 48 1219

Cantilever Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B297-12(*) 1660 7.37 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305

B297-18(*) 1100 4.88 12 305 18 457

B297-24(*) 835 3.71 18 457 24 610

B297-30(*) 665 2.95 24 610 30 762

B297-36(*) 550 2.44 30 762 36 914

B297-42(*) 465 2.06 36 914 42 1067

Cantilever Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B494-12(*) 1580 7.02 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305

B494-18(*) 1000 4.45 12 305 18 457

B494-24(*) 996 4.43 18 457 24 610

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Accessories

279

Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Cantilever Bracket

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width 'A'

lbs kN in. mm in. mm

B409-12(*) 960 4.27 6 & 9 152 & 229 12 305

B409-18(*) 640 2.84 12 305 18 457

B409-24(*) 480 2.13 18 457 24 610

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Rooftop Support Bases

with B22 Channel Catalog No. Height x Width x Length

DB10-28 55/8” x 6” x 28.0”

DB10-36 55/8” x 6” x 36.0”

DB10-42 55/8” x 6” x 42.0”

DB10-50 55/8” x 6” x 50.0”

DB10-60 55/8” x 6” x 60.0”

Designed as a superior rooftop support

for cable tray,

UV resistant and approved for most

roofing material or other flat surfaces.

Can be used with any of Cooper

B-Line’s cable tray clamps and guides.

Ultimate Load Capacity:

1,000 lbs. (uniform load) LEEDS credit available, base made from 100% recycled material.

General Note: Consult roofing manufacturer or engineer for roof load

capacity. The weakest point may be the insulation board beneath

the rubber membrane.

• (*) Insert or

• Safety Load Factor 2.5

SS4 SS6

• (*) Insert or

• Safety Load Factor 2.5

SS4 SS6

• (*) Insert or

• Safety Load Factor 2.5

SS4 SS6

• (*) Insert or

• Safety Load Factor 2.5

SS4 SS6

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Accessories

280 Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Beam Clamp B355SS4

• Sold in pieces.

• Design load is 1200 lbs. when used in pairs.

• Safety Load Factor 5.0

• Order HHCS and

Channel Nuts separately.

Beam Clamp

• Sold in pieces with hardware.

• Finishes available: or

Design load when used in pairs.

Safety Load Factor 5.0

Catalog No. Design Load* 'A'

lbs kN in. mm

B441-22(*) 1200 5.34 33/886

B441-22A(*) 1200 5.34 5 127

Beam Clamp

• Sold in pieces.

• 304 stainless steel

Design load when used in pairs.

Safety Load Factor 5.0

Cat. No. B212-1/4SS4 B212-3/8SS4

Design Load * 600 lbs. 2.67 kN 1000 lbs. 4.45 kN

Max. Flange Thick 3/4" 19 mm 1 1/8"

28.6 mm

Mat'l. Thickness 1/4" 6.3 mm 3/8" 9.5 mm

SS4 SS6

Heavy Duty Hold-Down Bracket

• Design load is 4000 lbs/pair.

• Four bolt design.

• Sold in pairs.

•3/8" cable tray attachment

hardware provided

•1/2" support attachment

hardware not provided.

• (*) Insert or

Heavy Duty Hold

Down Bracket

• Design load is 2000 lbs/pair.

• Two bolt design.

• Sold in pairs.

•3/8" cable tray attachment

hardware provided.

•1/2" support attachment

hardware not provided.

• (*) Insert or

Catalog No. 9(*)-1241 Catalog No. 9(*)-1242

SS4 SS6

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Accessories

281

Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Examples of Catalog Numbers for Fitting Covers:

A full range of covers is available for straight sections and fittings.

Solid covers should be used when maximum enclosure of the cable is desired and no accumulation of heat is expected.

Ventilated covers provide an overhead cable shield yet allow heat to escape.

Cooper B-Line recommends that covers be placed on vertical cable tray runs to a height of 6 ft. (1.83 m) to 8 ft. (2.44 m) above

the floor to isolate both cables and personnel. Flanged covers have a 1/2in. (13 mm) flange. Cover clamps are not included with the

cover and must be ordered separately. All peaked covers are flanged. Standard peaked covers have 1/2" peak. Special purpose peaked

covers, having a 2 to 3 pitch, provide additional slope and material thickness. The 2 to 3 pitch fitting covers are of multiple piece, welded

construction.

Solid Flanged Ventilated Flanged Peaked Flanged 2 to 3 Pitch Peaked Flanged

(See page 358)

Vertical Bend Cover

Prefix Suffix

80 2 SS4 20 - 24 - 90 VO 24 - 4*

Side Rail*

Height

Radius

Fitting

Angle

Width

Material

Thickness

Material

Detail

Cover Type

Solid Non-Flanged

Stainless Steel Cover Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 80 3 SS4 - 20 - 24 - 144

Material

Cover Type Detail Material Thickness Tray Width Item Description

Covers

Horizontal Bend Cover

Prefix Suffix

80 2 SS4 20 - 18 - 90 HB 24

Radius

Fitting

Angle

Width

Material

Thickness

Material

Detail

Cover Type

80 = Solid

81 = Ventilated

82 = Peaked

2= Flanged Stainless Steel

(All fittings)

3= Flanged Stainless Steel

(All straight sections)

4= Non-Flanged Stainless Steel

(80 & 81 type only)

(All fittings)

06 = 6"

09 = 9"

12 = 12"

18 = 18"

24 = 24"

30 = 30"

36 = 36"

For Straight Section Cover:

144 = 12 ft. (3.66 m)

120 = 10 ft. (3.05 m)

72 = 6 ft. (1.83 m)

60 = 5 ft. (1.52 m)

For fitting covers: Insert suffix

of fitting to be covered.

See example below.

SS4 = 304 Stainless

Steel

SS6 = 316 Stainless

Steel

20 = 20 Ga. Stainless

Steel

* Required for VO fittings only

Covers 30" and 36" wide have reinforcing ridges.

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Accessories

282 Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Catalog Side Rail

No. Height

in. mm

9(*)-(‡)-9044† 4 101

9(*)-(‡)-9054† 5 127

9(*)-(‡)-9064† 6 152

Cover Joint Strip Catalog No. 99-9980-(‡)

• Used to join Covers

• Plastic

• (‡) Insert tray width

Raised Cover Clamp

• For indoor service only.

• (*) Insert or

• For use with flanged covers only.

† Specify gap of 1", 2", 3" or 4".

Tray Catalog

Type No.

Series 3 & 4 Steel 9(*)-9115-†

Straight Section

All Steel Fittings 9(*)-910†

Combination Cover and

Hold Down Clamp

• Sold per piece.

• (*) Insert or

• For indoor

service only.

Standard Cover Clamp

• For indoor service only.

• Sold per piece.

Tray

Side Rail

Catalog

Type Height No.

in. mm

4 101 9SS6-9014

5 127 9SS6-9015

6 152 9SS6-9016

Quantity of Standard

Cover Clamps Required

Straight Section 60" or 72" .............4 pcs.

Straight Section 120" or 144" .........6 pcs.

Horizontal/Vertical Bends................4 pcs.

Tees...............................................6 pcs.

Crosses ..........................................8 pcs.

Note: When using the Heavy Duty Cover

Clamp, only one-half the number of clamps

stated above is required.

Peaked Cover Clamp

Stainless

Steel

Tray

Side Rail

Catalog

Type Height No.

in. mm

4 101 9(*)-9043

5 127 9(*)-9053

6 152 9(*)-9063

Stainless

Steel

Heavy Duty Cover Clamp

• Recommended for outdoor service.

• (*) Insert or

SS4 SS6

(‡) Insert tray width

† Add P to Catalog No. for

1/2" peaked cover clamp.

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Cleats

(see pages 352 thru 355)

Emperor

Trefoil

Cable Cleats

Vulcan

Cable Cleats

283

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Specifications

Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers

1.01 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as manufactured

by Cooper B-Line, Inc.

Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components

2.01 General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated;

with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges and

smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction

features. Cable tray shall be installed according to the latest revision of NEMA VE 2.

2.02 Stainless Steel: Straight section and fitting side rails and rungs shall be made of AISI Type [304]

[316] stainless steel. Transverse members (rungs) or corrugated bottoms shall be welded to the side

rails with Type 316 stainless steel welding wire. Hardware shall be AISI Type 316 stainless steel.

2.03 Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members (rungs)

welded to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaced [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Rung spacing in radiused

fittings shall be industry standard 9" and measured at the center of the tray’s width. Each rung must be

capable of supporting a 200 lb. concentrated load at the center of the cable tray with a safety factor of 1.5.

2.04 Ventilated Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated

bottom welded to the side rails or rungs spaced 4" on center. The peaks of the corrugated bottom

shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers. To

provide ventilation in the tray, the valleys of the corrugated bottom shall have 21/4" x 4" rectangular

holes punched along the width of the bottom.

2.05 Non-Ventilated Bottom Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a

corrugated bottom welded to the side rails or a solid sheet over rungs. The peaks of the corrugated bottom

shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers.

2.06 Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [5] inches per NEMA VE 1.

2.07 Straight sections shall be fabricated as I-beams. Straight sections shall be supplied in standard

[12 foot] [24 foot] [10 foot (3 m)] [20 foot (6 m)] lengths.

2.08 Cable tray widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on drawings.

2.09 Splice plates shall be manufactured of high strength steel and be secured with 8 nuts and bolts per

plate. The resistance of fixed splice connections between an adjacent section of tray shall not exceed

0.00033 ohm.

2.11 All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36] [48] inches.

Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing

3.01 Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of ______ lbs./ft. on a _______ ft.

support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per NEMA

VE 1 5.2. In addition to the uniformly distributed load the cable tray shall support 200 lbs.

concentrated load at mid-point of span. Load and safety factors specified are applicable to both the

side rails and rung capacities. Cable tray shall be made to manufacturing tolerances as specified

by NEMA.

3.02 Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of

NEMA VE 1 or CSA C22.2 No. 126.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 - Fittings

284 Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

285

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 - Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

How The Service Advisor Works

B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you

select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50

pieces or less.

Customer: How do I select my fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?

Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different

color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Example: 5 G - 09 - 90 HB 24 Part will typically ship in

(from page 287) 15 days minimum, because of the

Lead time(days) 3-5 15 3-5 5-10 3-5 3-5 G material.

Changing the part number from G to A or P will change the coding to black for all sections

of the tray to be 5-10 working days, instead of the original 15 days minimum.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 - Fittings

286

For flat non-ventilated: Available 6" and Wider

Prefix

5PSB - 24 - 90HB24

Non-Ventilated

Fittings Part Numbering

Prefix

Example: 4 A - 24 - 90 HB 24

Side Rail

Height

4 = 4" (101)

5 = 5" (127)

6 = 6" (152)

7 = 7" (178)

Material

A= Aluminum

G=HDGAF

P= Pre-Galvanized

SS4= 304 Stainless Steel

SS6= 316 Stainless Steel

Width

06 = 6" (152)

09 = 9" (228)

12 = 12" (305)

18 = 18" (457)

24 = 24" (609)

30 = 30" (762)

36 = 36" (914)

Angle

30 = 30°

45 = 45°

60 = 60°

90 = 90°

Radius

12 = 12" (305)

24 = 24" (609)

36 = 36" (914)

48 = 48" (1219)

Type

HB = Horizontal Bend

HT = Horizontal Tee

HX = Horizontal Cross

VI = Vertical Inside Bend

VO = Vertical Outside Bend

VT = Vertical Tee

VTU = Vertical Tee, Up

HYR = Horizontal Wye, Right

HYL = Horizontal Wye, Left

CSF = Cable Support Fitting

LR = Left Reducer Fitting

RR = Right Reducer Fitting

SR = Straight Reducer Fitting

For ventilated trough, solid trough, ventilated bottom or solid bottom,

add VT, ST, 04 or SB as shown below: Available 6" thru 36"

Prefix Prefix

4AVT - 24 - 90HB24 4PST - 24 - 90HB24

Vented Trough Non-Ventilated Trough

Fittings engineered

with 3” tangents for

splicing integrity.

(9" rung spacing is standard)

Note: Horizontal crosses and tees 30" or wider, with a radius of 36" or larger, will be of two-piece construction.

See page 357 for 6” fittings with 9A-6006 and 9A-6007 splice plates.

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)

Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)

Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

Bend Tray 90˚ Horizontal Bend 60˚ Horizontal Bend

Radius Width Dimensions Dimensions

R Catalog No. A B C Catalog No. A B C

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

6 152 (Pre)-06-90HB12 18 457 18 457 18 457 (Pre)-06-60HB12 171/2445 101/8257 1111/16 297

9 228 (Pre)-09-90HB12 191/2495 191/2495 191/2495 (Pre)-09-60HB12 1813/16 478 107/8276 121/2318

12 305 (Pre)-12-90HB12 21 533 21 533 21 533 (Pre)-12-60HB12 201/16 510 115/8295 133/8340

12 305 18 457 (Pre)-18-90HB12 24 610 24 610 24 610 (Pre)-18-60HB12 2211/16 576 131/8333 151/8384

24 609 (Pre)-24-90HB12 27 686 27 686 27 686 (Pre)-24-60HB12 255/16 643 145/8372 167/8429

30 762 (Pre)-30-90HB12 30 762 30 762 30 762 (Pre)-30-60HB12 277/8708 161/8410 189/16 472

36 914 (Pre)-36-90HB12 33 838 33 838 33 838 (Pre)-36-60HB12 301/2775 175/8448 205/16 516

42 1218 (Pre)-42-90HB12 36 914 36 914 36 914 (Pre)-42-60HB12 331/16 840 191/8486 221/16 560

6 152 (Pre)-06-90HB24 30 762 30 762 30 762 (Pre)-06-60HB24 277/8708 161/8410 189/16 472

9 228 (Pre)-09-90HB24 311/2800 311/2800 311/2800 (Pre)-09-60HB24 293/16 741 167/8429 197/16 494

12 305 (Pre)-12-90HB24 33 838 33 838 33 838 (Pre)-12-60HB24 301/2775 175/8448 205/16 516

24 610 18 457 (Pre)-18-90HB24 36 914 36 914 36 914 (Pre)-18-60HB24 331/16 708 191/8486 221/16 560

24 609 (Pre)-24-90HB24 39 991 39 991 39 991 (Pre)-24-60HB24 3511/16 907 205/8524 2313/16 605

30 762 (Pre)-30-90HB24 42 1067 42 1067 42 1067 (Pre)-30-60HB24 381/4972 221/8564 251/2648

36 914 (Pre)-36-90HB24 45 1143 45 1143 45 1143 (Pre)-36-60HB24 407/81038 235/8600 271/4692

42 1218 (Pre)-42-90HB24 48 1219 48 1219 48 1219 (Pre)-42-60HB24 431/21105 251/8638 29 737

6 152 (Pre)-06-90HB36 42 1067 42 1067 42 1067 (Pre)-06-60HB36 381/4971 221/8562 251/2648

9 228 (Pre)-09-90HB36 431/21105 431/21105 431/21105 (Pre)-09-60HB36 399/16 1005 227/8581 263/8670

12 305 (Pre)-12-90HB36 45 1143 45 1143 45 1143 (Pre)-12-60HB36 407/81038 235/8600 271/4692

36 915 18 457 (Pre)-18-90HB36 48 1219 48 1219 48 1219 (Pre)-18-60HB36 431/21105 251/8638 29 737

24 609 (Pre)-24-90HB36 51 1295 51 1295 51 1295 (Pre)-24-60HB36 461/16 1170 265/8676 3011/16 780

30 762 (Pre)-30-90HB36 54 1372 54 1375 54 1372 (Pre)-30-60HB36 481/16 1237 281/8714 327/16 824

36 914 (Pre)-36-90HB36 57 1448 57 1488 57 1448 (Pre)-36-60HB36 511/41302 295/8753 343/16 869

42 1218 (Pre)-42-90HB36 60 1524 60 1524 60 1524 (Pre)-42-60HB36 537/81368 311/8791 3515/16 913

6 152 (Pre)-06-90HB48 54 1372 54 1372 54 1372 (Pre)-06-60HB48 481/16 1221 281/8715 3211/16 830

9 228 (Pre)-09-90HB48 551/21410 551/21410 551/21410 (Pre)-09-60HB48 4915/16 1268 287/8734 335/16 846

12 305 (Pre)-12-90HB48 57 1448 57 1448 57 1448 (Pre)-12-60HB48 511/41302 295/8753 343/16 868

48 1220 18 457 (Pre)-18-90HB48 60 1524 60 1524 60 1524 (Pre)-18-60HB48 537/81368 311/8791 3515/16 913

24 609 (Pre)-24-90HB48 63 1600 63 1600 63 1600 (Pre)-24-60HB48 567/16 1434 325/8829 375/8956

30 762 (Pre)-30-90HB48 66 1676 66 1676 66 1676 (Pre)-30-60HB48 591/16 1500 341/8867 393/81000

36 914 (Pre)-36-90HB48 69 1753 69 1753 69 1753 (Pre)-36-60HB48 6111/16 1567 355/8905 411/81045

42 1218 (Pre)-42-90HB48 72 1829 72 1829 72 1829 (Pre)-42-60HB48 641/41632 371/8943 4213/16 1087

287

90˚ Horizontal Bend

3" (76)

60˚ Horizontal Bend

90˚

60˚

Bottoms manufactured:

Ladder = 9" Rung Spacing

VT & 04 = 4" Rung Spacing

ST & SB = Flat sheet over

12" Rung Spacing

1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

Horizontal Bend 90° 60° (HB)

(Pre) See page 286 for catalog number prefix.

All dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Width dimensions are to inside wall. For aluminum fittings add 1.5 inches for total outside width.

Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

3" (76)

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 - Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

Bend Tray 45˚ Horizontal Bend 30˚ Horizontal Bend

Radius Width Dimensions Dimensions

R Catalog No. A B C Catalog No. A B C

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

6 152 (Pre)-06-45HB12 153/4400 61/2165 93/16 233 (Pre)-06-30HB12 131/8333 31/289 7 179

9 228 (Pre)-09-45HB12 1613/16 427 615/16 176 913/16 249 (Pre)-09-30HB12 137/8352 311/16 94 77/16 189

12 305 (Pre)-12-45HB12 177/8454 73/8187 107/16 265 (Pre)-12-30HB12 145/8372 315/16 100 713/16 198

12 305 18 457 (Pre)-18-45HB12 20 508 81/4210 1111/16 297 (Pre)-18-30HB12 161/8410 45/16 135 85/8219

24 609 (Pre)-24-45HB12 221/16 560 91/8232 1215/16 329 (Pre)-24-30HB12 175/8448 411/16 119 97/16 240

30 762 (Pre)-30-45HB12 243/16 614 10 254 143/16 360 (Pre)-30-30HB12 191/8486 51/8130 101/4260

36 914 (Pre)-36-45HB12 265/16 668 1015/16 278 157/16 392 (Pre)-36-30HB12 205/8524 51/2140 111/16 281

42 1218 (Pre)-42-45HB12 287/16 722 1113/16 300 1611/16 424 (Pre)-42-30HB12 221/8562 515/16 151 1113/16 300

6 152 (Pre)-06-45HB24 243/16 614 10 254 143/16 360 (Pre)-06-30HB24 191/8486 51/8130 10/4260

9 228 (Pre)-09-45HB24 251/4641 101/2267 1413/16 376 (Pre)-09-30HB24 197/8505 55/16 135 105/8270

12 305 (Pre)-12-45HB24 265/16 668 1015/16 278 157/16 392 (Pre)-12-30HB24 205/8524 51/2140 111/16 281

24 610 18 457 (Pre)-18-45HB24 287/16 722 1113/16 300 1611/16 424 (Pre)-18-30HB24 221/8562 515/16 151 1113/16 300

24 609 (Pre)-24-45HB24 309/16 766 1211/16 322 1715/16 456 (Pre)-24-30HB24 235/8600 65/16 160 125/8321

30 762 (Pre)-30-45HB24 3211/16 830 139/16 344 191/8486 (Pre)-30-30HB24 251/8638 63/4172 137/16 341

36 914 (Pre)-36-45HB24 3413/16 884 147/16 367 203/8518 (Pre)-36-30HB24 265/8676 71/8181 141/4362

42 1218 (Pre)-42-45HB24 3615/16 938 155/16 389 215/8549 (Pre)-42-30HB24 281/8715 71/2191 151/16 383

6 152 (Pre)-06-45HB36 3211/16 830 139/16 344 191/8486 (Pre)-06-30HB36 251/8638 63/4171 137/16 341

9 228 (Pre)-09-45HB36 333/4857 14 356 193/4502 (Pre)-09-30HB36 257/8657 615/16 176 137/8352

12 305 (Pre)-12-45HB36 3413/16 884 147/16 367 203/8518 (Pre)-12-30HB36 265/8676 71/8181 141/4362

36 915 18 457 (Pre)-18-45HB36 3615/16 938 155/16 389 215/8549 (Pre)-18-30HB36 281/8114 71/2191 151/16 383

24 609 (Pre)-24-45HB36 391/6992 163/16 411 227/8581 (Pre)-24-30HB36 295/8753 715/16 202 157/8403

30 762 (Pre)-30-45HB36 413/61046 171/16 433 241/8613 (Pre)-30-30HB36 311/8790 85/16 211 1611/16 424

36 914 (Pre)-36-45HB36 435/61100 1715/16 456 253/8645 (Pre)-36-30HB36 325/8829 83/4222 171/2445

42 1218 (Pre)-42-45HB36 457/16 1154 1813/16 478 265/8676 (Pre)-42-30HB36 341/8867 91/8232 181/4464

6 152 (Pre)-06-45HB48 413/16 1046 171/16 433 241/8613 (Pre)-06-30HB48 311/8791 85/16 211 1611/16 424

9 228 (Pre)-09-45HB48 421/41073 171/2445 243/4629 (Pre)-09-30HB48 317/8810 89/16 218 171/16 433

12 305 (Pre)-12-45HB48 435/16 1100 1715/16 456 253/8645 (Pre)-12-30HB48 325/8829 83/4222 171/2445

48 1220 18 457 (Pre)-18-45HB48 457/16 1154 1813/16 487 265/8676 (Pre)-18-30HB48 341/8867 91/8232 181/4464

24 609 (Pre)-24-45HB48 479/16 1208 1911/16 500 277/8708 (Pre)-24-30HB48 355/8905 99/16 243 191/16 484

30 762 (Pre)-30-45HB48 4911/16 1262 209/16 522 291/8740 (Pre)-30-30HB48 371/8943 915/16 252 197/8505

36 914 (Pre)-36-45HB48 5113/16 1316 217/16 545 305/16 770 (Pre)-36-30HB48 385/8981 105/16 262 2011/16 525

42 1218 (Pre)-42-45HB48 5415/16 1395 225/16 567 319/16 802 (Pre)-42-30HB48 401/81019 103/4273 211/2546

288

45˚ Horizontal Bend

3" (76)

30˚ Horizontal Bend

45˚

30˚

Bottoms manufactured:

Ladder = 9" Rung Spacing

VT & 04 = 4" Rung Spacing

ST & SB = Flat sheet over

12" Rung Spacing

Horizontal Bend 45° 30° (HB)

(Pre) See page 286 for catalog number prefix.

All dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Width dimensions are to inside wall. For aluminum fittings add 1.5 inches for total outside width.

Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

3" (76)

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 - Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

Bend Tray Horizontal Tee Horizontal Cross

Radius Width Dimensions Dimensions

R Catalog Number A B Catalog Number A B

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

6 152 (Prefix)-06-HT12 18 457 36 914 (Prefix)-06-HX12 18 457 36 914

9 229 (Prefix)-09-HT12 191/2496 39 991 (Prefix)-09-HX12 191/2496 39 991

12 305 (Prefix)-12-HT12 21 533 42 1067 (Prefix)-12-HX12 21 533 42 1067

18 457 (Prefix)-18-HT12 24 609 48 1219 (Prefix)-18-HX12 24 609 48 1219

24 609 (Prefix)-24-HT12 27 686 54 1372 (Prefix)-24-HX12 27 686 54 1372

30 762 (Prefix)-30-HT12 30 762 60 1524 (Prefix)-30-HX12 30 762 60 1524

36 914 (Prefix)-36-HT12 33 838 66 1676 (Prefix)-36-HX12 33 838 66 1676

42 1067 (Prefix)-42-HT12 36 914 72 1829 (Prefix)-42-HX12 36 914 72 1829

6 152 (Prefix)-06-HT24 30 762 60 1542 (Prefix)-06-HX24 30 762 60 1524

9 229 (Prefix)-09-HT24 311/2800 63 1600 (Prefix)-09-HX24 311/2800 63 1600

12 305 (Prefix)-12-HT24 33 838 66 1676 (Prefix)-12-HX24 33 838 66 1676

18 457 (Prefix)-18-HT24 36 914 72 1828 (Prefix)-18-HX24 36 914 72 1828

24 609 (Prefix)-24-HT24 39 991 78 1982 (Prefix)-24-HX24 39 991 78 1982

30 762 (Prefix)-30-HT24 42 1067 84 2134 (Prefix)-30-HX24 42 1067 84 2134

36 914 (Prefix)-36-HT24 45 1143 90 2286 (Prefix)-36-HX24 45 1143 90 2286

42 1067 (Prefix)-42-HT24 48 1219 96 2438 (Prefix)-42-HX24 48 1219 96 2438

6 152 (Prefix)-06-HT36 42 1067 84 2134 (Prefix)-06-HX36 42 1067 84 2134

9 229 (Prefix)-09-HT36 431/21105 87 2210 (Prefix)-09-HX36 431/21105 87 2210

12 305 (Prefix)-12-HT36 45 1143 90 2286 (Prefix)-12-HX36 45 1143 90 2286

18 457 (Prefix)-18-HT36 48 1219 96 2438 (Prefix)-18-HX36 48 1219 96 2438

24 609 (Prefix)-24-HT36 51 1295 102 2590 (Prefix)-24-HX36 51 1295 102 2590

30 762 (Prefix)-30-HT36 54 1372 108 2744 (Prefix)-30-HX36 54 1372 108 2744

36 914 (Prefix)-36-HT36 57 1488 114 2896 (Prefix)-36-HX36 57 1448 114 2896

42 1067 (Prefix)-42-HT36 60 1524 120 3048 (Prefix)-42-HX36 60 1524 120 3048

6 152 (Prefix)-06-HT48 54 1372 108 2743 (Prefix)-06-HX48 54 1372 108 2743

9 229 (Prefix)-09-HT48 551/21410 111 2820 (Prefix)-09-HX48 551/21410 111 2820

12 305 (Prefix)-12-HT48 57 1448 114 2896 (Prefix)-12-HX48 57 1448 114 2896

18 457 (Prefix)-18-HT48 60 1524 120 3048 (Prefix)-18-HX48 60 1524 120 3048

24 609 (Prefix)-24-HT48 63 1600 126 3200 (Prefix)-24-HX48 63 1600 126 3200

30 762 (Prefix)-30-HT48 66 1676 132 3353 (Prefix)-30-HX48 66 1676 132 3353

36 914 (Prefix)-36-HT48 69 1753 138 3535 (Prefix)-36-HX48 69 1753 138 3505

42 1067 (Prefix)-42-HT48 72 1829 144 3658 (Prefix)-42-HX48 72 1829 144 3658

289

2 pair splice plates with hardware included. 3 pair splice plates with hardware included.

3" (76)

12 305

24 610

36 915

48 1220

(Prefix) See page 286 for catalog number prefix.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Width dimensions are to inside wall. For aluminum fittings add 1.5 inches for total outside width. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

Horizontal Tee (HT) Horizontal Cross (HX)

HT HX

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 - Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

Prefix - 24 - RR - 18